The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutSTRUXTURE ARCHITECTS - PRE BID CONFERENCE PACKET NOTICE FROM STRUXTURE ARCHITECTS TO ALL CONTRACTORS, SUBCONTRACTORS, AND SUPPLIERS FOR WATERLOO PUBLIC LIBRARY RESTROOM RENOVATION FOR THE CITY OF WATERLOO Waterloo, Iowa FOR ADDENDA NOTIFICATION YOU MUST REGISTER ON DFS.RAPIDSREPRO.COM IF A CONTRACTOR, SUBCONTRACTOR, OR 3P223T O MAKE DOES OT HAVE ALTERNATIVE MPUTER ACCESS, E ARRANGEMENTS PLEASE CALL RAPIDS REPRODUCTIONS, 1800 38 .— TO RECEIVE ADDENDA. New Users To DFS — 1. Go to dfs.rapidsrepro.com on the Internet. 2. Click on the "StruXture" logo. 3. Click on"Register Now"towards the bottom. 4. Any questions contact: 1-800-383-1223. PRE-BID CONFERENCE WEDNESDAY, JULY 2, 2014 AT 1:30 P.M. (LOCAL TIME) WATERLOO PUBLIC LIBRARY 415 COMMERCIAL STREET - WATERLOO, IA At this time contractors will have an opportunity to ask questions of the architect and engineer. Following this meeting, contractors will have open access to tour the building as needed. NOTICE -� PRIME / GENERAL CONTRACTORS, SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS PRIME / GENERAL CONTRACTORS: IF YOU CHOOSE NOT TO BID THIS PROJECT, YOU MUST: NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT NO LESS THAN 5 DAYS PRIOR TO THE BID LETTING THAT YOU ARE NOT BIDDING RETURN THE PLANS IMMEDIATELY OR DEPOSIT CHECKS WILL BE FORFEITED AND MBI CARDS COLLECTED ON SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS: AFTER THE BID LETTING: SUCCESSFUL BIDDERS MAY OBTAIN ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FROM THE PRIME / GENERAL CONTRACTOR(S) PRIME / GENERAL CONTRACTORS, SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS: IF YOU ARE NOT AWARDED THE PROJECT: PLANS MUST BE RETURNED WITHIN 7 DAYS OF THE BID AWARD OR DEPOSIT CHECKS WILL BE CASHED PROJECT#14004.00 SPECIFICATIONS FOR WATERLOO PUBLIC LIBRARY RESTROOM RENOVATION FOR THE CITY OF WATERLOO Waterloo, Iowa I hereby certify that the portion of this technical submission described below was prepared by me or under my supervision and responsible charge. I am a duly registered architect under the laws of the state of Iowa. TIMOTHY K.JONES,AIA j�jIljf�' ir#i•f•r r'y • i Signature s TEMOTTIITK ` -,, JONES4 EPages or sheets covered by this seal: A101,A411 • % 2273 i Specifications Div.I,VII thru X. ii,/ O W '* �0 Project#14004.00 Date Issued: JUNE 24,2014 PROJECT#14004.00 TITLE SHEET ALL BRANCH SPECIFICATIONS FOR: WATERLOO PUBLIC LIBRARY RESTROOM RENOVATION FOR THE CITY OF WATERLOO FOR: CITY OF WATERLOO 715 MULBERRY STREET WATERLOO,IA 50703 117 PRE-BID CONFERENCE: WEDNESDAY,JULY 2,2014 AT 1:30 P.M.(LOCAL TIME) PRE-BID LOCATION: WATERLOO PUBLIC LIBRARY 415 COMMERCIAL STREET 1 WATERLOO,IA i 4 BIDS TO BE RECEIVED: THURSDAY,JULY 10,2014 BID TIME: BEFORE 1:00 P.M.LOCAL TIME IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CLOCK IN THE BID ROOM BID LOCATION: CITY CLERK'S OFFICE 1ST FLOOR CONFERENCE ROOM { 715 MULBERRY STREET WATERLOO,IA 50703 1 ARCHITECT: STRUXTURE ARCHITECTS 314E4THST WATERLOO,IA 50703-4704 PHONE: (319)234-1515 FAX: (319)234-1517 PROJECT ARCHITECT: TIMOTHY K.JONES,AIA DATE: JUNE 24,2014 PROJECT#14004.00 1 1 INDEX FOR: WATERLOO PUBLIC LIBRARY RESTROOM RENOVATION FOR THE CITY OF WATERLOO COMMON SECTIONS SEAL TITLE SHEET INDEX ..� NOTICE OF PROPOSED PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS NOTICE TO BIDDERS ADVERTISEMENT TO BID INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS FORM OF PROPOSAL-GENERAL CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS ! MBE/WBE FORMS ■ MBE/WBE CERTIFIED CONTRACTORS ■ ITEMS OF POTENTIAL MBE/WBE PARTICIPATION • SUBCONSTRACTORS BID REQUEST FORM • LETTER SOLICITING SUBCONTRACTOR QUOTES • PRE-BID FORM - • LETTER OF INTENT TO BID Page No. DIVISION I-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 011000-Summary 1/4 012100-Allowances 1/3 012600-Contract Modification Procedures 1/3 ... 012900-Payment Procedures 1/5 013100-Project Management and Coordination 1/6 013200-Construction Progress Documentation 1/3 1 013300-Submittal Procedures(Paper/Electronic) 1/8 014000-Quality Requirements 1/6 014200-References 1/7 015000—Temporary Facilities and Controls 1/5 016000-Product Requirements 1/7 Product Substitution Form 1/1 017300-Execution Requirements 1/6 017310-Cutting and Patching 1/4 017700-Closeout Procedures 1/5 017823 -Operation and Maintenance Data 1/7 017839-Project Record Documents 1/3 PROJECT#14004.00 GENERAL SECTIONS DIVISION VII-MOISTURE PROTECTION Page No. _ 079200—Joint Sealants 1/7 DIVISION VIII-DOORS AND WINDOWS _ 081113—Hollow Metal Frames 1/6 081416-Flush Wood Doors 1/6 087100—Door Hardware 1/12 DIVISION IX-FINISHES 092216—Non-Structural Metal Framing 1/4 092900—Gypsum Board 1/8 093000-Tiling 1/10 095113 -Acoustical Panel Ceilings 1/7 096513—Resilient Wall Base&Accessories 1/5 099123—Interior Painting 1/5 DIVISION X-SPECIALTIES 101400-Signage 1/5 102113.19-Plastic Toilet Compartments 1/4 102800—Toilet,Bath&Laundry Accessories 1/4 PROJECT#14004.00 NOTICE OF PROPOSED PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS Notice is hereby given,in accordance with Section 26.12 of the 2009 Code of Iowa,applicable to the City Council ..� of the CITY OF WATERLOO. The said City Council proposes to construct WATERLOO PUBLIC LIBRARY RESTROOM RENOVATION FOR THE CITY OF WATERLOO. Proposed Drawings and Specifications,as well as proposed form of contract have been adopted therefore by the said Council,and copies of said construction contract documents are now on file and available for inspection at CITY OF WATERLOO. A public hearing at which any and all interested persons may appear and file objection to said proposed Drawings, Specifications,Form of Contract for,or cost of such improvements will be held as provided by law in the CITY OF IWATERLOO,715 MULBERRY STREET,WATERLOO,IA 50703. 1 The time of the public hearing is hereby set at 5:30 P.M.(Local Time)on July 14,2014. 1 DATED AT: WATERLOO,IA 50703,this day of ,2014. BY ORDER OF: CITY OF WATERLOO 1 BY: CAROL FAILOR,CITY CLERK I PROJECT#14004.00 H NOTICE TO BIDDERS PROJECT: WATERLOO PUBLIC LIBRARY RESTROOM RENOVATION FOR THE CITY OF WATERLOO BID DATE/TIME: THURSDAY,JULY 10,2014 before 1:00 P.M.(LOCAL TIME (in accordance with the clock at bid room) LOCATION: CITY CLERK'S OFFICE 1ST FLOOR CONFERENCE ROOM 715 MULBERRY STREET WATERLOO,IA 50703 Sealed proposals for the above project will be received,publicly opened and read aloud at the time and location stated above by the City Council of CITY OF WATERLOO. Copies of the plans and specifications and other contract documents are now on file and available for inspection at the above bidding location and sets for Contractors/Suppliers can be ordered through the office of Rapids Reproductions,by logging on to dfs.rapidsrepro.com or calling 1-800-383-1223,upon the deposit of$50.00 which will be refunded to PRIME CONTRACTORS WHO SUBMIT BIDS upon the return of the documents within ten (10)days after the receipt of the bids.A separate$15.00 check must accompany the deposit for mailing fee (non-refundable). A single proposal will be received for the work of the General Contractor including the work of the Mechanical Subcontractor(Plumbing,Heating,Air Conditioning and Ventilating)and the work of the Electrical Subcontractor. Subcontractors of all construction trades shall submit bids to the General Contractor covering the scope of work bid. ark Award of the contract shall be to the lowest responsible bidder based on basis bid and selected alternates and in conformance to the Bidding Documents prepared by StruXture Architects. Got Each proposal must be accompanied by a bid bond,cash deposit,Cashier's Check or a Certified Check on a solvent Bank chartered under the laws of the United States in the amount of not less than 5%,nor more than 10%of the proposal submitted therewith. Bid Security shall be made payable to the Treasurer of CITY OF WATERLOO. Should the successful bidder fail or neglect to furnish a satisfactory surety bond,refuse to enter into contract on the basis of the bid,or fail to meet the requirements of this Notice and the specifications regulating the award,the bidder's security may be retained as liquidated damages. No bidder may withdraw the proposal for a period of thirty calendar(30)days after the date and hour set for opening of bids. The work under the Contract shall be commenced immediately after execution of the Owner-Contractor Agreement and substantially completed by a mutually agreed ,.ow upon date,all as set forth in contractual documents. By virtue of statutory authority,the Contractor shall give preference to Iowa Domestic Labor,products and provisions grown,and coal produced within the State of Iowa,according to the provisions of Chapter 73,Code of ••,� Iowa 2009. The right to reject any or all bids and to waive any irregularities therein is reserved by CITY OF WATERLOO. ,..i DATED AT: WATERLOO,IA 50703,this day of ,2014. BY ORDER OF:CITY OF WATERLOO „si BY: CAROL FAILOR,CITY CLERK i PROJECT#14004.00 •rst ADVERTISEMENT TO BID -- PROJECT: WATERLOO PUBLIC LIBRARY RESTROOM RENOVATION FOR THE CITY OF WATERLOO BID DATE: THURSDAY,JULY 10,2014 before 1:00 P.M.LOCAL TIME IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CLOCK IN THE BID ROOM) CONTRACTS: SINGLE GENERAL(to include MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL as subcontractors) PROJECT COST ESTIMATE: LESS THAN$100,000 "` PLAN DEPOSIT: $50.00(plus non-refundable$15.00 mailing fee). Two separate checks required. ..y BID SECURITY: 5% I ARCHITECT: STRUXTURE ARCHITECTS 314 EAST 4TH ST. WATERLOO,IA 50703 Ph: 319-234-1515 .,� Fax:319-234-1517 PRE-BID CONFERENCE: WEDNESDAY,JULY 2,2014 AT 1:30 P.M.(Local Time) WATERLOO PUBLIC LIBRARY 415 COMMERCIAL STREET WATERLOO,IA COMPLETION DATE: Contractor Specifies TOTAL SQUARE FEET: 800 SQ.FT. 1 DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT: The Work includes complete restroom renovation of first floor main restrooms, creation of family restroom adjacent to main restrooms and partial renovation of adjacent spaces as required. ... Log onto DFS.RAPIDSREPRO.COM, click on the "StruXture" logo or call 1-800-383-1223 (toll free) for: • PLANS SPECIFICATIONS •ADDENDA NOTIFICATION • PLAN HOLDERS LIST •PRIME BIDDERS LIST PROJECT#14004.00 4 DISTRIBUTION OF DOCUMENTS Bidding documents may be obtained from Rapids Reproductions,Inc.,6201 Chancellor Dr.,Cedar Falls,IA 50613; 1-800-383-1223 under the following conditions: 1. Qualified plan houses receive all-branch sets free of charge,provided they log all usage of the documents and return to us within ten days after bidding. A list of those having plans is found in the"Supplementary ,..� Instructions to Bidders",paragraph 3.1.6.of the specifications. 2. Prime bidders may receive plans on deposit of$50.00 which is refundable only if they bid and return the plans within seven days of contract award or if they notify the architect no less than 5 days prior to the day of the letting that they are not going to bid the project and return the plans immediately. Master Builders cards will also be honored. A separate$15.00 check must accompany the plan deposit for mailing costs. (Note: General contractors(limit 2 sets each),Mechanical and Electrical contractors(limit 1 ..f set each). 3. Subcontractors and suppliers may view plans and specifications on dfs.rapidsrepro.com or at any of the listed plan holders under 3.1.6 Plans On File. You may receive"loaner sets"of plans and specifications after receipt of the required deposits stated above if some are available(Limit 1 set each). (Note: If applicable,plans must be returned within seven days of bid award. Master Builders cards will also be honored. ...� 4. No plans will be issued after one week prior to bidding date. oft 1 a PROJECT#14004.00 4 al INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1 "Instructions to Bidders"shall be AIA Document A701, 1997,by the American Institute of Architects is hereby made to govern and accompany the drawings,specifications and the following Supplementary Instructions to 7Bidders. However,the Supplementary Instructions to Bidders shall take precedence over and modify any statements of the AIA forms. Although AIA Document A701, 1997 is not bound in these specifications,the document is considered inclusive by reference and as modified by the Supplementary Instructions to Bidders hereafter. A copy of the Instructions to Bidders is available for purchase at the Architects office or through AIA Iowa. 7 7 H ..w 4 i t 7 winj 1 I t 7 ti 1 1 1 PROJECT#14004.00 4 1 t i 11 Document A701TM - 1997 Instructions to Bidders (Paragraphs deleted) TABLE OF ARTICLES ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS: — 1 DEFINITIONS The author of this document has added information needed for its 2 BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS completion.The author may also have revised the text of the original 3 BIDDING DOCUMENTS AIA standard form.An Additions and Deletions Report that notes added 4 BIDDING PROCEDURES information as well as revisions to the standard form text is available from 5 CONSIDERATION OF BIDS the author and should be reviewed.A vertical line in the left margin of this 6 POST-BID INFORMATION document indicates where the author has added necessary information 7 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND and where the author has added to or deleted from the original AIA text. 8 FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR This document has important legal consequences.Consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its completion or modification. AIA Document A701TM-1997.Copyright©1970,1974.1978,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA!' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and international Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA"'Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties.and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:14:54 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686_1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. ( User Notes: 631472155) ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS § 1.1 Bidding Documents include the Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents.The Bidding Requirements consist of the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid,Instructions to Bidders,Supplementary Instructions to Bidders,the bid form,and other sample bidding and contract forms.The proposed Contract Documents consist of the form of Agreement between the Owner and Contractor,Conditions of the Contract(General,Supplementary and other Conditions),Drawings,Specifications and all Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract. § 1.2 Definitions set forth in the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction,AIA Document A201,or in other Contract Documents are applicable to the Bidding Documents. -- § 1.3 Addenda are written or graphic instruments issued by the Architect prior to the execution of the Contract which modify or interpret the Bidding Documents by additions,deletions,clarifications or corrections. _ § 1.4 A Bid is a complete and properly executed proposal to do the Work for the sums stipulated therein,submitted in accordance with the Bidding Documents. § 1.5 The Base Bid is the sum stated in the Bid for which the Bidder offers to perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents as the base,to which Work may be added or from which Work may be deleted for sums stated in Alternate Bids. ti.. § 1.6 An Alternate Bid(or Alternate)is an amount stated in the Bid to be added to or deducted from the amount of the Base Bid if the corresponding change in the Work,as described in the Bidding Documents,is accepted. § 1.7 A Unit,Price is an amount stated in the Bid as a price per unit of measurement for materials,equipment or services or a portion of the Work as described in the Bidding Documents. § 1.8 A Bidder is a person or entity who submits a Bid and who meets the requirements set forth in the Bidding Documents. § 1.9 A Sub-bidder is a person or entity who submits a bid to a Bidder for materials,equipment or labor for a portion of the Work. ARTICLE 2 BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS § 2.1 The Bidder by making a Bid represents that: § 2.1.1 The Bidder has read and understands the Bidding Documents or Contract Documents,to the extent that such documentation relates to the Work for which the Bid is submitted,and for other portions of the Project,if any, being bid concurrently or presently under construction. low § 2.1.2 The Bid is made in compliance with the Bidding Documents. § 2.1.3 The Bidder has visited the site,become familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed ... and has correlated the Bidder's personal observations with the requirements of the proposed Contract Documents. § 2.1.4 The Bid is based upon the materials,equipment and systems required by the Bidding Documents without exception. ARTICLE 3 BIDDING DOCUMENTS § 3.1 COPIES § 3.1.1 Bidders may obtain complete sets of the Bidding Documents from the issuing office designated in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid in the number and for the deposit sum,if any, stated therein.The deposit will be refunded to Bidders who submit a bona fide Bid and return the Bidding Documents in good condition within ten days °'o after receipt of Bids.The cost of replacement of missing or damaged documents will be deducted from the deposit.A Bidder receiving a Contract award may retain the Bidding Documents and the Bidder's deposit will be refunded. § 3.1.2 Bidding Documents will not be issued directly to Sub-bidders unless specifically offered in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid,or in supplementary instructions to bidders. AIA Document A701 TM—1997.Copyright©1970,1974,1978,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This �.Ale Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this Ale Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was 2 produced by AIA software at 12:14:54 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686_1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (631472155) 0 § 3.1.3 Bidders shall use complete sets of Bidding Documents in preparing Bids;neither the Owner nor Architect assumes responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. § 3.1.4 The Owner and Architect may make copies of the Bidding Documents available on the above terms for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work.No license or grant of use is conferred by issuance of copies of the Bidding Documents. § 3.2 INTERPRETATION OR CORRECTION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS § 3.2.1 The Bidder shall carefully study and compare the Bidding Documents with each other,and with other work being bid concurrently or presently under construction to the extent that it relates to the Work for which the Bid is submitted,shall examine the site and local conditions,and shall at once report to the Architect errors,inconsistencies or ambiguities discovered. § 3.2.2 Bidders and Sub-bidders requiring clarification or interpretation of the Bidding Documents shall make a written request which shall reach the Architect at least seven days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. § 3.2.3 Interpretations,corrections and changes of the Bidding Documents will be made by Addendum. Interpretations,corrections and changes of the Bidding Documents made in any other manner will not be binding,and Bidders shall not rely upon them. § 3.3 SUBSTITUTIONS § 3.3.1 The materials,products and equipment described in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of required function,dimension,appearance and quality to be met by any proposed substitution. § 3.3.2 No substitution will be considered prior to receipt of Bids unless written request for approval has been received by the Architect at least ten days prior to the date for receipt of Bids.Such requests shall include the name of the "" material or equipment for which it is to be substituted and a complete description of the proposed substitution including drawings,performance and test data,and other information necessary for an evaluation.A statement setting forth changes in other materials,equipment or other portions of the Work,including changes in the work of other contracts that incorporation of the proposed substitution would require,shall be included.The burden of proof of the merit of the proposed substitution is upon the proposer.The Architect's decision of approval or disapproval of a proposed substitution shall be final. § 3.3.3 If the Architect approves a proposed substitution prior to receipt of Bids,such approval will be set forth in an Addendum.Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner. § 3.3.4 No substitutions will be considered after the Contract award unless specifically provided for in the Contract Documents. § 3.4 ADDENDA § 3.4.1 Addenda will be transmitted to all who are known by the issuing office to have received a complete set of Bidding Documents. § 3.4.2 Copies of Addenda will be made available for inspection wherever Bidding Documents are on file for that purpose. § 3.4.3 Addenda will be issued no later than four days prior to the date for receipt of Bids except an Addendum withdrawing the request for Bids or one which includes postponement of the date for receipt of Bids. § 3.4.4 Each Bidder shall ascertain prior to submitting a Bid that the Bidder has received all Addenda issued,and the Bidder shall acknowledge their receipt in the Bid. 1 ARTICLE 4 BIDDING PROCEDURES § 4.1 PREPARATION OF BIDS § 4.1.1 Bids shall be submitted on the forms included with the Bidding Documents. AIA Document A701 TM-1997.Copyright©1970,1974,1978,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AlAe Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AlAe Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:14:54 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686_1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (631472155) § 4.1.2 All blanks on the bid form shall be legibly executed in a non-erasable medium. § 4.1.3 Sums shall be expressed in both words and figures.In case of discrepancy,the amount written in words shall govern. § 4.14 Interlineations,alterations and erasures must be initialed by the signer of the Bid. §_4.1.5 All requested Alternates shall be bid.If no change in the Base Bid is required,enter"No Change." § 4.1.6 Where two or more Bids for designated portions of the Work have been requested,the Bidder may,without forfeiture of the bid security,state the Bidder's refusal to accept award of less than the combination of Bids stipulated by the Bidder.The Bidder shall make no additional stipulations on the bid form nor qualify the Bid in any other manner. § 4.1.7 Each copy of the Bid shall state the legal name of the Bidder and the nature of legal form of the Bidder.The Bidder shall provide evidence of legal authority to perform within the jurisdiction of the Work.Each copy shall be signed by the person or persons legally authorized to bind the Bidder to a contract.A Bid by a corporation shall further give the state of incorporation and have the corporate seal affixed.A Bid submitted by an agent shall have a current power of attorney attached certifying the agent's authority to bind the Bidder. § 4.2 BID SECURITY § 4.2.1 Each Bid shall be accompanied by a bid security in the form and amount required if so stipulated in the Instructions to Bidders.The Bidder pledges to enter into a Contract with the Owner on the terms stated in the Bid and will,if required,furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the Contract and payment of all obligations arising thereunder.Should the Bidder refuse to enter into such Contract or fail to furnish such bonds if required,the amount of the bid security shall be forfeited to the Owner as liquidated damages,not as a penalty.The amount of the bid security shall not be forfeited to the Owner in the event the Owner fails to comply with Section 6.2. § 4.2.2 If a surety bond is required,it shall be written on AIA Document A310,Bid Bond,unless otherwise provided in the Bidding Documents,and the attorney-in-fact who executes the bond on behalf of the surety shall affix to the bond a certified and current copy of the power of attorney. § 4.2.3 The Owner will have the right to retain the bid security of Bidders to whom an award is being considered until ..,. either(a)the Contract has been executed and bonds,if required,have been furnished,or(b)the specified time has elapsed so that Bids may be withdrawn or(c)all Bids have been rejected. § 4.3 SUBMISSION OF BIDS § 4.3.1 All copies of the Bid,the bid security,if any,and any other documents required to be submitted with the Bid shall be enclosed in a sealed opaque envelope.The envelope shall be addressed to the party receiving the Bids and shall be identified with the Project name,the Bidder's name and address and,if applicable,the designated portion of the Work for which the Bid is submitted.If the Bid is sent by mail,the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate mailing envelope with the notation "SEALED BID ENCLOSED"on the face thereof. § 4.3.2 Bids shall be deposited at the designated location prior to the time and date for receipt of Bids. Bids received `" f after the time and date for receipt of Bids will be returned unopened. § 4.3.3 The Bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt of Bids. § 4.3.4 Oral, telephonic,telegraphic,facsimile or other electronically transmitted bids will not be considered. § 4.4 MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BID ,... § 4.4.1 A Bid may not be modified, withdrawn or canceled by the Bidder during the stipulated time period following the time and date designated for the receipt of Bids,and each Bidder so agrees in submitting a Bid. § 4.4.2 Prior to the time and date designated for receipt of Bids,a Bid submitted may be modified or withdrawn by ... notice to the party receiving Bids at the place designated for receipt of Bids. Such notice shall be in writing over the AIA Document A701 TM-1997.Copyright©1970,1974,1978,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects.AH rights reserved.WARNING:This .. Ale Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AlA®Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was 4 produced by AIA software at 12:14:54 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686 1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (631472155) Wet } Owl signature of the Bidder.Written confirmation over the signature of the Bidder shall be received,and date-and time-stamped by the receiving party on or before the date and time set for receipt of Bids.A change shall be so worded as not to reveal the amount of the original Bid. § 4.4.3 Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the date and time designated for the receipt of Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these Instructions to Bidders. § 4.4.4 Bid security,if required, shall be in an amount sufficient for the Bid as resubmitted. ARTICLE 5 CONSIDERATION OF BIDS § 5.1 OPENING OF BIDS At the discretion of the Owner,if stipulated in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid,the properly identified Bids received on time will be publicly opened and will be read aloud.An abstract of the Bids may be made available to Bidders. § 5.2 REJECTION OF BIDS The Owner shall have the right to reject any or all Bids.A Bid not accompanied by a required bid security or by other data required by the Bidding Documents,or a Bid which is in any way incomplete or irregular is subject to rejection. § 5.3 ACCEPTANCE OF BID (AWARD) § 5.3.1 It is the intent of the Owner to award a Contract to the lowest qualified Bidder provided the Bid has been submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Bidding Documents and does not exceed the funds available. The Owner shall have the right to waive informalities and irregularities in a Bid received and to accept the Bid which, in the Owner's judgment,is in the Owner's own best interests. - § 5.3.2 The Owner shall have the right to accept Alternates in any order or combination,unless otherwise specifically provided in the Bidding Documents,and to determine the low Bidder on the basis of the sum of the Base Bid and Alternates accepted. ARTICLE 6 POST-BID INFORMATION § 6.1 CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT Bidders to whom award of a Contract is under consideration shall submit to the Architect, upon request,a properly ..* executed AIA Document A305,Contractor's Qualification Statement,unless such a Statement has been previously required and submitted as a prerequisite to the issuance of Bidding Documents. § 6.2 OWNER'S FINANCIAL CAPABILITY 1 The Owner shall,at the request of the Bidder to whom award of a Contract is under consideration and no later than seven days prior to the expiration of the time for withdrawal of Bids,furnish to the Bidder reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract.Unless such reasonable evidence is furnished,the Bidder will not be required to execute the Agreement between the Owner and Contractor. § 6.3 SUBMITTALS § 6.3.1 The Bidder shall, as soon as practicable or as stipulated in the Bidding Documents,after notification of selection for the award of a Contract,furnish to the Owner through the Architect in writing: .1 a designation of the Work to be performed with the Bidder's own forces; _ .2 names of the manufacturers,products,and the suppliers of principal items or systems of materials and equipment proposed for the Work;and .3 names of persons or entities(including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design)proposed for the principal portions of the Work. § 6.3.2 The Bidder will be required to establish to the satisfaction of the Architect and Owner the reliability and responsibility of the persons or entities proposed to furnish and perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents. § 6.3.3 Prior to the execution of the Contract,the Architect will notify the Bidder in writing if either the Owner or Architect,after due investigation,has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Bidder.If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a proposed person or entity,the Bidder may,at the Bidder's option,(1) AIA Document A701TM—1997.Copyright©1970,1974,1978,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AlAe Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA"`'Document,or any 5 portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:14:54 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686_1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (631472155) withdraw the Bid or(2)submit an acceptable substitute person or entity with an adjustment in the Base Bid or Alternate Bid to cover the difference in cost occasioned by such substitution.The Owner may accept the adjusted bid price or disqualify the Bidder.In the event of either withdrawal or disqualification,bid security will not be forfeited. § 6.3.4 Persons and entities proposed by the Bidder and to whom the Owner and Architect have made no reasonable objection must be used on the Work for which they were proposed and shall not be changed except with the written consent of the Owner and Architect. ARTICLE 7 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND § 7.1 BOND REQUIREMENTS § 7.1.1 If stipulated in the Bidding Documents,the Bidder shall furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the Contract and payment of all obligations arising thereunder.Bonds may be secured through the Bidder's usual sources. § 71.2 If the furnishing of such bonds is stipulated in the Bidding Documents,the cost shall be included in the Bid.If the furnishing of such bonds is required after receipt of bids and before execution of the Contract,the cost of such bonds shall be added to the Bid in determining the Contract Sum. § 7.1.3 If the Owner requires that bonds be secured from other than the Bidder's usual sources,changes in cost will be adjusted as provided in the Contract Documents. § 7.2 TIME OF DELIVERY AND FORM OF BONDS § 7.2.1 The Bidder shall deliver the required bonds to the Owner not later than three days following the date of execution of the Contract.If the Work is to be commenced prior thereto in response to a letter of intent,the Bidder shall,prior to commencement of the Work,submit evidence satisfactory to the Owner that such bonds will be furnished and delivered in accordance with this Section 7.2.1. § 7.2.2 Unless otherwise provided,the bonds shall be written on AIA Document A312, Performance Bond and Payment Bond.Both bonds shall be written in the amount of the Contract Sum. § 7.2.3 The bonds shall be dated on or after the date of the Contract. § 7.2.4 The Bidder shall require the attorney-in-fact who executes the required bonds on behalf of the surety to affix thereto a certified and current copy of the power of attorney. ARTICLE 8 FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR Unless otherwise required in the Bidding Documents,the Agreement for the Work will be written on AIA Document A101,Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor Where the Basis of Payment Is a Stipulated Sum. fomo Uramf AIA Document A701 TM—1997.Copyright©1970,1974,1978,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This Ale Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this Ale Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was 6 produced by AIA software at 12:14:54 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686_1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (631472155) I 1 SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SCOPE The following Supplementary Instructions to Bidders shall be intended to modify and expand the referenced ..� Instructions to Bidders and they shall take precedence over any statements of the AIA Document A701, 1997 forms. The article and paragraph of the AIA Document which the supplementary statement refers to is so noted. Where any part of the AIA,A701,Instructions to Bidders is modified,the unaltered provisions of that part shall remain in effect. ARTICLE 3 BIDDING DOCUMENTS 3.1.5. LIST OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS DRAWINGS All drawings are all branch sets. A set of drawings consists of the following sheets: ARCHITECTURAL: A101 FIRST FLOOR PLAN A411 RESTROOM ELEVATIONS SPECIFICATIONS Common Sections(including Division I),plus Division VII through Division X. All bidders will receive the following specification headings in addition to the specific heading listed below. TITLE SHEET INDEX NOTICE OF PROPOSED PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT NOTICE TO BIDDERS ADVERTISEMENT TO BID INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS FORM OF PROPOSAL 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS MBE/WBE FORMS ■ MBE/WBE CERTIFIED CONTRACTORS ■ ITEMS OF POTENTIAL MBE/WBE PARTICIPATION • SUBCONSTRACTORS BID REQUEST FORM • LETTER SOLICITING SUBCONTRACTOR QUOTES • PRE-BID FORM • LETTER OF INTENT TO BID PROJECT#14004.00 S.I.B. Page 1 3.1.6. PLANS ON FILE Owner City Of Waterloo 715 Mulberry Street Waterloo,IA 50703 Ph: 319-291-4323 Fax: 319-291-4571 Architect StruXture Architects 314 East 4th Street Waterloo,Iowa 50703-4704 Ph: 319-234-1515 Fax: 319-234-1517 Waterloo Bldg.Dept. City Hall 715 Mulberry Waterloo,IA 50703 Ph: 319-291-4319 Fax: 319-291-4262 PLAN ROOMS Construction Update Plan Room 221 Park Street PO Box 695(50303) ►- Des Moines,IA 50309 Ph: 515-288-8904; 800-362-2578 Fax: 515-288-2617 McGraw Hill Construction Update(Dodge) 2507 Ingersoll Avenue Des Moines IA 50312 Ph: 515-223-1046 Fax: 515-223-8564 McGraw Hill Construction Update(Dodge) 3875 Elmore Ave., Suite C Davenport,IA 52807 Ph: 563-355-1250 Fax: 563-355-1283 United Minorities Contractors&Vendors UPS(to send Plans): OR MAIL(to send Correspondence): 7112 Railway St. PO Box 8665 Palo,IA 52324 Cedar Rapids,IA 52408 Ph: 319-560-8800 Fax: 319-396-6977 PROJECT#14004.00 S.I.B. Page 2 3.2.4. INTERPRETATION OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS In the event that any questions shall arise after the letting of the contract respecting the true meaning of the drawings and specifications,the matter shall be referred to the Architect,whose decision shall be conclusive upon all parties .., to the contract. No advantage shall be taken of any manifest errors or omissions which affect the submitted bid. 3.3.3. APPROVAL OF SUBSTITUTIONS Approval to bid any material other than the specified products and any listed pre-approved substitutions must be requested by the supplier in accordance with Division I-016000. If approved,the Architect will submit an approval letter. The requesting letter must be received by the Architect no less than 5 business days prior to the bid date. A copy of the approval letter shall accompany the proposal of such material to the Contractor. Any materials not so approved will not be permitted on the project. This also applies to Subcontractors which must be approved prior to the bidding when so specified. 3.4.1. ADDENDA Add the following: All contractors are required to register on dfs.rapidsrepro.com for this project. Addenda will be distributed through that source. If any contractor does not have the ability to register on the interne for dfs.rapidsrepro.com,they are required to contact Rapids Reproductions' office at 1-800-383-1223 to make other arrangements to receive addenda. ARTICLE 4 BIDDING PROCEDURES 4.1.1. FORM AND STYLE OF BIDS The bidder may remove the proposal bound in these specifications. A new Form of Proposal will be forwarded with addendum for the prime bidder's use if changes have been made to the Form. ..� 4.2. BID SECURITY 4.2.1. Modify subparagraph 4.2.1.as follows: Bid Security will be required as stipulated in the Advertisement to Bid and Notice to Bidders,and if bid bond is used shall be as specified in Instructions to Bidders A701,4.2.2. Bid security shall be submitted in a separate envelope than the proposal form under the letterhead of the Contractor. The envelope shall have typed on its face the following identification: Bid Security for the WATERLOO PUBLIC LIBRARY RESTROOM RENOVATION FOR THE CITY OF WATERLOO. 4.3. SUBMISSION OF BIDS 4.3.1. IDENTIFICATION OF PROPOSAL Proposal shall be submitted in a single envelope under the letterhead of the Contractor. The envelope shall have typed on its face the following identification: Proposal for the WATERLOO PUBLIC LIBRARY RESTROOM RENOVATION FOR THE CITY OF WATERLOO. If mailed,the outside envelope must be addressed to CAROL FAILOR,CITY CLERK. 4.3.2. SUBMISSION OF BIDS Bids shall be mailed or delivered to the Waterloo City Clerk's office on the Form of Proposal(or copy)so as to reach their destination prior to the time set for bidding in the Advertisement to Bid. All bids will be time and date stamped upon receipt. PROJECT#14004.00 S.I.B. Page 3 4.4.1. WITHDRAWAL OF BID No bidder may withdraw his bid for a period of thirty(30)days after the date and hour set for the opening of bids. 4.4.5. SPECIAL NOTICE Bidders are hereby given notice to check carefully the accuracy and arithmetic of their bids before submission- pleas of errors in bids will result in rejection of that bid and award to the next low bidder and disposition of bid security is at the discretion of the Owner. Prime Contract Bidders should be aware that ten percent(10°Q)MBE goal and a:two percent(2°")WBE goal is attached to this project Certified Return Receipt"letters are no longer needed with the bid showmg proof of contacting MBE or WBE SAcpntractot but th4Yr Bid Contact Information Form mzt t file filled but completely. ARTICLE 5 CONSIDERATION OF BIDS 5.1.2. STANDARD OF BIDDING PROCEDURES Bidding and award procedures will be conducted according to the latest edition of"Manual of Recommended Procedure for Competitive Bidding and Award of Building Contracts"as prepared by C.C.I. (Construction Council of Iowa). 5.3.1. ACCEPTANCE OF BIDS Bids will be acted upon at the time of bidding or at such subsequent time as the Owner may decide within the time limit stated in S.I.B.4.4.1.above. ARTICLE 6 POST-BID INFORMATION 6.1.2. QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS Submission of the proposal for this work shall constitute assurance that the Contractor is qualified and will be able to furnish all of the requirements of this contract,including bonds,guarantees,insurance,and related items as required and herein set out. 6.3.5. SUPPLEMENTARY BID SUBMITTALS Supplementary bid information is required according to 4.3.2.above as follows: ONBEIWBEtERTIFIED CON `OR ITEMS OF POTENTIAL MBE/WBE PARTICIPATION ▪ MBE/WBE BUSINESS ENTERPRISE PRE-BID CONTACT INFORMATION FORM ■ SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID REQUEST FORM(On Prime Bidders 1ptterl Lead, ■ LETTER SOLICITING SUBCONTRACTOR QUOTJS it LETTER OF INTENT TO BITS ARTICLE 7 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND tomr 7.3. BOND Bond under this contract will be required according to 7.1.1. Furnishing the Bond shall be executed within 14 days _ of the Notice of Award of Contract. The Bond shall continue for twelve(12)months from the day on which final payment under the contract falls due and shall be written on AIA Document A312. Contractor shall deliver a bond in the full amount(100%)of the contract sum concurrently with the signed Agreement. PROJECT#14004.00 S.I.B. Page 4 ARTICLE 8 FORM OF AGREEMENT 8.1. FORM OF CONTRACT If the Contractor be notified of the acceptance of this proposal,he agrees to execute a contract for the work for the stated compensation in the form of the AIA Standard Form of Agreement Between Contractor and Owner for Construction,AIA Document A101, 1997 Edition,sample copy on file at the Architect's office. The prime Contractor shall execute the signed agreement within 14 days of the Notice of Award of Contract. CLARIFICATIONS&MODIFICATIONS TO STANDARD A101 Under 5.1 PROGRESS PAYMENTS:Modify as follows: Section 5.1.3 reflects the following: The Architect must receive the Contractor's application for payment not later than the last day of a month and the Owner must pay the Contractor not later than the 15th day of the following month. Also,under Section 5.1.3,if the Contractor fails to submit a payment application to the Architect by the last ...� day of a month,the Owner shall not be required to make payment to the Contractor until the Owner's next regular payment cycle which would be the 15th day of the month two months after receipt of the Pay Application. In light of the new competitive bidding law,add the following to Section 5.1.8: Request for Early Release of -� Retainage Funds: Upon achieving Substantial Completion, as defined by Iowa Code Chapter 26,the Contractor may formally request the release of all or part of the retainage funds being held on the Project. The Contractors'request for Release of the Retainage Funds shall be accompanied by a sworn statement that ten (10) calendar days prior to filing the Request for Release of the Funds a notice was given to all known subcontractors, subsubcontractors and suppliers that the Contractor is requesting the early release of retainage funds. If proper documentation is received from the Contractor,the Owner will release all retainage funds at the next monthly council meeting or within thirty(30)days, 7 whichever is less,except it may retain the following: a) An amount equal to 200% of the value of labor or materials yet to be provided on the Project as determined by the Owner and its authorized contract representative. For purposes of section, "authorized contract representative"means the Architect of record on the Project,unless otherwise specified. b) An amount equal to 200%of the value of any Chapter 573 claims currently on file at the time the Request of Release of Retainage is approved. If the Owner withholds an amount from the retainage payment to the Contractor, the Owner will provide a reason the request is being denied to the Contractor within thirty(30)calendar days of the receipt of the request. Article 5.2 outlines the provisions regarding final payment and references Subparagraph 12.2.2 of AIA Document A201-2007. Under the Contract,the Owner's final payment to the Contractor shall be made no later than thirty-one (31)days after the issuance of the Architect's fmal Certificate of Payment. Under Section 5.2.2 add that the owner may withhold 200%of the value of the work not satisfactorily completed at 1 the time of final acceptance as well as the withholding of 200% of the value of any Iowa Code Chapter 573 claims on file 30 days after final acceptance prior to the making of any final payment. Under Article 7 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION,modify as follows: The Contract may be terminated by either the Owner or the Contractor as provided in Article 14 of the General Conditions,and the Owner may suspend work in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions. Under Article 8 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS,modify as follows: Under Section 8.2,the late payment provision should be amended to read as follows: Payments due and unpaid under the contract document shall bear interest from the date payment is due at a rate equal to the rate specified by rule pursuant to Iowa code Section 74A.2. PROJECT#14004.00 S.I.B. Page 5 1 FORM OF PROPOSAL GENERAL CONTRACT 1. SUBMITTED TO: CITY OF WATERLOO 2. SUBMITTED BY: 3. PROJECT: WATERLOO PUBLIC LIBRARY RESTROOM RENOVATION FOR THE CITY OF WATERLOO 4. DOCUMENTS: A. Advertisement to Bid. B. Instructions and Supplementary Instructions to Bidders. C. General and Supplementary General Conditions. D. Proposal Bid Form properly executed with Bid Security and/or other Supplementary Forms. E. Plans and Specifications. F. Addendum No. Dated Addendum No. Dated Addendum No. Dated Addendum No. Dated (Contractor to insert number of each Addendum received) 5. AGREEMENTS: In submitting this proposal,the Contractor agrees to the following stipulations A. Contract date will be on or after the bidding date,and Contractor will be required to hold valid all terms of the proposal according to the Notice to Bidders. B. The requirements of the Instructions to Bidders will be adhered to. C. If the undersigned be notified of the acceptance of this proposal,he/she agrees to execute a contract for the above work,for the below stated compensation in the form prescribed in Article 8.1 of the Supplementary Instructions to Bidders. D. The work will be accomplished in accord with the contract documents. E. The undersigned agrees,if awarded the contract,to have the work substantially completed on or before the day of , . (Contractor to insert the estimated completion date.) F. The undersigned agrees,if awarded the contract and required by Article 7 to execute and deliver to the Owner prior to the signing of the agreement,a satisfactory bond in the form set out in Paragraph 7.3 of the Supplementary Instructions to Bidders. G. To include in the bid all other taxes lawfully assessed against the Contractor or company in connection with the work included herein. SEE: SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 3.6.1. TAXES 6. PROPOSAL 1 Having carefully examined the contract documents as well as the premises and conditions affecting the work,the undersigned hereby proposes to furnish all labor and materials to complete the general contract requirements of the project in accordance with said documents for the sum of: DOLLARS ($ ) BASIS BID (NOTE: Basis Bid to include Contingency Allowance,see Section 012100 Allowances) PROJECT#14004.00 Page 1 Form of Proposal-General Contract(Continued) Respectfully submitted, —41 PERSON,FIRM OR CORPORATION BIDDER FIRM: 7 BY: Signature of: Owner,Partner,Manager,Etc. BY: Print or Type as Above: Owner,Partner,Manager,Etc. Date: Address l: Address 2: City, State,Zip: Phone: Fax: Email: PROJECT#14004.00 Page 2 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS i General Conditions of the Contract for Construction shall be AIA Document A-201,2007 by the American Institute of Architects,are hereby made to govern the accompanying drawings and specifications,except that the accompanying Supplementary General Conditions shall take precedence over and modify,delete and/or add to any statements of the AIA forms. Although AIA Document A201,2007 is not bound in these specifications,the document is considered inclusive by 7 reference and as modified by the Supplementary General Conditions hereafter. A copy of the General Conditions is available for purchase at the Architect's office or through AIA Iowa. i 7 i , i t .., --5 i 7 1 -I 1 1 1 -1 -1 -1 7 i i 1 (IAIA Document A201 TM - 2007 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction — I (Paragraphs deleted) TABLE OF ARTICLES ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS: 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS The author of this document has — added information needed for its 2 OWNER completion.The author may also have revised the text of the original — 3 CONTRACTOR AIA standard form.An Additions and Deletions Report that notes added 4 ARCHITECT information as well as revisions to the standard form text is available from 5 SUBCONTRACTORS the author and should be reviewed.A vertical line in the left margin of this 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS document indicates where the author _ has added necessary information 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK and where the author has added to or deleted from the original AIA text. 8 TIME This document has important legal consequences.Consultation with an 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION attorney is encouraged with respect to its completion or modification. 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS — 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 15 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES Init. AIA Document A201 TM-2007.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AlA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized 1 reproduction or distribution of this Ale Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:09:45 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686_1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. (3999808466) User Notes: INDEX 2.4.1, 11.3.1.1, 12.2.1, 13.5.2, 13.5.3, 14.2.4 (Numbers and Topics in Bold are Section Headings) Architect's Administration of the Contract — 3.1.3,4.2,3.7.4, 15.2,9.4.1,9.5 Acceptance of NonconformingWork Architect's Approvals 2.4.1,3.1.3,3.5.1,3.10.2,4.2.7 _ 9.6.6,9.9.3, 12.3 Architect's Authority to Reject Work Acceptance of Work 9.6.6,9.8.2,9.9.3,9.101,9.10.3, 12.3 3.5.1,4.2.6, 12.1.2, 12.2.1 Architect's Copyright Access to Work 1.1.7, 1.5 3.16,6.2.1, 12.1 Architect's Decisions Accident Prevention 3.7.4,4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.11,4.2.12,4.2.13,4.2.14,6.3.1, 10 7.3.7,7.3.9,8.1.3, 8.3.1,9.2.1,9.4.1,9.5,9.8.4,9.9.1, Acts and Omissions 13.5.2, 15.2, 15.3 3.2,3.3.2,3.12.8, 3.18,4.2.3, 8.3.1, 9.5.1, 10.2.5, Architect's Inspections 10.2.8, 13.4.2, 13.7.1, 14.1, 15.2 3.7.4,4.2.2,4.2.9,9.4.2,9.8.3,9.9.2,9.10.1, 13.5 Addenda Architect's Instructions — 1.1.1,3.11.1 3.2.4,3.3.1,4.2.6,4.2.7, 13.5.2 Additional Costs,Claims for Architect's Interpretations 3.7.4,3.7.5,,6.1.1, 7.3.7.5,10.3, 15.1.4 4.2.11,4.2.12 — Additional Inspections and Testing Architect's Project Representative 9.4.2,9.8.3 12.2.1, 13.5 4.2.10 Additional Insured Architect's Relationship with Contractor 11.1.4 1.1.2, 1.5,3.1.3,3.2.2,3.2.3,3.2.4,3.3.1,3.4.2,3.5.1, Additional Time,Claims for 3.7.4,3.7.5,3.9.2,3.9.3,3.10,3.11,3.12,3.16,3.18, 3.2.4 3.7.4,3.7.5, 3.10.2, 8.3.2, 15.1.5 4.1.2,4.1.3,4.2,5.2,6.2.2,7,8.3.1,9.2,9.3,9.4,9.5, Administration of the Contract 9.7,9.8,9.9, 10.2.6, 10.3, 11.3.7, 12, 13.4.2, 13.5, 15.2 3.1.3,4.2,9.4, 9.5 Architect's Relationship with Subcontractors Advertisement or Invitation to Bid 1.1.2,4.2.3,4.2.4,4.2.6,9.6.3,9.6.4, 11.3.7 1.1.1 Architect's Representations Aesthetic Effect 9.4.2,9.5.1,9.10.1 4.2.13 Architect's Site Visits _ Allowances 3.7.4,4.2.2,4.2.9,9.4.2,9.5.1, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.5 3.8,7.3.8 Asbestos All-risk Insurance 10.3.1 11.3.1, 11.3.1.1 Attorneys' Fees Applications for Payment 3.18.1,9.10.2, 10.3.3 4.2.5,7.3.9,9.2,9.3,9.4,9.5.1, 9.6.3,9.7.1,9.10, Award of Separate Contracts 11.1.3 6.1.1,6.1.2 Approvals Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for 2.1.1,2.2.2,2.4,3.1.3,3.10.2,3.12.8,3.12.9, 3.12.10, Portions of the Work 4.2.7,9.3.2, 13.5.1 5.2 Arbitration Basic Definitions 8.3.1, 11.3.10, 13.1.1, 153.2,15.4 1.1 ARCHITECT Bidding Requirements 4 1.1.1,5.2.1, 11.4.1 Architect,Definition of Binding Dispute Resolution 4.1.1 9.7.1, 11.3.9, 11.3.10, 13.1.1, 15.2.5, 15.2.6.1, 15.3.1, Architect,Extent of Authority 15.3.2, 15.4.1 2.4.1,3.12.7,4.1 4.2,5.2,6.3.1,7.1.2,7.3.7,7.4, Boiler and Machinery Insurance 9.2.1,9.3.1,9.4,9.5,9.6.3,9.8,9.10.1,9.10.3, 12.1, 11.3.2 12.2.1, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4, 15.1.3, 15.2.1 Bonds,Lien — Architect,Limitations of Authority and Responsibility 7.3.7.4, 9.10.2,9.10.3 2.1.1,3.12.4,3.12.8,3.12.10,4.1.2,4.2.1,4.2.2,4.2.3, Bonds,Performance,and Payment 4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.10,4.2.12,4.2.13,5.2.1,7.4.1,9.4.2, 7.3.7.4,9.6.7,9.10.3, 11.3.9, 11.4 — 9.5.3,9.6.4, 15.1.3, 15.2 Building Permit Architect's Additional Services and Expenses 3.7.1 AIA Document A201 TM_2007.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997 and 2007 by The American Init. Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AlA®Document is protected byU.S.Co ... reproduction or distribution of this AIA5 Document,or any portion of it,may result in svere civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted toes. te 2 / maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:09:45 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686_1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3999808466) "1 I Capitalization Compliance with Laws 1.3 1.6.1,3.2.3,3.6,3.7,3.12.10,3.13,4.1.1,9.6.4, 10.2.2, Certificate of Substantial Completion 11.1, 11.3, 13.1, 13.4, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 13.6, 14.1.1, 9.8.3,9.8.4,9.8.5 14.2.1.3, 15.2.8, 15.4.2, 15.4.3 Certificates for Payment Concealed or Unknown Conditions 4.2.1,4.2.5,4.2.9,9.3.3,9.4,9.5,9.6.1,9.6.6,9.7.1, 3.7.4,4.2.8,8.3.1, 10.3 9.10;1,,,9.10.3, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4, 15.1.3 Conditions of the Contract Certificates of Inspection,Testing or Approval 1.1.1,6.1.1,6.1.4 13.5.4 Consent,Written Certificates of Insurance 3.4.2,3.7.4,3.12.8,3.14.2,4.1.2,9.3.2,9.8.5, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 11.1.3 9.10.2,9.10.3, 11.3.1, 13.2, 13.4.2, 15.4.4.2 Change Orders Consolidation or Joinder 1.1.1,2.4.1,3.4.2, 3.7.4,3.8.2.3,3.11.1,3.12.8,4.2.8, 15.4.4 5.2.3,7.1.2,7.1.3,7.2,7.3.2,7.3.6,7.3.9,7.3.10,8.3.1, CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY 9.3.1.1,9.10.3,10.3.2, 11.3.1.2, 11.3.4, 11.3.9, 12.1.2, SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 15.1.3 1.1.4,6 Change Orders,Definition of Construction Change Directive,Definition of _ 7.2.1 7.3.1 CHANGES IN THE WORK Construction Change Directives 2.2.1,3.11,4.2.8,7,7.2.1,7.3.1,7.4,7.4.1,8.3.1, 1.1.1,3.4.2,3.12.8,4.2.8,7.1.1,7.1.2,7.1.3,7.3, 9.3.1.1, 11.3.9 9.3.1.1 "' Claims,Definition of Construction Schedules,Contractor's 15.1.1 3.10,3.12.1,3.12.2,6.1.3, 15.1.5.2 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts 3.2.4,6.1.1,6.3.1,7.3.9,9.3.3,9.10.4, 10.3.3, 15, 15.4 5.4, 14.2.2.2 Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims Continuing Contract Performance 15.4.1 15.1.3 Claims for Additional Cost Contract,Definition of 3.2.4, 3.7.4,6.1.1,7.3.9, 10.3.2, 15.1.4 1.1.2 Claims for Additional Time CONTRACT,TERMINATION OR 3.2.4,3.7.46.1.1,8.3.2, 10.3.2, 15.1.5 SUSPENSION OF THE Concealed or Unknown Conditions,Claims for 5.4.1.1, 11.3.9, 14 3.7.4 Contract Administration Claims for Damages 3.1.3,4,9.4,9.5 3.2.4,3.18,6.1.1, 8.3.3,9.5.1,9.6.7,10.3.3, 11.1.1, Contract Award and Execution,Conditions Relating 11.3.5, 11.3.7, 14.1.3,14.2.415.1.6 to Claims Subject to Arbitration 3.7.1,3.10,5.2,6.1, 11.1.3, 11.3.6, 11.4.1 15.3.1, 15.4.1 Contract Documents,The Cleaning Up 1.1.1 f 3.15,6.3 Contract Documents,Copies Furnished and Use of Commencement of the Work,Conditions Relating to 1.5.2,2.2.5,5.3 2.2.1,3.2.2,3.4.1,3.7.1,3.10.1,3.12.6,5.2.1,5.2.3, Contract Documents,Definition of 6.2.2,8.1.2,8.2.2, 8.3.1, 11.1, 11.3.1, 11.3.6, 11.4.1, 1.1.1 7 15.1.4 Contract Sum Commencement of the Work,Definition of 3.7.4,3.8,5.2.3,7.2,7.3,7.4,9.1,9.4.2,9.5.1.4,9.6.7, 8.1.2 9.7, 10.3.2, 11.3.1, 14.2.4, 14.3.2, 15.1.4, 15.2.5 7' Communications Facilitating Contract Contract Sum,Definition of Administration 9.1 3.9.1,4.2.4 Contract Time 7 Completion,Conditions Relating to 3.7.4,3.7.5,3.10.2,5.2.3,7.2.1.3,7.3.1,7.3.5,7.4, 3.4.1,3.11,3.15,4.2.2,4.2.9, 8.2,9.4.2,9.8,9.9.1, 8.1.1,8.2.1, 8.3.1,9.5.1,9.7.1, 10.3.2, 12.1.1, 14.3.2, 9.10, 12.2, 13.7, 14.1.2 15.1.5.1, 15.2.5 COMPLETION,PAYMENTS AND Contract Time,Definition of 9 8.1.1 Completion,Substantial CONTRACTOR 4.2.9,8.1.1,8.1.3,8.2.3,9.4.2,9.8,9.9.1,9.10.3, 12.2, 3 1 13.7 Contractor,Definition of AIA Document A201 TM—2007.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997 and 2007 by The American Init. Institute of Architects.AU rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA`°Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized 3 reproduction or distribution of this Ale Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the 1 / maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:09:45 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686_1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3999808466) 3.1,6.1.2 Cutting and Patching Contractor's Construction Schedules 3.14,6.2.5 3.10,3.12.1,3.12.2,6.1.3, 15.1.5.2 Damage to Construction of Owner or Separate Contractor's Employees Contractors 3.3.2, 3.4.3,3.8.1,3.9,3.18.2,4.2.3,4.2.6, 10.2, 10.3, 3.14.2,6.2.4, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.4, 11.1.1, 11.3, 11.1.1, 11.3.7, 14.1, 14.2.1.1, 12.2.4 .. Contractor's Liability Insurance Damage to the Work 11.1''' 3.14.2,9.9.1, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.4.1, 11.3.1, 12.2.4 Contractor's Relationship with Separate Contractors Damages,Claims for and Owner's Forces 3.2.4,3.18,6.1.1, 8.3.3,9.5.1,9.6.7, 10.3.3, 11.1.1, 3.12.5,3.14.2,4.2.4,6, 11.3.7, 12.1.2, 12.2.4 11.3.5, 11.3.7, 14.1.3, 14.2.4, 15.1.6 Contractor's Relationship,with Subcontractors Damages for Delay 1.2.2,3.3.2, 3.18.1,3.18.2,5,9.6.2,9.6.7,9.10.2, 6.1.1,8.3.3,9.5.1.6,9.7, 10.3.2 11.3.1.2, 11.3.7, 11.3.8 Date of Commencement of the Work,Definition of Contractor's Relationship with the Architect 8.1.2 1.1.2, 1.5, 3.1.3,3.2.2,3.2.3,3.2.4,3.3.1,3.4.2,3.5.1, Date of Substantial Completion,Definition of 3.7.4,3.10,3.11,3.12,3.16,3.18,4.1.3,4.2,5.2,6.2.2, 8.1.3 7, 8.3.1,9.2,9.3,9.4,9.5,9.7,9.8,9.9, 10.2.6, 10.3, Day,Definition of 11.3.7, 12,13.5, 15.1.2, 15.2.1 8.1.4 Contractor's Representations Decisions of the Architect 3.2.1,3:2.2,3.5.1, 3.12.6 6.2.2, 8.2.1,9.3.3,9.8.2 3.7.4,4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.11,4.2.12,4.2.13, 15.2,6.3, Contractor's Responsibility for Those Performing the 7.3.7,7.3.9, 8.1.3,8.3.1,9.2.1,9.4,9.5.1,9.8.4,9.9.1, Work 13.5.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4, 15.1, 15.2 3.3.2, 3.18,5.3.1,6.1.3,6.2,9.5.1, 10.2.8 Decisions to Withhold Certification ` Contractor's Review of Contract Documents 9.4.1,9.5,9.7, 14.1.1.3 3.2 Defective or Nonconforming Work,Acceptance, Contractor's Right to Stop the Work Rejection and Correction of r. 9.7 2.3.1,2.4.1,3.5.1,4.2.6,6.2.5,9.5.1,9.5.2,9.6.6, Contractor's Right to Terminate the Contract 9.8.2,9.9.3,9.10.4, 12.2.1 14.1, 15.1.6 Defective Work,Definition of Contractor's Submittals 3.5.1 ` 3.10, 3.11,3.12.4,4.2.7,5.2.1,5.2.3,9.2,9.3,9.8.2, Definitions 9.8.3,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3, 11.1.3,'11.4.2' 1.1,2.1.1,3.1.1,3.5.1, 3.12.1,3.12.2, 3.12.3,4.1.1, Contractor's Superintendent 15.1.1,5.1,6.1.2,7.2.1,7.3.1, 8.1,9.1,9.8.1 ... 3.9, 10.2.6 Delays and Extensions of Time Contractor's Supervision and Construction 3.2.,3.7.4,5.2.3,7.2.1,7.3.1,7.4.1,8.3,9.5.1,9.7.1, Procedures 10.3.2, 10.4.1, 14.3.2, 15.1.5, 15.2.5 1.2.2,3.3,3.4,3.12.10,4.2.2,4.2.7,6.1.3,6.2.4,7.1.3, Disputes 7.3.5,7.3.7, 8.2, 10, 12, 14, 15.1.3 6.3.1,7.3.9, 15.1, 15.2 Contractual Liability Insurance Documents and Samples at the Site 11.1.1.8, 11.2 3.11 Coordination and Correlation Drawings,Definition of 1.2, 3.2.1,3.3.1,3.10,3.12.6,6.1.3,6.2.1 1.1.5 Copies Furnished of Drawings and Specifications Drawings and Specifications,Use and Ownership of 1.5,2.2.5,3.11 3.11 Copyrights Effective Date of Insurance 1.5,3.17 8.2.2, 11.1.2 Correction of Work Emergencies 2.3,2.4,3.7.3, 9.4.2,9.8.2,9.8.3,9.9.1, 12.1.2,12.2 10.4, 14.1.1.2, 15.1.4 Correlation and Intent of the Contract Documents Employees,Contractor's 1.2 3.3.2,3.4.3,3.8.1, 3.9,3.18.2,4.2.3,4.2.6, 10.2, L Cost,Definition of 10.3.3, 11.1.1, 11.3.7, 14.1, 14.2.1.1 7.3.7 Equipment,Labor,Materials or Costs 1.1.3, 1.1.6,3.4,3.5.1, 3.8.2,3.8.3,3.12, 3.13.1, 2.4.1,3.2.4,3.7.3,3.8.2,3.15.2,5.4.2,6.1.1,6.2.3, 3.15.1,4.2.6,4.2.7,5.2.1,6.2.1,7.3.7,9.3.2,9.3.3, 7.3.3.3,7.3.7,7.3.8,7.3.9,9.10.2, 10.3.2, 10.3.6, 11.3, 9.5.1.3,9.10.2, 10.2.1, 10.2.4, 14.2.1.1, 14.2.1.2 12.1.2, 12.2.1, 12.2.4, 13.5, 14 Execution and Progress of the Work Init. AIA Document A201 TM-2007.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997 and 2007 by The American �— Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AlA®Ale Document is protected by U,S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized 4 reproduction or distribution of this AlA Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the _ / maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:09:45 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686_1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3999808466) .-- I "' 1.1.3, 1.2.1, 1.2.2,2.2.3,2.2.5,3.1,3.3.1,3.4.1,3.5.1, Insurance,Contractor's Liability 3.7.1,3.10.1,3.12,3.14,4.2,6.2.2,7.1.3,7.3.5,8.2, 11.1 9.5.1,9.9.1, 10.2, 10.3, 12.2, 14.2, 14.3.1, 15.1.3 Insurance,Effective Date of Extensions of Time 8.2.2, 11.1.2 3.2.4,3.7.4,5.2.3,7.2.1,7.3,7.4.1,9.5.1,9.7.1,10.3.2, Insurance,Loss of Use 10.4.1, 14.3, 15.1.5, 15.2.5 11.3.3 Failure of Payment Insurance,Owner's Liability 9.5.1.3,9.7,9.10.2, 13.6, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2 11.2 Faulty Work Insurance,Property (See Defective or Nonconforming Work) 10.2.5,11.3 Final Completion and Final Payment Insurance,Stored Materials 4.2.1,4.2.9,9.8.2,9.10, 11.1.2, 11.1.3, 11.3.1, 11.3.5, 9.3.2, 11.4.1.4 12.3.1, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 INSURANCE AND BONDS Financial Arrangements,Owner's 11 2.2.1, 132.2, 14.1.1.4 Insurance Companies,Consent to Partial Occupancy Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance 9.9.1, 11.4.1.5 11.3.1.1 Insurance Companies,Settlement with GENERAL PROVISIONS 11.4.10 1 Intent of the Contract Documents Governing Law 1.2.1,4.2.7,4.2.12,4.2.13,7.4 13.1 Interest Guarantees(See Warranty) 13.6 Hazardous Materials Interpretation 10.2.4,10.3 1.2.3,1.4,4.1.1,5.1,6.1.2, 15.1.1 Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers Interpretations,Written 5.2.1 4.2.11,4.2.12, 15.1.4 Indemnification Judgment on Final Award 3.17.1,3.18,9.10.2, 10.3.3, 10.3.5, 10.3.6, 11.3.1.2, 15.4.2 11.3.7 Labor and Materials,Equipment Information and Services Required of the Owner 1.1.3, 1.1.6,3.4,3.5.1,3.8.2,3.8.3,3.12,3.13,3.15.1, 2.1.2,2.2,'3.2.2,3.12.4,3.12.10,6.1.3,6.1.4,6.2.5, 4.2.6,4.2.7,5.2.1,6.2.1,7.3.7,9.3.2,9.3.3,9.5.1.3, 9.6.1 9.6.4 9.9.2,9.10.3, 10.3.3, 11.2.1, 11.4, 13.5.1, 9.10.2, 10.2.1, 10.2.4, 14.2.1.1, 14.2.1.2 , , 13.5.2, 14.1.1.4, 14.1.4,15.1.3 Labor Disputes Initial Decision 8.3.1 15.2 Laws and Regulations -.. Initial Decision Maker,Definition of 1.5,3.2.3,3.6,3.7,3.12.10,3.13.1,4.1.1,9.6.4,9.9.1, 1.1.8 10.2.2, 11.1.1, 11.3, 13.1.1, 13.4, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, Initial Decision Maker,Decisions 13.6.1, 14, 15.2.8, 15.4 14.2.2, 14.2.4, 15.2.1, 15.2.2,15.2.3, 15.2.4, 15.2.5 Liens 1 Initial Decision Maker,Extent of Authority 2.1.2,9.3.3,9.10.2,9.10.4, 15.2.8 14.2.2, 14.2.4, 15.1.3, 15.2.1,;15.2.2, 15.2.3, 15.2.4, Limitations,Statutes of 15.2.5 12.2.5, 13.7, 15.4.1.1 7 Injury or Damage to Person or Property Limitations of Liability 10.2.8, 10.4.1 2.3.1,3.2.2,3.5.1,3.12.10,3.17.1,3.18.1,4.2.6,4.2.7, Inspections 4.2.12,6.2.2,9.4.2,9.6.4,9.6.7, 10.2.5, 10.3.3, 11.1.2, i 3.1.3,3.3.3,3.7.1,4.2.2,4.2.6,4.2.9,9.4.2,9.8.3, 11.2.1, 11.3.7, 12.2.5, 13.4.2 9.9.2,9.10.1, 12.2.1, 13.5 Limitations of Time Instructions to Bidders 2.1.2,2.2,2.4,3.2.2,3.10, 3.11,3.12.5,3.15.1,4.2.7, 1,1.1 5.2,5.3.1,5.4.1,6.2.4,7.3,7.4,8.2,9.2.1,9.3.1,9.3.3, — Instructions to the Contractor 9.4.1,9.5,9.6,9.7.1,9.8,9.9,9.10, 11.1.3, 11.3.1.5, 3.2.4,3.3.1,3.8.1, 5.2.1,7,8.2.2, 12, 13.5.2 11.3.6, 11.3.10, 12.2, 13.5, 13.7, 14, 15 Instruments of Service,Definition of Loss of Use Insurance 1.1.7 11.3.3 7 Insurance Material Suppliers 3.18.1,6.1.1,7.3.7,9.3.2,9.8.4,9.9.1,9.10.2,11 1.5,3.12.1,4.2.4,4.2.6,5.2.1,9.3,9.4.2,9.6,9.10.5 Insurance,Boiler and Machinery Materials,Hazardous 1 11.3.2 10.2.4,10.3 Init. ALA Document A201TM-2007.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AlA®Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized c reproduction or distribution of this AlA8 Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the `i / maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:09:45 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686_1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3999808466) .— Materials,Labor,Equipment and 1.5,2.1.1,2.3.1,2.4.1,3.4.2,3.8.1,3.12.10,3.14.2, 1.1.3, 1.1.6, 1.5.1,3.4.1,3.5.1,3.8.2,3.8.3,3.12, 4.1.2,4.1.3,4.2.4,4.2.9,5.2.1,5.2.4,5.4.1,6.1,6.3.1, 3.13.1, 3.15.1,4.2.6,4.2.7,5.2.1,6.2.1,7.3.7,9.3.2, 7.2.1,7.3.1,8.2.2,8.3.1,9.3.1,9.3.2,9.5.1,9.6.4, 9.3.3, 9.5.1.3,9.10.2, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.4, 14.2.1.1, 9.9.1,9.10.2, 10.3.2, 11.1.3, 11.3.3, 11.3.10, 12.2.2, 14.2.1.2 12.3.1, 13.2.2, 14.3, 14.4, 15.2.7 Means,Methods,Techniques, Sequences and Owner's Financial Capability Procedures of Construction 2.2.1, 13.2.2, 14.1.1.4 3.3.1,3.12.10,4.2.2,4.2.7,9.4.2 Owner's Liability Insurance Mechanic's Lien 11.2 2.12, 15.2.8 Owner's Loss of Use Insurance Mediation 11.3.3 8.3.1, 10.3.5, 10.3.6, 15.2.1, 15.2.5, 15.2.6, 15.3, Owner's Relationship with Subcontractors 15.4.1 1.1.2,5.2,5.3,5.4,9.6.4,9.10.2, 14.2.2 Minor Changes in the Work Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work 1.1.1,3.12.8,4.2.8,7.1,7.4 2.4, 14.2.2 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS Owner's Right to Clean Up 13 6.3 — Modifications,Definition of Owner's Right to Perform Construction and to 1.1.1 Award Separate Contracts Modifications to the Contract 6.1 1.1.1, 1.1.2,3.11,4.1.2,4.2.1,5.2.3,7,8.3.1,9.7.1, Owner's Right to Stop the Work 10.3.2, 11.3.1 2.3 Mutual Responsibility Owner's Right to Suspend the Work 6.2 14.3 — Nonconforming Work,Acceptance of Owner's Right to Terminate the Contract 9.6.6,9.9.3, 12.3, 14.2 Nonconforming Work,Rejection and Correction of Ownership and Use of Drawings,Specifications 2.3.1,2.4.1,3.5.1,4.2.6,6.2.4,9.5.1,9.8.2,9.9.3, and Other Instruments of Service 9.10.4, 12.2.1 1.1.1, 1.1.6, 1.1.7, 1.5,2.2.5,3.2.2,3.11.1,3.17.1, Notice 4.2.12, 5.3.1 2.2.1,2.3.1,2.4.1, 3.2.4,3.3.1,3.7.2,3.12.9,5.2.1, Partial Occupancy or Use 9.7.1,'9.10, 10.2.2, 11.1.3, 11.4.6, 12.2.2.1, 13.3, 9.6.6,9.9, 11.3.1.5 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 14.1, 14.2, 15.2.8, 15.4.1 Patching,Cutting and Notice,Written 3.14,6.2.5 .,., 2.3.1,2.4.1,3.3.1,3.9.2,'3.12.9,3.12.10,5.2.1,9.7.1, Patents 9.10, 10.2.2, 10.3, 11.1.3, 11.3.6, 12.2.2.1,13.3, 14, 3.17 15.2.8, 15.4.1 Payment,Applications for Notice of Claims 4.2.5,7.3.9,9.2.1,9.3,9.4,9.5,9.6.3, 9.7.1,9.8.5, 3.7.4,4.5, 10.2.8, 15.1.2, 15.4 9.10.1, 14.2.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 Notice of Testing and Inspections Payment,Certificates for 13.5.1, 13.5.2 4.2.5,4.2.9,9.3.3,9.4,9.5,9.6.1,9.6.6,9.7.1,9.10.1, Observations,Contractor's 9.10.3, 13.7, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4 3.2,3.7.4 Payment,Failure of Occupancy 9.5.1.3,9.7,9.10.2, 13.6, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2 2.2.2,9.6.6,9.8, 11.3.1.5 Payment,Final i.' Orders,Written 4.2.1,4.2.9,9.8.2,9.10, 11.1.2, 11.1.3, 11.4.1, 11.4.5, 1.1.1,2.3,3.92,7,8.2.2, 11.3.9, 12.1, 12.2.2.1, 13.5.2, 12.3.1, 13.7, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 1 14.3.1 Payment Bond,Performance Bond and ►,.. OWNER 7.3.7.4,9.6.7, 9.10.3, 11.4.9, 11.4 2 Payments,Progress Owner,Definition of 9.3,9.6,9.8.5,9.10.3, 13.6, 14.2.3, 15.1.3 2.1.1 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION — Owner,Information and Services Required of the 9 2.1.2,2.2,3.2.2,3.12.10,6.1.3,6.1.4,6.2.5,9.3.2, Payments to Subcontractors 9.6.1,9.6.4,9.9.2,9.10.3, 10.3.3, 11.2.1, 11.3, 13.5.1, 5.4.2,9.5.1.3, 9.6.2,9.6.3,9.6.4,9.6.7, 11.4.8, 13.5.2, 14.1.1.4, 14.1.4, 15.1.3 14.2.1.2 Owner's Authority PCB Init. AIA Document A201TM-2007.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997 and 2007 by The American — Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This Ale Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized 6 reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the _ / maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:09:45 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686_1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3999808466) .— 7 1 "'1 10.3.1 3.17 Performance Bond and Payment Bond Rules and Notices for Arbitration 7.3.7.4,9.6.7,9.10.3, 11.4.9,11.4 15.4.1 — Permits,Fees,Notices and Compliance with Laws Safety of Persons and Property 2.2.2.3.7,3.13,7.3.7.4, 10.2.2 10.2, 10.4 PERSONS AND PROPERTY,PROTECTION OF Safety Precautions and Programs 10 3.3.1,4.2.2,4.2.7,5.3.1,10.1, 10.2, 10.4 Polychlorinated Biphenyl Samples,Definition of 10.3.1 3.12.3 Product Data,Definition of Samples,Shop Drawings,Product Data and — 3.12.2 3.11,3.12,4.2.7 Product Data and Samples,Shop Drawings Samples at the Site,Documents and 3.11,3.12,4.2.7 3.11 Progress and Completion Schedule of Values 4.2.2,8.2,9.8,9.9.1, 14.1.4, 15.1.3 9.2,9.3.1 Progress Payments Schedules,Construction 9.3,9.6,9.8.5,9.10.3, 13.6, 14.2.3, 15.1.3 1.4.1.2,3.10,3.12.1,3.12.2,6.1.3, 15.1.5.2 — Project,Definition of the Separate Contracts and Contractors 1.1.4 1.1.4,3.12.5,3.14.2,4.2.4,4.2.7,6,8.3.1, 11.4.7, Project Representatives 12.1.2 4 2 10 Shop Drawings,Definition of Property Insurance 3.12.1 10.2.5, 11.3 Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 3.11,3.12,4.2.7 —. 10 Site,Use of Regulations and Laws 3.13,6.1.1,6.2.1 1.5,3.2.3,3.6, 3.7,3.12.10,3.13,4.1.1,9.6.4,9.9.1, Site Inspections 10.2.2, 11.1, 11.4, 13.1, 13.4, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 13.6, 14, 3.2.2,3.3.3,3.7.1,3.7.4,4.2,9.4.2,9.10.1, 13.5 15.2.8, 15.4 Site Visits,Architect's Rejection of Work 3.7.4,4.2.2,4.2.9,9.4.2,9.5.1,9.9.2,9.10.1, 13.5 3.5.1,4.2.6, 12.2.1 Special Inspections and Testing Releases and Waivers of Liens 4.2.6, 12.2.1, 13.5 9.10.2 Specifications,Definition of the Representations 1.1.6 3.2.1,3.5.1,3.12.6,6.2.2, 8.2.1, 9.3.3,9.4.2,9.5.1, Specifications,The 9.8.2,9.10.1 1.1.1,1.1.6, 1.2.2, 1.5,3.11,3.12.10,3.17,4.2.14 Representatives Statute of Limitations 2.1.1,3.1.1,3.9,4.1.1,4.2.1,4.2.2,4.2.10,5.1.1,5.1.2, 13.7, 15.4.1.1 13.2.1 Stopping the Work Responsibility for Those Performing the Work 2.3,9.7, 10.3, 14.1 3.3.2,3.18,4.2.3,5.3.1,6.1.3,6.2,6.3,9.5.1, 10 Stored Materials Retainage 6.2.1,9.3.2, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.4, 11.4.1.4 ".1 9.3.1,9.6.2,9.8.5,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3 Subcontractor,Definition of Review of Contract Documents and Field 5.1.1 Conditions by Contractor SUBCONTRACTORS 3.2,3.12.7,6.1.3 5 I Review of Contractor's Submittals by Owner and Subcontractors,Work by Architect 1.2.2,3.3.2,3.12.1,4.2.3,5.2.3,5.3,5.4,9.3.1.2,9.6.7 3.10.1,3.10.2,3.11,3.12,4.2,5.2,6.1.3,9.2,9.8.2 Subcontractual Relations — Review of Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples 5.3,5.4,9.3.1.2,9.6,9.10, 10.2.1, 11.4.7, 11.4.8, 14.1, by Contractor 14.2.1 3.12 Submittals Rights and Remedies 3.10,3.11,3.12,4.2.7,5.2.1,5.2.3,7.3.7,9.2,9.3,9.8, _ i 1.1.2,2.3,2.4, 3.5.1,3.7.4,3.15.2,4.2.6,4.5,5.3,5.4, 9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3, 11.1.3 6.1,6.3,7.3.1, 8.3,9.5.1,9.7, 10.2.5, 10.3, 12.2.2, Submittal Schedule 12.2.4, 13.4, 14, 15.4 3.10.2,3.12.5,4.2.7 — Royalties,Patents and Copyrights Subrogation,Waivers of Init. AIA Document A201 TM-2007.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AlAe Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized 7 reproduction or distribution of this AlAe Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:09:45 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686_1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3999808466) 6.1.1, 11.4.5, 11.3.7 3.2.4,3.7.4,5.2.3,7.2.1,7.3.1,7.4.1,8.3,9.5.1,9.7.1, Substantial Completion 10.3.2, 10.4.1, 14.3.2, 15.1.5, 15.2.5 4.2.9, 8.1.1,8.1.3,8.2.3,9.4.2,9.8,9.9.1,9.10.3, 12.2, Time Limits 13.7 2.1.2,2.2,2.4,3.2.2,3.10, 3.11,3.12.5,3.15.1,4.2, Substantial Completion,Definition of 4.4,4.5,5.2,5.3,5.4,6.2.4,7.3,7.4, 8.2,9.2,9.3.1, 9.8.1 9.3.3,9.4.1,9.5,9.6,9.7,9.8,9.9,9.10, 11.1.3, Substitution of Subcontractors 11.4.1.5, 11.4.6, 11.4.10, 12.2, 13.5, 13.7, 14, 15.1.2, 5.2.3,5.2.4 15.4 Substitution of Architect Time Limits on Claims 4.1.3 3.7.4, 10.2.8,13.7, 15.1.2 Substitutions of Materials Title to Work 3.4.2,3.5.1, 7.3.8 9.3.2,9.3.3 Sub-subcontractor,Definition of Transmission of Data in Digital Form 5.1.2 1.6 Subsurface Conditions UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 3.7.4 12 Successors and Assigns Uncovering of Work 13.2 12.1 Superintendent Unforeseen Conditions,Concealed or Unknown 3.9, 10.2.6 3.7.4, 8.3.1, 10.3 Supervision and Construction Procedures Unit Prices 1.2.2,3.3,34,3.12.10,4.2.2,4.2.7,6.1.3,6.2.4,7.1.3, 7.3.3.2,7.3.4 7.3.7, 8.2,8.3.1,9.4.2, 10, 12, 14, 15.1.3 Use of Documents Surety 1.1.1, 1.5,2.2.5,3.12.6,5.3 5.4.1.2,9.8.5,9.10.2,9.10.3, 14.2.2, 15.2.7 Use of Site Surety,Consent of 3.13,6.1.1,6.2.1 9.10.2,9.10.3 Values,Schedule of Surveys 9.2,9.3.1 2.2.3 Waiver of Claims by the Architect Suspension by the Owner for Convenience 13.4.2 14.3 Waiver of Claims by the Contractor Suspension of the Work 9.10.5, 11.4.7, 13.4.2, 15.1.6 5.4.2, 14.3 Waiver of Claims by the Owner Suspension or Termination of the Contract 9.9.3,9.10.3,9.10.4, 11.4.3, 11.4.5, 11.4.7, 12.2.2.1, .. 5.4.1.1, 11.4.9, 14 13.4.2, 14.2.4, 15.1.6 Taxes Waiver of Consequential Damages 3.6,3.8.2.1,7.3.7.4 14.2.4, 15.1.6 Termination by the Contractor Waiver of Liens 14.1, 15.1.6 9.10.2,9.10.4 Termination by the Owner for Cause Waivers of Subrogation 5.4.1.1, 14.2, 15.1.6 6.1.1, 11.4.5, 11.3.7 Termination by the Owner for Convenience Warranty 14.4 3.5,4.2.9,9.3.3,9.8.4,9.9.1,9.10.4, 12.2.2, 13.7.1 Termination of the Architect Weather Delays 4.1.3 15.1.5.2 Termination of the Contractor Work,Definition of 14.2.2 1.1.3 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE Written Consent CONTRACT 1.5.2,3.4.2,3.7.4,3.12.8,3.14.2,4.1.2,9.3.2,9.8.5, 14 9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3, 11.4.1, 13.2, 13.4.2, 15.4.4.2 Tests and Inspections Written Interpretations 3.1.3,3.3.3,42.2,4.2.6,4.2.9,9.4.2,9.8.3,9.9.2, 4.2.11,4.2.12 9.10.1, 10.3.2,11.4.1.1, 12.2.1, 13.5 Written Notice TIME 2.3,2.4,3.3.1,3.9,3.12.9,3.12.10,5.2.1,8.2.2,9.7, 8 9.10, 10.2.2, 10.3, 11.1.3, 11.4.6, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 13.3, Time,Delays and Extensions of 14, 15.4.1 Written Orders Init. AIA Document A201TM-2007.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997 and 2007 by The American .— Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AlA'Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AlA' Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the / maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:09:45 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686 1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3999808466) ►. ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS § 1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS § 1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents are enumerated in the Agreement between the Owner and Contractor(hereinafter the Agreement)and consist of the Agreement,Conditions of the Contract(General,Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings,Specifications,Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract,other documents listed in the Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of the Contract.A Modification is(1)a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties,(2)a Change Order, (3)a Construction Change Directive or(4)a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect.Unless specifically enumerated in the Agreement,the Contract Documents do not include the advertisement or invitation to bid,Instructions to Bidders,sample forms,other — information furnished by the Owner in anticipation of receiving bids or proposals,the Contractor's bid or proposal,or portions of Addenda relating to bidding requirements. § 1.1.2 THE CONTRACT The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations,representations or agreements,either written or oral.The Contract may be amended or modified only by a Modification.The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a contractual relationship of any kind(1)between the Contractor and the Architect or the Architect's consultants,(2)between the Owner and a Subcontractor or a Sub-subcontractor,(3)between the Owner and the Architect or the Architect's consultants or(4)between any persons or entities other than the Owner and the •. Contractor.The Architect shall,however,be entitled to performance and enforcement of obligations under the Contract intended to facilitate performance of the Architect's duties. § 1.1.3 THE WORK The term"Work" means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents,whether completed or partially completed,and includes all other labor,materials,equipment and services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations.The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. § 1.1.4 THE PROJECT The Project is the total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part and which may include construction by the Owner and by separate contractors. § 1.1.5 THE DRAWINGS The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents showing the design,location and dimensions of the Work,generally including plans,elevations, sections,details,schedules and diagrams. § 1.1.6 THE SPECIFICATIONS The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials, equipment,systems,standards and workmanship for the Work,and performance of related services. § 1.1.7 INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE Instruments of Service are representations,in any medium of expression now known or later developed,of the tangible and intangible creative work performed by the Architect and the Architect's consultants under their respective professional services agreements.Instruments of Service may include,without limitation,studies,surveys,models, sketches,drawings,specifications,and other similar materials. § 1.1.8INITIAL DECISION MAKER The Initial Decision Maker is the person identified in the Agreement to render initial decisions on Claims in accordance with Section 15.2 and certify termination of the Agreement under Section 14.2.2. § 1.2 CORRELATION AND INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS § 1.2.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completionIMO of the Work by the Contractor.The Contract Documents are complementary,and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all;performance by the Contractor shall be required only to the extent consistent with the Contract Documents and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the indicated results. Yam Init. AIA Document A201 TM—2007.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AlAe Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized 10 reproduction or distribution of this AlA® Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:09:45 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686 1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3999808466) — I —" § 1.2.2 Organization of the Specifications into divisions,sections and articles,and arrangement of Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade. § 1.2.3 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents,words that have well-known technical or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. § 1.3 CAPITALIZATION Terms capitalized in these General Conditions include those that are(1)specifically defined,(2)the titles of numbered articles or(3)the titles of other documents published by the American Institute of Architects. § 1.4INTERPRETATION In the interest of brevity the Contract Documents frequently omit modifying words such as"all"and"any"and articles such as"the" and"an," but the fact that a modifier or an article is absent from one statement and appears in another is "M not intended to affect the interpretation of either statement. § 1.5 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE , § 1.5.1 The Architect and the Architect's consultants shall be deemed the authors and owners of their respective Instruments of Serviced including the Drawings and Specifications,and will retain all common law,statutory and other reserved rights,including copyrights.The Contractor,Subcontractors,Sub-subcontractors,and material or equipment suppliers shall not own or claim a copyright in the Instruments of Service. Submittal or distribution to meet official `"' regulatory requirements or for other purposes in connection with this Project is not to be construed as publication in derogation of the Architect's or Architect's consultants' reserved rights. § 1.5.2 The Contractor,Subcontractors,Sub-subcontractors and material or equipment suppliers are authorized to use and reproduce the Instruments of Service provided to them solely and exclusively for execution of the Work.All I copies made under this authorization shall bear the copyright notice,if any,shown on the Instruments of Service.The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors,and material or equipment suppliers may not use the Instruments of Service on other projects or for additions to this Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent of the Owner,Architect and the Architect's consultants. § 1.6 TRANSMISSION OF DATA IN DIGITAL FORM If the parties intend to transmit Instruments of Service or any other information or documentation in digital form,they shall endeavor to establish necessary protocols governing such transmissions,unless otherwise already provided in the Agreement or the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 2 OWNER § 2.1 GENERAL § 2.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number.The Owner shall designate in writing a representative who shall have express authority to bind the Owner with respect to all matters requiring the Owner's approval or authorization.Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.2.1,the Architect does not have such authority.The term"Owner" means the Owner or the Owner's authorized representative. V § 2.1.2 The Owner shall furnish to the Contractor within fifteen days after receipt of a written request,information necessary and relevant for the Contractor to evaluate,give notice of or enforce mechanic's lien rights.Such el information shall include a correct statement of the record legal title to the property on which the Project is located, usually referred to as the site,and the Owner's interest therein. § 2.2INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER § 2.2.1 Prior to commencement of the Work,the Contractor may request in writing that the Owner provide reasonable evidence that the Owner has made financial arrangements to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract. Thereafter,the Contractor may only request such evidence if(1)the Owner fails to make payments to the Contractor 7 as the Contract Documents require;(2)a change in the Work materially changes the Contract Sum;or(3)the Contractor identifies in writing a reasonable concern regarding the Owner's ability to make payment when due.The Owner shall furnish such evidence as a condition precedent to commencement or continuation of the Work or the AIA Document A201TM-2007.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997 and 2007 by The American init. Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AlA®Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized 11 reproduction or distribution of this AleDocument,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:09:45 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686_1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3999808466) I portion of the Work affected by a material change.After the Owner furnishes the evidence,the Owner shall not materially vary such financial arrangements without prior notice to the Contractor. § 2.2.2 Except for permits and fees that are the responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract Documents, including those required under Section 3.7.1,the Owner shall secure and pay for necessary approvals,easements, assessments and charges required for construction,use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities. § 2.2.3 The Owner shall,furnish surveys describing physical characteristics,legal limitations and utility locations for the site of the Project,and a legal description of the site.The Contractor shall be entitled to rely on the accuracy of information furnished by the Owner but shall exercise proper precautions relating to the safe performance of the Work. § 2.2.4 The Owner shall furnish information or services required of the Owner by the Contract Documents with reasonable promptness.The Owner shall also furnish any other information or services under the Owner's control and relevant to the Contractor's performance of the Work with reasonable promptness after receiving the Contractor's written request for such information or services. § 2.2.5 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor one copy of the Contract Documents for purposes of making reproductions pursuant to Section 1.5.2. .. § 2.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK If the Contractor fails to correct Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents as required by Section 12.2 or repeatedly fails to carry out Work in accordance with the Contract Documents,the Owner may issue a written order to the Contractor to stop the Work,or any portion thereof until the cause for such order has been eliminated;however,the right of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any other person or entity,except to the extent required by Section 6.1.3. § 2.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK If the Contractor defaults or,neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within a ten-day period after receipt of written notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness,the Owner may,without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have,correct such deficiencies.In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting from payments r. then or thereafter due the Contractor the reasonable cost of correcting such deficiencies,including Owner's expenses and compensation for the Architect's additional services made necessary by such default,neglect or failure. Such action by the Owner and amounts charged to the Contractor are both subject to prior approval of the Architect.If payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts,the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR § 3.1 GENERAL § 3.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number.The Contractor shall be lawfully licensed,if required in the jurisdiction where the Project is located.The Contractor shall designate in writing a representative who shall have express ... authority to bind the Contractor with respect to all matters under this Contract.The term"Contractor" means the Contractor or the Contractor's authorized representative. § 3.1.2 The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. § 3.1.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved of obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents either by activities or duties of the Architect in the Architect's administration of the Contract,or by tests, Imo inspections or approvals required or performed by persons or entities other than the Contractor. Init. AIA Document A201 TM—2007.Copyright CD1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997 and 2007 by The American .... Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AlA' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized 1 2 reproduction or distribution of this Ale Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:09:45 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686_1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3999808466) ►.. "" § 3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR § 3.2.1 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has visited the site,become generally familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and correlated personal observations with requirements of the Contract Documents. § 3.2.2 Because the Contract Documents are complementary,the Contractor shall,before starting each portion of the Work,carefully study and compare the various Contract Documents relative to that portion of the Work,as well as the information furnished by the Owner pursuant to Section 2.2.3,shall take field measurements of any existing conditions related to that portion of the Work,and shall observe any conditions at the site affecting it.These obligations are for the purpose of facilitating coordination and construction by the Contractor and are not for the purpose of discovering errors,omissions,or inconsistencies in the Contract Documents;however,the Contractor shall promptly report to the Architect any errors,inconsistencies or omissions discovered by or made known to the Contractor as a request for information in such form as the Architect may require.It is recognized that the Contractor's review ismade in the Contractor's capacity as a contractor and not as a licensed design professional,unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. § 3.2.3 The Contractor is not required to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes,ordinances,codes,rules and regulations,or lawful orders of public authorities,but the Contractor shall promptly report to the Architect any nonconformity discovered by or made known to the Contractor as a request for information in such form as the Architect may require. § 3.2.4 If the Contractor believes that additional cost or time is involved because of clarifications or instructions the Architect issues in response to the Contractor's notices or requests for information pursuant to Sections 3.2.2 or 3.2.3, the Contractor shall make Claims as provided in Article 15.If the Contractor fails to perform the obligations of Sections 3.2.2 or 3.2.3,the Contractor shall pay such costs and damages to the Owner as would have been avoided if 1 the Contractor had performed such obligations.If the Contractor performs those obligations,the Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner or Architect for damages resulting from errors,inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents,for differences between field measurements or conditions and the Contract Documents,or for nonconformities of the Contract Documents to applicable laws, statutes,ordinances,codes,rules and regulations,and lawful orders of public authorities. § 3.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES § 3.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work,using the Contractor's best skill and attention.The Contractor shall be solely responsible for,and have control over,construction means,methods,techniques,sequences and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract,unless the Contract Documents give other specific instructions concerning these matters.If the Contract Documents give specific instructions concerning construction means, methods,techniques, sequences or procedures,the Contractor shall evaluate the jobsite safety thereof and,except as stated below,shall be fully and solely responsible for the jobsite safety of such means,methods, techniques,sequences or procedures.If the Contractor determines that such means,methods,techniques,sequences or 1 procedures may not be safe,the Contractor shall give timely written notice to the Owner and Architect and shall not proceed with that portion of the Work without further written instructions from the Architect.If the Contractor is then instructed to proceed with the required means,methods,techniques,sequences or procedures without acceptance of changes proposed by the Contractor,the Owner shall be solely responsible for any loss or damage arising solely from those Owner-required means,methods,techniques,sequences or procedures. § 3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's employees, Subcontractors and,their agents and employees,and other persons or entities performing portions of the Work for,or on behalf of,the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors. § 3.3.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already performed to determine that such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work. § 3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS § 3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor, materials,equipment,tools,construction equipment and machinery,water,heat,utilities,transportation,and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work,whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. Init. AIA Document A201 T",—2007.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AlA° Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized 13 reproduction or distribution of this AIA Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:09:45 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686 1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3999808466) § 3.4.2 Except•in the case of minor changes in the Work authorized by the Architect in accordance with Sections 3.12.8 or 7.4,the Contractor may make substitutions only with the consent of the Owner,after evaluation by the Architect and in accordance with a Change Order or Construction Change Directive. § 3.4.3 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor's employees and other persons carrying out the Work.The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not properly skilled in tasks assigned to them. § 3.5 WARRANTY The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be of good quality and new unless the Contract Documents require or permit otherwise.The Contractor further warrants that the Work will conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents and will be free from defects,except for — those inherent in the quality of the Work the Contract Documents require or permit.Work,materials,or equipment not conforming to these requirements may be considered defective.The Contractor's warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse,alterations to the Work not executed by the Contractor,improper or insufficient maintenance,improper operation,or normal wear and tear and normal usage.If required by the Architect,the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. § 3.6 TAXES The Contractor shall pay sales,consumer,use and similar taxes for the Work provided by the Contractor that are legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations concluded,whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into effect. Num § 3.7 PERMITS, FEES, NOTICES, AND COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS § 3.7!1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall secure and pay for the building permit as well as for other permits,fees,licenses,and inspections by government agencies necessary for proper �.. execution and completion of the Work that are customarily secured after execution of the Contract and legally required at the time bids are received or negotiations concluded. § 3.7.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by applicable laws, statutes,ordinances,codes, rules and regulations,and lawful orders of public authorities applicable to performance of the Work. § 3.7.3 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to applicable laws,statutes,ordinances,codes,rules •• and regulations,or lawful orders of public authorities,the Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such Work and shall bear the costs attributable to correction. § 3.7.4 Concealed or Unknown Conditions.If the Contractor encounters conditions at the site that are(1)subsurface — or otherwise concealed physical conditions that differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or (2)unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature,that differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents,the — Contractor shall promptly provide notice to the Owner and the Architect before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 21 days after first observance of the conditions.The Architect will promptly investigate such conditions and,if the Architect determines that they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost of,or time required for,performance of any part of the Work,will recommend an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time,or both.If the Architect determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified,the Architect shall promptly notify the Owner and Contractor in writing,stating the reasons.If either party disputes the Architect's determination or recommendation,that party may proceed as provided in Article 15. § 3.7.5 If,in the course of the Work,the Contractor encounters human remains or recognizes the existence of burial markers,archaeological sites or wetlands not indicated in the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall immediately suspend any operations that would affect them and shall notify the Owner and Architect.Upon receipt of such notice, the Owner shall promptly take any action necessary to obtain governmental authorization required to resume the operations.The Contractor shall continue to suspend such operations until otherwise instructed by the Owner but shall continue with all other operations that do not affect those remains or features.Requests for adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time arising from the existence of such remains or features may be made as provided in Article 15. (nit. AIA Document A201TM-2007.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997 and 2007 by The American .... Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This Ale Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized 14 reproduction or distribution of this AIA''' Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:09:45 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686 1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3999808466) § 3.8 ALLOWANCES § 3.8.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents.Items — covered by allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such persons or entities as the Owner may direct,but the Contractor shall not be required to employ persons or entities to whom the Contractor has reasonable objection. § 3.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, .1 allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor of materials and equipment delivered at the site and all required taxes,less applicable trade discounts; .2 Contractor's costs for unloading and handling at the site,labor,installation costs,overhead,profit and __ other expenses contemplated for stated allowance amounts shall be included in the Contract Sum but not in the allowances;and .3 whenever costs are more than or less than allowances,the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order.The amount of the Change Order shall reflect(1)the difference between actual costs and the allowances under Section 3.8.2.1 and(2)changes in Contractor's costs under Section 3.8.2.2. § 3.8.3 Materials and equipment under an allowance shall be selected by the Owner with reasonable promptness. § 3.9 SUPERINTENDENT § 3.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Project site during performance of the Work.The superintendent shall represent the Contractor,and — communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. § 3.9.2 The Contractor,as soon as practicable after award of the Contract,shall furnish in writing to the Owner — through the Architect the name and qualifications of a proposed superintendent.The Architect may reply within 14 days to the Contractor in writing stating(1)whether the Owner or the Architect has reasonable objection to the proposed superintendent or(2)that the Architect requires additional time to review.Failure of the Architect to reply within the 14 day period shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. § 3.9.3 The Contractor shall not employ a proposed superintendent to whom the Owner or Architect has made reasonable and timely objection.The Contractor shall not change the superintendent without the Owner's consent, — which shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed. § 3.10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES § 3.10.1 The Contractor,promptly after being awarded the Contract,shall prepare and submit for the Owner's and — Architect's information a Contractor's construction schedule for the Work.The schedule shall not exceed time limits current under the Contract Documents,shall be revised at appropriate intervals as required by the conditions of the Work and Project,shall be related to the entire Project to the extent required by the Contract Documents, and shall provide for expeditious and practicable execution of the Work. I § 3.10.2 The Contractor shall prepare a submittal schedule,promptly after being awarded the Contract and thereafter as necessary to maintain a current submittal schedule,and shall submit the schedule(s)for the Architect's approval. The Architect's approval shall not unreasonably be delayed or withheld.The submittal schedule shall(1)be coordinated with the Contractor's construction schedule,and(2)allow the Architect reasonable time to review submittals.If the Contractor fails to submit a submittal schedule,the Contractor shall not be entitled to any increase in Contract Sum or extension of Contract Time based on the time required for review of submittals. ull l § 3.10.3 The Contractor shall perform the Work in general accordance with the most recent schedules submitted to the Owner and Architect. § 3.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one copy of the Drawings,Specifications,Addenda,Change Orders and other Modifications,in good order and marked currently to indicate field changes and selections made lal during construction, and one copy of approved Shop Drawings,Product Data, Samples and similar required submittals.These shall be available to the Architect and shall be delivered to the Architect for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work as a record of the Work as constructed. al AIA Document A201 TM—2007.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997 and 2007 by The American Init. Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AlA®Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized 15 reproduction or distribution of this AlA® Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the 61 / maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:09:45 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686_1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3999808466) 1 § 3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES § 3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings,diagrams,schedules and other data specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor or a Subcontractor,Sub-subcontractor,manufacturer,supplier or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work. § 3.12.2 Product Data are illustrations,standard schedules,performance charts,instructions,brochures,diagrams and other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the Work. § 3.12.3 Samples are physical examples that illustrate materials,equipment or workmanship and establish standards by which the Work will be judged. Irmm § 3.12.4 Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples and similar submittals are not Contract Documents.Their purpose is to demonstrate the way by,which the Contractor proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents for those portions of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittals.Review by the Architect is subject to the limitations of Section 4.2.7.Informational submittals upon which the Architect is not expected to take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents.Submittals that are not required by the Contract Documents may be returned by the Architect without action. § 3.12.5 The Contractor shall review for compliance with the Contract Documents,approve and submit to the Architect Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents in accordance with the submittal schedule approved by the Architect or,in the absence of an approved submittal schedule, with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of separate contractors. § 3.12.6 By submitting Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples and similar submittals,the Contractor represents to the Owner and Architect that the Contractor has(1)reviewed and approved them,(2)determined and verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto,or will do so and(3)checked and coordinated the tamn information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. § 3.12.7 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittal and review of Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples or similar submittals until the respective submittal has been approved by the Architect. § 3.12.8 The Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals except that the Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples or similar submittals unless the Contractor has specifically informed the Architect in writing of such deviation at the time of submittal and(1)the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation as a minor change in the Work,or(2)a Change Order or Construction Change Directive has been issued authorizing the deviation.The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples or similar submittals by the Architect's approval thereof. bow§ 3.12.9 The Contractor shall direct specific attention,in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings,Product Data, Samples or similar submittals,to revisions other than those requested by the Architect on previous submittals.In the absence of such written notice,the Architect's approval of a resubmission shall not apply to such revisions. § 3.12.10 The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services that constitute the practice of architecture or engineering unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless the Contractor needs to provide such services in order to carry out the Contractor's responsibilities 11.1 for construction means,methods,techniques,sequences and procedures.The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable law.If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems,materials or equipment are specifically required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents,the Owner and the Architect will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy.The Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed design professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings,calculations,specifications,certifications, Shop Drawings and other submittals prepared by such professional.Shop Drawings and other submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional,if prepared by others,shall bear such professional's written approval when submitted to the Architect.The Owner and the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy,accuracy and AIA Document A201 TM—2007.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997 and 2007 by The American r_ Init. Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This Ale Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this Ale Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the 6 _ maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:09:45 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686_1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3999808466) H -' completeness of the services,certifications and approvals performed or provided by such design professionals, provided the Owner and Architect have specified to the Contractor all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy.Pursuant to this Section 3.12.10,the Architect will review,approve or take other appropriate action on submittals only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents.The Contractor shall not be responsible for the adequacy of the performance and design criteria specified in the Contract Documents. — § 3.13 USE OF SITE The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by applicable laws,statutes,ordinances,codes, rules and regulations,and lawful orders of public authorities and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. § 3.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING § 3.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting,fitting or patching required to complete the Work or to make "" its parts fit together properly.';.All areas requiring cutting,fitting and patching shall be restored to the condition existing prior to the cutting,fitting and patching,unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents. § 3.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or partially completed 7 construction of the Owner or separate contractors by cutting,patching or otherwise altering such construction,or by excavation.The Contractor shall not cut or otherwise alter such construction by the Owner or a separate contractor except with written consent of the Owner and of such separate contractor;such consent shall not be unreasonably ""1 withheld.The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold from the Owner or a separate contractor the Contractor's I consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work. y -., § 3.15 CLEANING UP § 3.15.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by operations under the Contract.At completion of the Work,the Contractor shall remove waste materials,rubbish,the Contractor's tools,construction equipment,machinery and surplus materials from and about ""' the Project. § 3.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents,the Owner may do so and Owner shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Contractor. § 3.16 ACCESS TO WORK The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever ... located. § 3.17 ROYALTIES, PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees.The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of copyrights and patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof,but shall not be responsible for such defense or loss when a particular design,process or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents,or where the copyright violations are contained in Drawings, r. Specifications or other documents prepared by the Owner or Architect.However,if the Contractor has reason to believe that the required design,process or product is an infringement of a copyright or a patent,the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless such information is promptly furnished to the Architect. 7 § 3.18 INDEMNIFICATION I § 3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner,Architect, Architect's consultants,and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims,damages,losses and 7 expenses,including but not limited to attorneys' fees,arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work, provided that such claim,damage,loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury,sickness,disease or death,or to injury to or destruction of tangible property(other than the Work itself),but only to the extent caused by the negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor,a Subcontractor,anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for 1 whose acts they may be liable,regardless of whether or not such claim,damage,loss or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate,abridge,or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Section 3.18. 1 AIA Document A201 TM-2007.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997 and 2007 by The American Init. Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized 17 reproduction or distribution of this AlA® Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the "1 / maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:09:45 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686_1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3999808466) § 3.18.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Section 3.18 by an employee of the Contractor, a Subcontractor,anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable,the indemnification obligation under Section 3.18.1 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, ` compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor under workers'compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. ARTICLE 4 ARCHITECT § 4.1 GENERAL § 4.1.1 The Owner shall retain an architect lawfully licensed to practice architecture or an entity lawfully practicing architecture in the jurisdiction where the Project is located.That person or entity is identified as the Architect in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. § 4.1.2 Duties,responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not be restricted,modified or extended without written consent of the Owner,Contractor and Architect.Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. § 4.1.3 If the employment of the Architect is terminated,the Owner shall employ a successor architect as to whom the Contractor has no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the Architect. § 4.2 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT § 4.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents and will be an Owner's representative during construction until the date the Architect issues the final Certificate For Payment.The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents. § 4.2.2 The Architect will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of construction,or as otherwise agreed with the Owner,to become generally familiar with the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed,and to determine in general if the Work observed is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work, when fully .o completed,will be in accordance with the Contract Documents.However,the Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work.The Architect will not have control over,charge of,or responsibility for,the construction means,methods,techniques,sequences or procedures,or for the safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work,since these are solely the Contractor's rights and responsibilities under the Contract Documents,except as provided in Section 3.3.1. § 4.2.3 On the basis of the site visits,the Architect will keep the Owner reasonably informed about the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed,and report to the Owner(1)known deviations from the Contract Documents and from the most recent construction schedule submitted by the Contractor,and(2)defects and deficiencies observed in the Work.The Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.The Architect will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible',for acts or omissions of the Contractor, Subcontractors,or their agents or employees,or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. § 4.2.4 COMMUNICATIONS FACILITATING CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or when direct communications have been specially authorized,the Owner and Contractor shall endeavor to communicate with each other through the Architect about matters arising out of or relating to the Contract.Communications by and with the Architect's consultants shall be through the Architect. Communications by and with Subcontractors and material suppliers shall be through the Contractor.Communications by and with separate contractors shall be through the Owner. Wow§ 4.2.5 Based on the Architect's evaluations of the Contractor's Applications for Payment,the Architect will review and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts. § 4.2.6 The Architect has authority to reject Work that does not conform to the Contract Documents.Whenever the Architect considers it necessary or advisable,the Architect will have authority to require inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Sections 13.5.2 and 13.5.3,whether or not such Work is fabricated,installed or completed. However,neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Architect to the Contractor,Subcontractors,material and equipment suppliers,their agents or employees,or other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. Init. AIA Document A201TM—2007.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AlA' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized 18 reproduction or distribution of this AlA Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:09:45 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686 1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3999808466) �. § 4.2.7 The Architect will review and approve,or take other appropriate action upon,the Contractor's submittals such as Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples,but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents.The Architect's action will be taken in accordance with the submittal schedule approved by the Architect or,in the absence of an approved submittal schedule,with reasonable promptness while allowing sufficient time in the Architect's professional judgment to permit adequate review.Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities,or for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems,all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents.The Architect's review of the Contractor's submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations under Sections 3.3,3.5 and 3.12.The Architect's review shall not constitute approval of safety precautions or,unless otherwise specifically stated by the Architect,of any construction means,methods,techniques,sequences or procedures.The Architect's approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. § 4.2.8 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives,and may authorize minor changes in the Work as provided in Section 7.4.The Architect will investigate and make determinations and recommendations regarding concealed and unknown conditions as provided in Section 3.7.4. § 4.2.9 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of final completion;issue Certificates of Substantial Completion pursuant to Section 9.8;receive and forward to the Owner,for the Owner's review and records,written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor pursuant to Section 9.10;and issue a final Certificate for Payment pursuant to Section 9.10. § 4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree,the Architect will provide one or more project representatives to assist in carrying out the Architect's responsibilities at the site.The duties,responsibilities and limitations of authority of such project representatives shall be as set forth in an exhibit to be incorporated in the Contract Documents. § 4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and decide matters concerning performance under,and requirements of,the Contract'Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contractor.The Architect's response to such requests will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness. § 4.2.12 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of,and reasonably inferable from,the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings.When making such interpretations and decisions,the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor,will not show partiality to either and will not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions rendered in good faith. § 4.2.13 The Architect's decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the intent expressed in the Contract Documents. § 4.2.14 The Architect will review and respond to requests for information about the Contract Documents.The Architect's response to such requests will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness.If appropriate,the Architect will prepare and issue supplemental Drawings and Specifications in response to the requests for information. ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS § 5.1 DEFINITIONS § 5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site.The term"Subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Subcontractor.The term"Subcontractor"does not include a separate contractor or subcontractors of a separate contractor. § 5.1.2 A Sub-subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site.The term"Sub-subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Sub-subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Sub-subcontractor. AIA Document A201 TM-2007.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997 and 2007 by The American Init. Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This Ale Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized i s reproduction or distribution of this Abe Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the / maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:09:45 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686_1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3999808466) § 5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK § 5.2.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents or the bidding requirements,the Contractor,as soon as practicable after award of the Contract,shall furnish in writing to the Owner through the Architect the names of persons or entities(including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design)proposed for each principal portion of the Work.The Architect may reply within 14 days to the Contractor in writing stating(1) whether the Owner or the Architect has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity or(2)that the Architect requires additional time for review.Failure of the Owner or Architect to reply within the 14 day period shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. § 5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed person or entity to whom the Owner or Architect has made reasonable and timely objection.The Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has made reasonable objection. § 5.2.3 If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Contractor,the Contractor shall propose another to whom the Owner or Architect has no reasonable objection.If the proposed but rejected Subcontractor was reasonably capable of performing the Work,the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be Mow increased or decreased by the difference,if any,occasioned by such change,and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued before commencement of the substitute Subcontractor's Work. However,no increase in the Contract Sum or Contract Time shall be allowed for such change unless the Contractor has acted promptly and responsively in submitting names as required. .,, § 5.2.4 The Contractor shall not substitute a Subcontractor,person or entity previously selected if the Owner or Architect makes reasonable objection to such substitution. § 5.3 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS By appropriate agreement,written where legally required for validity,the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor,to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract �-• Documents,and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities,including the responsibility for safety of the Subcontractor's Work, which the Contractor,by these Documents,assumes toward the Owner and Architect.Each subcontract agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights,and shall allow to the Subcontractor,unless specifically provided otherwise in the subcontract agreement,the benefit of all rights,remedies and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor,by the Contract Documents,has against the Owner.Where appropriate,the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to +.. enter into similar agreements with Sub-subcontractors.The Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor,prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement,copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound,and,upon written request of the Subcontractor,identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of the proposed subcontract agreement that may be at variance with the Contract Documents. Wow Subcontractors will similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed Sub-subcontractors. § 5.4 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT OF SUBCONTRACTS § 5.4.1 Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is assigned by the Contractor to the Owner,provided that .1 assignment is effective only after termination of the Contract by the Owner for cause pursuant to Section 14.2 and only for those subcontract agreements that the Owner accepts by notifying the Subcontractor and Contractor in writing;and .2 assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety,if any, obligated under bond relating to the Contract. When the Owner accepts the assignment of a subcontract agreement,the Owner assumes the Contractor's rights and obligations under the subcontract. § 5.4.2 Upon such assignment,if the Work has been suspended for more than 30 days,the Subcontractor's compensation shall be equitably adjusted for increases in cost resulting from the suspension. § 5.4.3 Upon such assignment to the Owner under this Section 5.4,the Owner may further assign the subcontract to a successor contractor or other entity.If the Owner assigns the subcontract to a successor contractor or other entity,the AIA Document A201 TM—2007.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997 and 2007 by The American Init. Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AlAe Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized 20 reproduction or distribution of this AlAe Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:09:45 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686_1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3999808466) �... "1. Owner shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all of the successor contractor's obligations under the subcontract. _ ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS § 6.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS § 6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces,and to award separate contracts in connection with other portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site under Conditions of the Contract identical or substantially similar to these including those portions related to insurance and waiver of subrogation.If the Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is involved because of such action by the Owner,the Contractor shall make such Claim as provided in Article 15. § 6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site,the term"Contractor" in the Contract Documents in each case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner-Contractor Agreement. § 6.1.3 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activities of the Owner's own forces and of each separate contractor with the Work of the Contractor,who shall cooperate with them.The Contractor shall participate with other separate contractors and the Owner in reviewing their construction schedules.The Contractor shall make any revisions to the construction schedule deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement.The construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules to be used by the Contractor,separate contractors and the Owner until subsequently revised. § 6.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,when the Owner performs construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces,the Owner shall be deemed to be subject to the same obligations and to have the same rights that apply to the Contractor under the Conditions of the Contract,including,without excluding others,those stated in Article 3,this Article 6 and Articles 10, 11 and 12. § 6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY § 6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and separate contractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activities,and shall connect and coordinate the Contractor's construction and operations with theirs as required by the Contract Documents. § 6.2.2 If part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon construction or operations by the Owner or a separate contractor,the Contractor shall,prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work,promptly report to the Architect apparent discrepancies or defects in such other construction that would render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results.Failure of the Contractor so to report shall constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner's or separate contractor's completed or partially completed construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor's Work,except as to defects not then reasonably discoverable. _ § 6.2.3 The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for costs the Owner incurs that are payable to a separate contractor because of the Contractor's delays,improperly timed activities or defective construction.The Owner shall be responsible to the Contractor for costs the Contractor incurs because of a separate contractor's delays,improperly timed activities,damage to the Work or defective construction. § 6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage the Contractor wrongfully causes to completed or partially _ completed construction or to property of the Owner or separate contractors as provided in Section 10.2.5. § 6.2.5 The Owner and each separate contractor shall have the same responsibilities for cutting and patching as are described for the Contractor in Section 3.14. § 6.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP If a dispute arises among the Contractor,separate contractors and the Owner as to the responsibility under their respective contracts for maintaining the premises and surrounding area free from waste materials and rubbish,the Owner may clean up and the Architect will allocate the cost among those responsible. i AIA Document A201 TM-2007.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997 and 2007 by The American Init. Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized 21 reproduction or distribution of this Ale Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the 7 / maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:09:45 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686 1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3999808466) ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK § 7.1 GENERAL § 7.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execution of the Contract,and without invalidating the Contract,by Change Order,Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work,subject to the limitations stated in this Article 7 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. i.. i § 7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner,Contractor and Architect;a Construction Change Directive requires agreement by the Owner and Architect and may or may not be agreed to by the Contractor; an order for a minor change in the Work may be issued by the Architect alone. § 7.1.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents,and the Contractor shall proceed promptly,unless otherwise provided in the Change Order,Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work. § 7.2 CHANGE ORDERS § 7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner,Contractor and Architect stating their agreement upon all of the following: .1 The change in the Work; .2 The amount of the adjustment,if any,in the Contract Sum;and .3 The extent of the adjustment,if any,in the Contract Time. § 7.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES § 7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner and Architect,directing a change in the Work prior to agreement on adjustment,if any,in the Contract Sum or Contract Time,or both.The Owner may by Construction Change Directive,without invalidating the Contract,order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions,deletions or other revisions,the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. ►.., § 7.3.2 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order. § 7.3.3 If the Construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum,the adjustment shall be based on one of the following methods .1 Mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to L. permit evaluation; .2 Unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon; .3 Cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee;or .4 As provided in Section 7.3.7. § 7.3.4 If unit,prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon,and if quantities originally contemplated are materially changed in a proposed Change Order or Construction Change Directive so that application of such unit prices to quantities of Work proposed will cause substantial inequity to the Owner or Contractor,the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted. § 7.3.5 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive,the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work involved and advise the Architect of the Contractor's agreement or disagreement with the method,if any, provided in the Construction Change Directive for determining the proposed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. § 7.3.6 A Construction Change Directive signed by the Contractor indicates the Contractor's agreement therewith, including adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the method for determining them.Such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded as a Change Order. § 7.3.7 If the Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the method for adjustment in the Contract Sum, the Architect shall determine the method and the adjustment on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change,including,in case of an increase in the Contract Sum,an amount AIA Document A201 TM-2007.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997 and 2007 by The American �.- init. Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This Ale Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized 22 reproduction or distribution of this Ale Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:09:45 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686_1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3999808466) "1 I "1 for overhead and profit as set forth in the Agreement,or if no such amount is set forth in the Agreement,a reasonable amount.In such case,and also under Section 7.3.3.3,the Contractor shall keep and present,in such form as the Architect may prescribe,an itemized accounting together with appropriate supporting data.Unless otherwise provided — in the Contract Documents,costs for the purposes of this Section 7.3.7 shall be limited to the following: .1 Costs of labor,including social security,old age and unemployment insurance,fringe benefits required by agreement or custom,and workers' compensation insurance; .2 Costs of materials,supplies and equipment,including cost of transportation,whether incorporated or consumed; ,3 Rental costs of machinery and equipment,exclusive of hand tools,whether rented from the Contractor or others; — .4 Costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance,permit fees,and sales,use or similar taxes related to the Work;and .5 Additional costs of supervision and field office personnel directly attributable to the change. § 7.3.8 The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for a deletion or change that results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum shall be actual net cost as confirmed by the Architect.When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in a change,the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured KIM on the basis of net increase,if any,with respect to that change. § 7.3.9 Pending final determination of the total cost of a Construction Change Directive to the Owner,the Contractor may request payment for Work completed under the Construction Change Directive in Applications for Payment.The `"` Architect will make an interim determination for purposes of monthly certification for payment for those costs and certify for payment the amount that the Architect determines,in the Architect's professional judgment,to be reasonably justified.The Architect's interim determination of cost shall adjust the Contract Sum on the same basis as a Change Order, subject to the right of either party to disagree and assert a Claim in accordance with Article 15. § 7.3.10 When the Owner and Contractor agree with a determination made by the Architect concerning the adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time,or otherwise reach agreement upon the adjustments,such agreement shall be effective immediately and the Architect will prepare a Change Order.Change Orders may be issued for all or any part of a Construction Change Directive. § 7.4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK The Architect has authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving adjustment in the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes will be effected by written order signed by the Architect and shall be binding on the Owner and Contractor. ARTICLE 8 TIME § 8.1 DEFINITIONS § 8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided,Contract Time is the period of time,including authorized adjustments,allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work. § 8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in the Agreement. § 8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Architect in accordance with Section 9.8. § 8.1.4 The term "day" as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically defined. § 8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION 1, § 8.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract.By executing the Agreement the Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work. § 8.2.2 The Contractor shall not knowingly,except by agreement or instruction of the Owner in writing,prematurely 7 commence operations on the site or elsewhere prior to the effective date of insurance required by Article 11 to be furnished by the Contractor and Owner.The date of commencement of the Work shall not be changed by the effective date of such insurance. 1 AIA Document A201 TM-2007.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997 and 2007 by The American Init. Institute of Architects.An rights reserved.WARNING:This Ale Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized 23 reproduction or distribution of this Ale Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the al / maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:09:45 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686_1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3999808466) imm § 8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time. r.. § 8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME § 8.3.1 'If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the commencement or progress of the Work by an act or neglect of the Owner or Architect,or of an employee of either,or of a separate contractor employed by the Owner;or by changes ■— ordered in the Work;or by labor disputes,fire,unusual delay in deliveries,unavoidable casualties or other causes beyond the Contractor's control;or by delay authorized by the Owner pending mediation and arbitration;or by other causes that the Architect determines may justify delay,then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the Architect may determine. § 8.3.2 Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of Article 15. § 8.3.3 This Section 8.3 does not preclude recovery of damages for delay by either party under other provisions of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION § 9.1 CONTRACT SUM The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and,including authorized adjustments,is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. — § 9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES Where the Contract is based on a stipulated sum or Guaranteed Maximum Price,the Contractor shall submit to the lawn Architect,before the first Application for Payment,a schedule of values allocating the entire Contract Sum to the various portions of the Work and prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require.This schedule,unless objected to by the Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment. `. § 9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT § 9.3.1 At least ten days before the date established for each progress payment,the Contractor shall submit to the Architect an itemized Application for Payment prepared in accordance with the schedule of values,if required under Section 9.2.,for completed portions of the Work. Such application shall be notarized,if required,and supported by such data substantiating the Contractor's right to payment as the Owner or Architect may require, such as copies of requisitions from Subcontractors and material suppliers,and shall reflect retainage if provided for in the Contract L.• Documents. § 9.3.1.1 As provided in Section 7.3.9,such applications may include requests for payment on account of changes in the Work that have been properly authorized by Construction Change Directives,or by interim determinations of the Architect,but not yet included in Change Orders. § 9.3.1.2 Applications for Payment shall not include requests for payment for portions of the Work for which the L. Contractor does not intend to pay a Subcontractor or material supplier,unless such Work has been performed by others whom the Contractor intends to pay. § 9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,payments shall be made on account of materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work.If approved in advance by the Owner,payment may similarly be made for materials and equipment suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing.Payment for materials and equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned upon �.. compliance by the Contractor with procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner's title to such materials and equipment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest,and shall include the costs of applicable insurance, storage and transportation to the site for such materials and equipment stored off the site. § 9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment.The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for Payment all Work for which Certificates for Payment have been previously issued and payments received from the Owner shall,to the best of the Contractor's knowledge,information and belief,be free and clear of liens,claims,security interests or AIA Document A201TM—2007.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997 and 2007 by The American L... init. Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AlAe Document is protected by US.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized 24 reproduction or distribution of this Ale Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:09:45 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686_1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3999808466) "' encumbrances in favor of the Contractor,Subcontractors,material suppliers,or other persons or entities making a claim by reason of having provided labor,materials and equipment relating to the Work. § 9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT § 9.4.1 The Architect will,within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment,either issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment, with a copy to the Contractor,for such amount as the Architect determines is properly due,or notify the Contractor and Owner in writing of the Architect's reasons for withholding certification in whole or in part as provided in Section 9.5.1. § 9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Architect to the Owner,based on the Architect's evaluation of the Work and the data comprising the Application for Payment,that,to the best of the Architect's knowledge,information and belief,the Work has progressed to the point indicated and that the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents.The foregoing representations are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion,to results of subsequent tests — and inspections, to correction of minor deviations from the Contract Documents prior to completion and to specific qualifications expressed by the Architect.The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will further constitute a representation that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified.However,the issuance of a Certificate for Payment will not be a representation that the Architect has(1)made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work,(2)reviewed construction means,methods,techniques,sequences or procedures, (3)reviewed copies of requisitions received from Subcontractors and material suppliers and other data requested by the Owner to substantiate the Contractor's right to payment,or(4)made examination to ascertain how or — for what purpose the Contractor has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. § 9.5 DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD CERTIFICATION § 9.5.1 The Architect may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part,to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the Owner,'if in the Architect's opinion the representations to the Owner required by Section 9.4.2 cannot be made.If the Architect is unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application,the Architect will notify the Contractor and Owner as provided in Section 9.4.1.If the Contractor and Architect cannot agree on a revised amount, — the Architect will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment for the amount for which the Architect is able to make such representations to the Owner.The Architect may also withhold a Certificate for Payment or,because of subsequently discovered evidence,may nullify the whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment previously issued,to such extent as , may be necessary in the Architect's opinion to protect the Owner from loss for which the Contractor is responsible, including loss resulting from acts and omissions described in Section 3.3.2,because of .1 defective Work not remedied; .2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims unless security — acceptable to the Owner is provided by the Contractor; .3 failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or for labor,materials or equipment; .4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; .5 damage to the Owner or a separate contractor; .6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time,and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay;or — .7 repeated failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. § 9.5.2 When the above reasons for withholding certification are removed,certification will be made for amounts previously withheld. — § 9.5.3 If the Architect withholds certification for payment under Section 9.5.1.3,the Owner may,at its sole option, issue joint checks to the Contractor and to any Subcontractor or material or equipment suppliers to whom the — Contractor failed to make payment for Work properly performed or material or equipment suitably delivered.If the Owner makes payments by joint check,the Owner shall notify the Architect and the Architect will reflect such payment on the next Certificate for Payment. j § 9.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS § 9.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment,the Owner shall make payment in the manner and within the time provided in the Contract Documents,and shall so notify the Architect. 1 Init. AIA Document A201 TM-2007.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,�1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This Ale Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized 25 reproduction or distribution of this Ale Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the 1 / maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:09:45 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686_1 which expires P1 on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3999808466) § 9.6.2 The Contractor shall pay each Subcontractor no later than seven days after receipt of payment from the Owner the amount to which the Subcontractor is entitled,reflecting percentages actually retained from payments to the Contractor on account of the Subcontractor's portion of the Work.The Contractor shall,by appropriate agreement .� with each Subcontractor,require each Subcontractor to make payments to Sub-subcontractors in a similar manner. § 9.6.3 The Architect will,on request,furnish to a Subcontractor,if practicable,information regarding percentages of completion or amounts applied for by the Contractor and action taken thereon by the Architect and Owner on account of portions of the Work done by such Subcontractor. § 9.6.4 The Owner has the right to request written evidence from the Contractor that the Contractor has properly paid ... Subcontractors and material and equipment suppliers amounts paid by the Owner to the Contractor for subcontracted Work.If the Contractor fails to furnish such evidence within seven days,the Owner shall have the right to contact Subcontractors to ascertain whether they have been properly paid.Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have an obligation to pay or to see to the payment of money to a Subcontractor,except as may otherwise be required by law. § 9.6.5 Contractor payments to material and equipment suppliers shall be treated in a manner similar to that provided in Sections 9.6.2,9.6.3 and 9.6.4. § 9.6.6 A Certificate for Payment,a progress payment,or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents. ►- § 9.6.7 Unless the Contractor provides the Owner with a payment bond in the full penal sum of the Contract Sum, payments received by the Contractor for Work properly performed by Subcontractors and suppliers shall be held by I. the Contractor for those Subcontractors or suppliers who performed Work or furnished materials,or both,under contract with the Contractor for which payment was made by the Owner.Nothing contained herein shall require money to be placed in a separate,account and not commingled with money of the Contractor,shall create any fiduciary liability or tort liability on the part of the Contractor for breach of trust or shall entitle any person or entity to an award of punitive damages against the Contractor for breach of the requirements of this provision. § 9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT If the Architect does not issue a Certificate for Payment,through no fault of the Contractor, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment,or if the Owner does not pay the Contractor within seven days after the date established in the Contract Documents the amount certified by the Architect or awarded by binding dispute resolution,then the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and Architect, stop the Work until payment of the amount owing has been received.The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor's reasonable costs of shut-down,delay and start-up,plus interest as provided for in the Contract Documents. § 9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION >>; § 9.8.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for L j its intended use. § 9.8.2 When the Contractor considers that the Work,or a portion thereof which the Owner agrees to accept separately,is substantially complete,the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect a comprehensive list of items to be completed,or corrected prior to final payment.Failure to include an item on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. § 9.8.3 Upon receipt of the Contractor's list,the Architect will make an inspection to determine whether the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete.If the Architect's inspection discloses any item,whether or not included on the Contractor's list,which is not sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work or designated portion thereof for its intended use,the Contractor shall, before issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion,complete or correct such item upon notification by the Architect.In such case,the Contractor shall then submit a request for another inspection by the Architect to determine Substantial Completion. AIA Document A201 TM-2007.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997 and 2007 by The American Init. Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA®Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized 26 reproduction or distribution of this AlA®Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:09:45 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686_1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3999808466) § 9.8.4 When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete,the Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion that shall establish the date of Substantial Completion,shall establish responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor for security,maintenance,heat,utilities,damage to the Work and insurance,and shall fix the time within which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the Certificate.Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. § 9.8.5 The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in such Certificate.Upon such acceptance and consent of surety,if any, the Owner shall make payment of retainage applying to such Work or designated portion thereof Such payment shall _ be adjusted for Work that is incomplete or not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. § 9.9 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY OR USE § 9.9.1 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work at any stage when such portion is designated by separate agreement with the Contractor,provided such occupancy or use is consented to by the insurer as required under Section 11.3.1.5 and authorized by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Project. Such partial occupancy or use may commence whether or not the portion is substantially complete,provided the Owner and Contractor have accepted in writing the responsibilities assigned to each of them for payments, retainage,if any,security, maintenance,heat,utilities,damage to the Work and insurance,and have agreed in writing concerning the period for correction of the Work and commencement of warranties required by the Contract Documents.When the Contractor considers a portion substantially complete,the Contractor shall prepare and submit — a list to the Architect as provided under Section 9.8.2.Consent of the Contractor to partial occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld.The stage of the progress of the Work shall be determined by written agreement between the Owner and Contractor or,if no agreement is reached,by decision of the Architect. § 9.9.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use,the Owner,Contractor and Architect shall jointly inspect the area to be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in order to determine and record the condition of the Work. — § 9.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed upon,partial occupancy or use of a portion or portions of the Work shall not constitute acceptance of Work not complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. _ § 9.10 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT § '9.10.1 Upon receipt of the Contractor's written notice that the Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment,the Architect will promptly make such inspection and, when the Architect finds the Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully performed,the Architect will,promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment stating that to the best of the Architect's knowledge,information and belief,and on the basis of the Architect's on-site visits and inspections,the Work has been completed in accordance with terms and conditions of the Contract Documents and that the entire balance found to be due the Contractor and noted in the final Certificate is due and payable.The Architect's final Certificate for Payment will constitute a further representation that conditions listed in Section 9.10.2 as precedent to the Contractor's being entitled to final payment have been fulfilled. § 9.10.2 Neither final payment nor any remaining retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor submits to the Architect(1)an affidavit that payrolls,bills for materials and equipment,and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner's property might be responsible or encumbered(less amounts withheld by Owner)have been paid or otherwise satisfied,(2)a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be canceled or allowed to expire • until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner,(3)a written statement that the Contractor knows of no substantial reason that the insurance will not be renewable to cover the period required by the Contract - Documents,(4)consent of surety,if any,to final payment and(5),if required by the Owner,other data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations,such as receipts,releases and waivers of liens,claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract,to the extent and in such form as may be designated by the Owner.If a Subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the Owner,the Contractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against such lien.If such lien remains unsatisfied after payments are made,the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner may be compelled to pay in discharging such lien,including all costs and reasonable attorneys' fees. Init. AIA Document A201 TM-2007.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA'Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized 27 reproduction or distribution of this AlA Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the 1 / maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:09:45 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686_1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3999808466) i § 9.10.3 If,after Substantial Completion of the Work,final completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor or by issuance of Change Orders affecting final completion,and the Architect so confirms,the Owner shall,upon application by the Contractor and certification by the Architect,and without terminating the Contract,make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted.If the remaining balance for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than retainage stipulated in the Contract Documents,and if bonds have been furnished,the written consent of surety to payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Architect prior to certification of such payment. Such payment shall be made under terms and conditions governing final payment,except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. § 9.10.4 The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Owner except those arising from .1 liens,Claims,security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract and unsettled; .2 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents;or .3 terms of special warranties required by the Contract Documents. § 9.10.5 Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor,a Subcontractor or material supplier shall constitute a waiver :lulu of claims by that payee except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee as unsettled at the time of final Application for Payment. ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY § 10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating,maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Contract. lulu. § 10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY § 10.2.1 The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety of,and shall provide reasonable protection to prevent damage,injury or loss to .1 employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby; .2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein,whether in storage on or off the site, under care,custody or control of the Contractor or the Contractor's Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors;and .3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto,such as trees,shrubs,lawns,walks,pavements,roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal,relocation or replacement in the course of construction. L' § 10.2.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by applicable laws,statutes,ordinances,codes, rules and regulations,and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on safety of persons or property or their lump protection from damage,injury or loss. § 10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain,as required by existing conditions and performance of the Contract, reasonable safeguards for safety and protection,including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards, ►— promulgating safety regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities. § 10.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment or unusual methods are necessary for execution of the Work,the Contractor shall exercise utmost care and carry on such activities under supervision of properly qualified personnel. § 10.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss(other than damage or loss insured under property insurance required by the Contract Documents)to property referred to in Sections 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or in part by the Contractor,a Subcontractor,a Sub-subcontractor,or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them,or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor is responsible under Sections 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3,except damage or loss attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them,or by anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable,and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor's obligations under Section 3.18. Init. AIA Document A201 T''—2007.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997 and 2007 by The American immor Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized 28 reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:09:45 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686_1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3999808466) § 10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractor's organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents.This person shall be the Contractor's superintendent unless otherwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner and Architect. § 10.2.7 The Contractor shall not permit any part of the construction or site to be loaded so as to cause damage or create an unsafe condition. § 10.2.8 INJURY OR DAMAGE TO PERSON OR PROPERTY If either party suffers injury or damage to person or property because of an act or omission of the other party,or of others for whose acts such party is legally responsible,written notice of such injury or damage,whether or not insured, shall be given to the other party within a reasonable time not exceeding 21 days after discovery.The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other party to investigate the matter. § 10.3 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS § 10.3.1 The Contractor is responsible for compliance with any requirements included in the Contract Documents regarding hazardous materials.'If the Contractor encounters a hazardous material or substance not addressed in the Contract Documents and if reasonable precautions will be inadequate to prevent foreseeable bodily injury or death to persons resulting from a material or substance,including but not limited to asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB),encountered on the site by the Contractor,the Contractor shall,upon recognizing the condition,immediately stop Work in the affected area and report the condition to the Owner and Architect in writing. § 10.3.2 Upon receipt of the Contractor's written notice,the Owner shall obtain the services of a licensed laboratory to verify the presence or absence of the material or substance reported by the Contractor and,in the event such material or substance is found to be present,to cause it to be rendered harmless.Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents,the Owner shall furnish in writing to the Contractor and Architect the names and qualifications of persons or entities who are to perform tests verifying the presence or absence of such material or substance or who are to perform the task of removal or safe containment of such material or substance.The Contractor and the Architect will promptly reply to the Owner in writing stating whether or not either has reasonable objection to the persons or entities proposed by the Owner.If either the Contractor or Architect has an objection to a person or entity proposed by the Owner,the Owner shall propose another to whom the Contractor and the Architect have no reasonable objection. When the material or substance has been rendered harmless,Work in the affected area shall resume upon written agreement of the Owner and Contractor.By Change Order,the Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased in the amount of the Contractor's reasonable additional costs of shut-down,delay and start-up. § 10.3.3 To the fullest extent permitted by law,the Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, Subcontractors,Architect,Architect's consultants and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages,losses and expenses,including but not limited to attorneys' fees,arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work in the affected area if in fact the material or substance presents the risk of bodily injury or death as described in Section 10.3.1 and has not been rendered harmless,provided that such claim,damage,loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury,sickness,disease or death,or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself),except to the extent that such damage,loss or expense is due to the fault or negligence of the party seeking indemnity. § 10.3.4 The Owner shall not be responsible under this Section 10.3 for materials or substances the Contractor brings to the site unless such materials or substances are required by the Contract Documents.The Owner shall be responsible for materials or substances required by the Contract Documents,except to the extent of the Contractor's fault or negligence in the use and handling of such materials or substances. § 10.3.5 The Contractor shall indemnify the Owner for the cost and expense the Owner incurs(1)for remediation of a material or substance the Contractor brings to the site and negligently handles,or(2)where the Contractor fails to perform its obligations under Section 10.3.1,except to the extent that the cost and expense are due to the Owner's fault in or negligence. § 10.3.6 If,without negligence on the part of the Contractor,the Contractor is held liable by a government agency for the cost of remediation of a hazardous material or substance solely by reason of performing Work as required by the Contract Documents,the Owner shall indemnify the Contractor for all cost and expense thereby incurred. AIA Document A201 TM-2007.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997 and 2007 by The American Init. Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA®Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized 29 reproduction or distribution of this AlA®Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the / maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:09:45 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686 1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3999808466) § 10.4 EMERGENCIES In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property,the Contractor shall act,at the Contractor's discretion,to .� prevent threatened damage,injury or loss.Additional compensation or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of an emergency shall be determined as provided in Article 15 and Article 7. ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS § 11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE § 11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase from and maintain in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located such insurance as will protect the Contractor from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from the Contractor's operations and completed operations under the Contract and for which the Contractor may be legally liable,whether such operations be by the Contractor or by a Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them,or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: .1 Claims under workers'compensation,disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts that are applicable to the Work to be performed; tom .2 Claims for damages because of bodily injury,occupational sickness or disease,or death of the Contractor's employees; .3 Claims for damages because of bodily injury,sickness or disease,or death of any person other than the Contractor's employees; .4 Claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage; .5 Claims for damages,other than to the Work itself,because of injury to or destruction of tangible property,including loss of use resulting therefrom; __ .6 Claims for damages because of bodily injury,death of a person or property damage arising out of ownership,maintenance or use of a motor vehicle; .7 Claims for bodily injury or property damage arising out of completed operations;and .8 Claims involving contractual liability insurance applicable to the Contractor's obligations under `-- Section 3.18. § 11.1.2 The insurance required by Section 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than limits of liability specified in the Contract Documents or,required by law,whichever coverage is greater.Coverages,whether written on an occurrence or claims-made basis,shall be maintained without interruption from the date of commencement of the Work until the date of final payment and termination of any coverage required to be maintained after final payment,and,with respect to the Contractor's completed operations coverage,until the expiration of the period for correction of Work or for such ■- other period for maintenance of completed operations coverage as specified in the Contract Documents. § 11.1.3 Certificates of insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner prior to commencement of the Work and thereafter upon renewal or replacement of each required policy of insurance.These certificates and the insurance policies required by this Section 11.1 shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner.An additional certificate evidencing continuation of liability coverage,including coverage for completed operations,shall be submitted with the final Application for Payment as required by Section 9.10.2 and thereafter upon renewal or replacement of such coverage until the expiration of the time required by Section 11.1.2.Information concerning reduction of coverage on account of revised limits or claims paid under the General Aggregate,or both,shall be furnished by the Contractor with reasonable promptness. ... § 11.1.4 The Contractor shall cause the commercial liability coverage required by the Contract Documents to include (1)the Owner,the Architect and the Architect's Consultants as additional insureds for claims caused in whole or in part by the Contractor's negligent acts or omissions during the Contractor's operations;and(2)the Owner as an additional insured for claims caused in whole or in part by the Contractor's negligent acts or omissions during the Contractor's completed operations. § 11.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining the Owner's usual liability insurance. AIA Document A201 TM-2007.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997 and 2007 by The American Init. Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AlAe Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized 30 reproduction or distribution of this AlAe Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:09:45 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686_1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3999808466) § 11.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE § 11.3.1 Unless otherwise provided,the Owner shall purchase and maintain,in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located,property insurance written on a builder's risk"all-risk" or equivalent policy form in the amount of the initial Contract Sum,plus value of subsequent Contract Modifications and cost of materials supplied or installed by others,comprising total value for the entire Project at the site on a replacement cost basis without optional deductibles. Such property insurance shall be maintained,unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or otherwise agreed in writing by all persons and entities who are 4.44 beneficiaries of such insurance,until final payment has been made as provided in Section 9.10 or until no person or entity other than the Owner has an insurable interest in the property required by this Section 11.3 to be covered, whichever is later.This insurance shall include interests of the Owner,the Contractor,Subcontractors and ,. Sub-subcontractors in the Project. § 11.3.1.1 Property insurance shall be on an"all-risk"or equivalent policy form and shall include, without limitation, insurance against the,perils of fire(with extended coverage)and physical loss or damage including,without duplication of coverage,theft, vandalism,malicious mischief,collapse,earthquake,flood,windstorm,falsework, testing and startup,temporary buildings and debris removal including demolition occasioned by enforcement of any applicable legal requirements, and shall cover reasonable compensation for Architect's and Contractor's services and expenses required as a result of such insured loss. § 11.3.1.2 If the Owner does not intend to purchase such property insurance required by the Contract and with all of the coverages in the amount described above,the Owner shall so inform the Contractor in writing prior to commencement of the Work.The Contractor may then effect insurance that will protect the interests of the Contractor,Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Work,and by appropriate Change Order the cost thereof shall be charged to the Owner. If the Contractor is damaged by the failure or neglect of the Owner to purchase or maintain insurance as described - 4 above,without so notifying the Contractor in writing,then the Owner shall bear all reasonable costs properly attributable thereto. § 11.3.1.3 If the property insurance requires deductibles,the Owner shall pay costs not covered because of such deductibles. § 11.3.1.4 This property insurance shall cover portions of the Work stored off the site,and also portions of the Work in .44transit. § 11.3.1.5 Partial occupancy or use in accordance with Section 9.9 shall not commence until the insurance company or companies providing property insurance have consented to such partial occupancy or use by endorsement or otherwise.The Owner and the Contractor shall take reasonable steps to obtain consent of the insurance company or companies and shall,without mutual written consent,take no action with respect to partial occupancy or use that would cause cancellation,lapse or reduction of insurance. § 11.3.2 BOILER AND MACHINERY INSURANCE The Owner shall purchase and maintain boiler and machinery insurance required by the Contract Documents or by law,which shall specifically cover such insured objects during installation and until final acceptance by the Owner; this insurance shall include interests of the Owner,Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Work, and the Owner and Contractor shall be named insureds. § 11.3.3 LOSS OF USE INSURANCE The Owner,at the Owner's option,may purchase and maintain such insurance as will insure the Owner against loss of use of the Owner's property due to fire or other hazards,however caused.The Owner waives all rights of action against the Contractor for loss of use of the Owner's property,including consequential losses due to fire or other hazards however caused. § 11.3.4 If the Contractor requests in writing that insurance for risks other than those described herein or other special causes;,of loss be included in the property insurance policy,the Owner shall,if possible,include such insurance,and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor by appropriate Change Order. § 11.3.5 If during the Project construction period the Owner insures properties,real or personal or both,at or adjacent to the site by property insurance under policies separate from those insuring the Project,or if after final payment Init. AIA Document A201 TM-2007.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AlAe Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized 31 reproduction or distribution of this Ale Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the / maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:09:45 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686_1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3999808466) property insurance is to be provided on the completed Project through a policy or policies other than those insuring the Project during the construction period,the Owner shall waive all rights in accordance with the terms of Section 11.3.7 for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss covered by this separate property insurance.All separate policies shall provide this waiver of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. § 11.3.6 Before an exposure to loss may occur,the Owner shall file with the Contractor a copy of each policy that includes insurance coverages required by this Section 11.3.Each policy shall contain all generally applicable conditions,definitions,exclusions and endorsements related to this Project.Each policy shall contain a provision that the policy will not be canceled or allowed to expire,and that its limits will not be reduced,until at least 30 days'prior time written notice has been given to the Contractor. § 11.3.7 WAIVERS OF SUBROGATION The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against(1)each other and any of their subcontractors,sub-subcontractors, agents and employees,each of the other,and(2)the Architect,Architect's consultants,separate contractors described in Article 6,if any,and any of their subcontractors,sub-subcontractors,agents and employees,for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss to the extent covered by property insurance obtained pursuant to this Section 11.3 or other ... property insurance applicable to the Work,except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as fiduciary.The Owner or Contractor,as appropriate,shall require of the Architect,Architect's consultants, separate contractors described in Article 6,if any, and the subcontractors, sub-subcontractors,agents and employees of any of them,by appropriate agreements,written where legally required for validity,similar waivers each in favor of other parties enumerated herein.The policies shall provide such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. A waiver of subrogation shall be effective as to a person or entity even though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification,contractual or otherwise,did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly,and r.. whether or not the person or entity had an insurable interest in the property damaged. § 11.3.8 A loss insured under the Owner's property insurance shall be adjusted by the Owner as fiduciary and made payable to the Owner as fiduciary for the insureds,as their interests may appear,subject to requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Section 11.3.10.The Contractor shall pay Subcontractors their just shares of insurance proceeds received by the Contractor,and by appropriate agreements,written where legally required for validity,shall require Subcontractors to make payments to their Sub-subcontractors in similar manner. § 11.3.9 If required in writing by a party in interest,the Owner as fiduciary shall,upon occurrence of an insured loss, give bond for,proper performance of the Owner's duties.The cost of required bonds shall be charged against proceeds received as fiduciary.The Owner shall deposit in a separate account proceeds so received,which the Owner shall distribute in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach,or as determined in accordance with the method of binding dispute resolution selected in the Agreement between the Owner and Contractor.If after such loss no other special agreement is made and unless the Owner terminates the Contract for convenience,replacement of damaged property shall be performed by the Contractor after notification of a Change in the Work in accordance with Article 7. § 11.3.10 The Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle a loss with insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within five days after occurrence of loss to the Owner's exercise of this power;if such objection is made,the dispute shall be resolved in the manner selected by the Owner and Contractor as the method of binding dispute resolution in the Agreement.If the Owner and Contractor have selected arbitration as the method of binding dispute resolution,the Owner as fiduciary shall make settlement with insurers or,in the case of a dispute over distribution of insurance proceeds,in accordance with the directions of the arbitrators. § 11.4 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND -- § 11.4.1 The Owner shall have the right to require the Contractor to furnish bonds covering faithful performance of the Contract and payment of obligations arising thereunder as stipulated in bidding requirements or specifically required in the Contract Documents on the date of execution of the Contract. § 11.4.2 Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment of obligations arising under the Contract,the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall authorize a copy to be furnished. AIA Document A201 TM—2007.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997 and 2007 by The American Init. Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This Ale Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized 32 reproduction or distribution of this AlA®Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:09:45 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686_1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3999808466) �' ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK § 12.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK § 12.1.1 If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the Architect's request or to requirements specifically expressed in the Contract Documents,it must,if requested in writing by the Architect,be uncovered for the Architect's examination and be replaced at the Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Time. § 12.1.2 If a portion of the Work has been covered that the Architect has not specifically requested to examine prior to its being covered,the Architect may request to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor.If such Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents,costs of uncovering and replacement shall,by appropriate Change Order,be at the Owner's expense.If such Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents,such costs and the cost of correction shall be at the Contractor's expense unless the condition was caused by the Owner or a separate contractor in which event the Owner shall be responsible for payment of such costs. § 12.2 CORRECTION OF WORK § 12.2.1 BEFORE OR AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION The Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected by the Architect or failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents,whether discovered before or after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed or completed.Costs of correcting such rejected Work,including additional testing and inspections,the cost of uncovering and replacement,and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, shall be at the Contractor's expense. § 12.2.2 AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION § 12.2.2.1 In addition to the Contractor's obligations under Section 3.5,if,within one year after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof or after the date for commencement of warranties established under Section 9.9.1,or by terms of an applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents,any of the Work is found to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of written notice from the Owner to do so unless the Owner has previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condition.The Owner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition. During the one-year period for correction of Work,if the Owner fails to notify the Contractor and give the Contractor an opportunity to make the correction,the Owner waives the rights to require correction by the Contractor and to make a claim for breach of warranty.If the Contractor fails to correct nonconforming Work within a reasonable time during ...., that period after receipt of notice from the Owner or Architect,the Owner may correct it in accordance with Section 2.4. § 12.2.2.2 The one-year period for correction of Work shall be extended with respect to portions of Work first _, performed after Substantial Completion by the period of time between Substantial Completion and the actual completion of that portion of the Work. § 12.2.2.3 The one-year period for correction of Work shall not be extended by corrective Work performed by the Contractor pursuant to this Section 12.2. § 12.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site portions of the Work that are not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and are neither corrected by the Contractor nor accepted by the Owner. § 12.2.4 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction,whether completed or partially completed,of the Owner or separate contractors caused by the Contractor's correction or removal of Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. § 12.2.5 Nothing contained in this Section 12.2 shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to — other obligations the Contractor has under the Contract Documents.Establishment of the one-year period for correction of Work as described in Section 12.2.2 relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the Work,and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced,nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish the Contractor's liability with respect to the Contractor's obligations other than specifically to correct the Work. 1 AIA Document A201 TM-2007.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997 and 2007 by The American Init. Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This Ale Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AlAs Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the 33 1 / maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:09:45 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686_1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3999808466) § 12.3 ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK If the Owner prefers to accept Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents,the .� Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction,in which case the Contract Sum will be reduced as appropriate and equitable.Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not final payment has been made. ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS § 13.1 GOVERNING LAW The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located except that,if the parties have selected arbitration as the method of binding dispute resolution,the Federal Arbitration Act shall govern Section 15.4. § 13.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS § 13.2.1 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves,their partners,successors,assigns and legal representatives to covenants,agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents.Except as provided in Section 13.2.2,neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of the other. If either party attempts to make such an assignment without such consent,that party shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract. i.. § 13.2.2 The Owner may, without consent of the Contractor,assign the Contract to a lender providing construction financing for the Project,if the lender assumes the Owner's rights and obligations under the Contract Documents.The Contractor shall execute all consents reasonably required to facilitate such assignment. § 13.3 WRITTEN NOTICE Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual,to a member of the firm or entity,or to an officer of the corporation for which it was intended;or if delivered at,or sent by registered or certified mail or by courier service providing proof of delivery to,the last business address known to the party giving notice. § 13.4 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES § 13.4.1 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties,obligations,rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. § 13.4.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner,Architect or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the Contract,nor shall such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach there under,except as may be specifically agreed in writing. § 13.5 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS § 13.5.1 Tests,inspections and approvals of portions of the Work shall be made as required by the Contract Documents and by applicable laws,statutes,ordinances,codes,rules and regulations or lawful orders of public authorities. Unless otherwise provided,the Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests,inspections and approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner,or with the appropriate public authority,and shall bear all related costs of tests,inspections and approvals.The Contractor shall give the Architect timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures.The Owner shall bear costs of(1)tests,inspections or approvals that do not become requirements until after bids are received or negotiations concluded,and(2)tests,inspections or approvals where building codes or applicable laws or regulations prohibit the Owner from delegating their cost to the Contractor. § 13.5.2 If the Architect,Owner or public authorities having jurisdiction determine that portions of the Work require •• additional testing,inspection or approval not included under Section 13.5.1,the Architect will,upon written authorization from the Owner,instruct the Contractor to make arrangements for such additional testing,inspection or approval by an entity acceptable to the Owner,and the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Architect of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures.Such costs,except as provided in Section 13.5.3,shall be at the Owner's expense. § 13.5.3 If such procedures for testing,inspection or approval under Sections 13.5.1 and 13.5.2 reveal failure of the portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents,all costs made necessary by AIA Document A201 TM-2007.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997 and 2007 by The American Init. Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This Ale Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized 34 reproduction or distribution of this Ale Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:09:45 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686_1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3999808466) such failure including those of repeated procedures and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses shall be at the Contractor's expense. § 13.5.4 Required certificates of testing,inspection or approval shall,unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents,be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Architect. § 13.5.5 If the Architect is to observe tests,inspections or approvals required by the Contract Documents,the Architect will do so promptly and,where practicable,at the normal place of testing. § 13.5.6 Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the Contract Documents shall be made promptly to avoid _ unreasonable delay in the Work. § 13.6 INTEREST Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at such rate as the parties may agree upon in writing or,in the absence thereof,at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where the Project is located. § 13.7 TIME LIMITS ON CLAIMS The Owner and Contractor shall commence all claims and causes of action, whether in contract,tort,breach of warranty or otherwise,against the other arising out of or related to the Contract in accordance with the requirements of the final dispute resolution method selected in the Agreement within the time period specified by applicable law,but in — any case not more than 10 years after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work.The Owner and Contractor waive all claims and causes of action not commenced in accordance with this Section 13.7. ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT § 14.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR § 14.1.1 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if the Work is stopped for a period of 30 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor,Sub-subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work under direct or indirect contract with the Contractor,for any of the following reasons: .1 Issuance of an order of a court or other public authority having jurisdiction that requires all Work to be stopped; .2` An act of government,such as a declaration of national emergency that requires all Work to be stopped; .3 Because the Architect has not issued a Certificate for Payment and has not notified the Contractor of the reason for withholding certification as provided in Section 9.4.1,or because the Owner has not made payment on a Certificate for Payment within the time stated in the Contract Documents;or .4 The Owner has failed to furnish to the Contractor promptly,upon the Contractor's request,reasonable evidence as required by Section 2.2.1. I, § 14.1.2 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if,through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work under direct or indirect contract with the Contractor,repeated suspensions,delays or interruptions of the entire Work by the Owner as described in Section;,14.3 constitute in the aggregate more than 100 percent of the total number of days scheduled for completion,or 120 days in any 365-day period,whichever is less. § 14.1.3 If one of the reasons described in Section 14.1.1 or 14.1.2 exists,the Contractor may,upon seven days' written notice to the Owner and Architect,terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for Work executed,including reasonable overhead and profit,costs incurred by reason of such termination,and damages. § 14.1.4-If the Work is stopped for a period of 60 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons performing portions of the Work under contract with the Contractor because the Owner has repeatedly failed to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to matters important to the progress of the Work,the Contractor may, upon seven additional j 7 days' written notice to the Owner and the Architect,terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner as provided in Section 14.1.3. "1 f Init. AIA Document A201TM-2007.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AlAe Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized 35 r reproduction or distribution of this Ale Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the �11 / maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:09:45 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686 1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3999808466) § 14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE §14.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor .1 repeatedly refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials; .2 fails to make payment to Subcontractors for materials or labor in accordance with the respective agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors; .3 repeatedly disregards applicable laws,statutes,ordinances,codes,rules and regulations,or lawful orders of a public authority;or .4 otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents. § 14.2.2 When any of the above reasons exist,the Owner,upon certification by the Initial Decision Maker that sufficient cause exists to justify such action,may without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Owner and after giving the Contractor and the Contractor's surety,if any,seven days' written notice,terminate employment of the Contractor and may,subject to any prior rights of the surety: .1 Exclude the Contractor from the site and take possession of all materials,equipment,tools,and construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor; .2 Accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant to Section 5.4;and .3 Finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient.Upon written request of the Contractor,the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor a detailed accounting of the costs incurred by the Owner in finishing the Work. § 14.2.3 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in Section 14.2.1,the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is finished. § 14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work,including compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby,and other damages incurred by the Owner and not expressly waived,such excess shall be paid to the Contractor.If such costs and damages exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner.The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner,as the case — may be,shall be certified by the Initial Decision Maker,upon application,and this obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Contract. § 14.3 SUSPENSION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE § 14.3.1 The,Owner may,without cause,order the Contractor in writing to suspend,delay or interrupt the Work in whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may determine. § 14.3.2 The Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be adjusted for increases in the cost and time caused by suspension,delay or interruption as described in Section 14.3.1.Adjustment of the Contract Sum shall include profit. No adjustment shall be made to the extent .1 that performance is,was or would have been so suspended,delayed or interrupted by another cause for which the Contractor is responsible;or .2 that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the Contract. § 14.4 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE § 14.4.1 The Owner may,at any time, terminate the Contract for the Owner's convenience and without cause. § 14.4.2 Upon receipt of written notice from the Owner of such termination for the Owner's convenience,the Contractor shall .1 cease operations as directed by the Owner in the notice; .2 take actions necessary,or that the Owner may direct,for the protection and preservation of the Work; and .3 except for Work directed to be performed prior to the effective date of termination stated in the notice, terminate all existing subcontracts and purchase orders and enter into no further subcontracts and purchase orders. § 14.4.3 In case of such termination for the Owner's convenience,the Contractor shall be entitled to receive payment for Work executed,and costs incurred by reason of such termination,along with reasonable overhead and profit on the — Work not executed. (nit. AIA Document A201 TM-2007.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This Ale Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized 36 reproduction or distribution of this Ale Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:09:45 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686_1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3999808466) ARTICLE 15 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES § 15.1 CLAIMS § 15.1.1 DEFINITION _ A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking,as a matter of right,payment of money,or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract.The term"Claim" also includes other disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract.The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim. § 15.1.2 NOTICE OF CLAIMS Claims by either the Owner or Contractor must be initiated by written notice to the other party and to the Initial Decision Maker with a copy sent to the Architect,if the Architect is not serving as the Initial Decision Maker.Claims by either party must be initiated within 21 days after occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim,whichever is later. § 15.1.3 CONTINUING CONTRACT PERFORMANCE Pending final resolution of a Claim,except as otherwise agreed in writing or as provided in Section 9.7 and Article 14, the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract and the Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents.The Architect will prepare Change Orders and issue Certificates for Payment in accordance with the decisions of the Initial Decision Maker. § AN If the Contractor15.1.4CLAIMS wishes to make;DDITIO ALa ClaimCOST— for an increase in the Contract Sum,written notice as provided herein shall be given before proceeding to execute the Work.Prior notice is not required for Claims relating to an emergency endangering life or property arising under Section 10.4. § 15.1.5 CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL TIME § 15.1.5.1 If the Contractor wishes to make a Claim for an increase in the Contract Time, written notice as provided herein shall be given.The Contractor's Claim shall include an estimate of cost and of probable effect of delay on progress of the Work. In the case of a continuing delay,only one Claim is necessary. § 15.1.5.2 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Claim for additional time,such Claim shall be documented by data substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal for the period of time,could not have been reasonably anticipated and had an adverse effect on the scheduled construction. § 15.1.6 CLAIMS FOR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ."..1 The Contractor and Owner waive Claims against each other for consequential damages arising out of or relating to this 1 Contract.This mutual waiver includes .1 damages incurred by the Owner for rental expenses,for losses of use,income,profit,financing, ." business and reputation,and for loss of management or employee productivity or of the services of such persons;and .2 damages incurred by the Contractor for principal office expenses including the compensation of personnel stationed there,for losses of financing,business and reputation,and for loss of profit except anticipated profit arising directly from the Work. This mutual waiver is applicable,without limitation,to all consequential damages due to either party's termination in accordance with Article 14.Nothing contained in this Section 15.1.6 shall be deemed to preclude an award of liquidated damages,when applicable,in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. i § 15.2 INITIAL DECISION § 15.2.1 Claims,excluding those arising under Sections 10.3, 10.4, 11.3.9,and 11.3.10, shall be referred to the Initial Decision Maker for initial decision.The Architect will serve as the Initial Decision Maker,unless otherwise indicated in the Agreement.Except for those Claims excluded by this Section 15.2.1,an initial decision shall be required as a condition precedent to mediation of any Claim arising prior to the date final payment is due,unless 30 days have 1 passed after the Claim has been referred to the Initial Decision Maker with no decision having been rendered.Unless the Initial Decision Maker and all affected parties agree,the Initial Decision Maker will not decide disputes between the Contractor and persons or entities other than the Owner. 1.4 Init. AiA Document A201 TM-2007.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AlA5 Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized 37 reproduction or distribution of this Ale Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the / maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:09:45 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686 1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3999808466) § 15.2.2 The Initial Decision Maker will review Claims and within ten days of the receipt of a Claim take one or more of the following actions: (1)request additional supporting data from the claimant or a response with supporting dataI%low from the other party,(2)reject the Claim in whole or in part,(3)approve the Claim,(4)suggest a compromise,or(5) advise the parties that the Initial Decision Maker is unable to resolve the Claim if the Initial Decision Maker lacks sufficient information to evaluate the merits of the Claim or if the Initial Decision Maker concludes that,in the Initial Decision Maker's sole discretion,it would be inappropriate for the Initial Decision Maker to resolve the Claim. § 15.2.3 In evaluating Claims,the Initial Decision Maker may,but shall not be obligated to,consult with or seek information from either party or from persons with special knowledge or expertise who may assist the Initial Decision Maker in rendering a decision.The Initial Decision Maker may request the Owner to authorize retention of such persons at the Owner's expense. § 15.2.4 If the Initial Decision Maker requests a party to provide a response to a Claim or to furnish additional supporting data,such party shall respond,within ten days after receipt of such request,and shall either(1)provide a response on the requested supporting data,(2)advise the Initial Decision Maker when the response or supporting data will be furnished or(3)advise the Initial Decision Maker that no supporting data will be furnished.Upon receipt of the lam response or supporting data,if any,the Initial Decision Maker will either reject or approve the Claim in whole or in part. § 15.2.5 The Initial Decision Maker will render an initial decision approving or rejecting the Claim,or indicating that the Initial Decision Maker is unable to resolve the Claim.This initial decision shall(1)be in writing;(2)state the reasons therefor; and(3)notify the parties and the Architect,if the Architect is not serving as the Initial Decision Maker,of any change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time or both.The initial decision shall be final and binding on is the parties but subject to mediation and,if the parties fail to resolve their dispute through mediation,to binding dispute resolution. § 15.2.6 Either party may file for mediation of an initial decision at any time, subject to the terms of Section 15.2.6.1. — § 15.2.6.1 Either,party may, within 30 days from the date of an initial decision,demand in writing that the other party file for mediation within 60 days of the initial decision.If such a demand is made and the party receiving the demand fails to file for mediation within the time required,then both parties waive their rights to mediate or pursue binding .. dispute resolution proceedings with respect to the initial decision. §,15.2.7 In the event of a Claim against the Contractor,the Owner may,but is not obligated to,notify the surety,if any, of the nature and amount of the Claim.If the Claim relates to a possibility of a Contractor's default,the Owner may, but is not obligated to,notify the surety and request the surety's assistance in resolving the controversy. § 15.2.8 If a Claim relates to or is the subject of a mechanic's lien,the party asserting such Claim may proceed in accordance with applicable law to comply with the lien notice or filing deadlines. § 15.3 MEDIATION § 15.3.1 Claims,disputes,or other matters in controversy arising out of or related to the Contract except those waived as provided for in Sections 9.10.4,9.10.5,and 15.1.6 shall be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to binding dispute resolution. § 15.3.2 The parties shall endeavor to resolve their Claims by mediation which, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise,shall be administered by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with its Construction Industry Mediation Procedures in effect on the date of the Agreement.A request for mediation shall be made in writing, L. delivered to the other party to the Contract,and filed with the person or entity administering the mediation.The request may be,made concurrently with the filing of binding dispute resolution proceedings but,in such event,mediation shall proceed in advance of binding dispute resolution proceedings,which shall be stayed pending mediation for a period of 60 days from the date of filing,unless stayed for a longer period by agreement of the parties or court order.If an arbitration is stayed pursuant to this Section 15.3.2,the parties may nonetheless proceed to the selection of the arbitrator(s)and agree upon a schedule for later proceedings. r.. AIA Document A201 TM—2007.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997 and 2007 by The American Init. Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AlA Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized 38 reproduction or distribution of this Ale Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:09:45 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686_1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. L.- User Notes: (3999808466) § 15.3.3 The parties shall share the mediator's fee and any filing fees equally.The mediation shall be held in the place where the Project is located,unless another location is mutually agreed upon.Agreements reached in mediation shall be enforceable as settlement agreements in any court having jurisdiction thereof. § 15.4 ARBITRATION § 15.4.1 If the parties have selected arbitration as the method for binding dispute resolution in the Agreement,any Claim subject to,but not resolved by,mediation shall be subject to arbitration which,unless the parties mutually agree otherwise,shall be administered by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with its Construction Industry Arbitration Rules in effect on the date of the Agreement.A demand for arbitration shall be made in writing,delivered to the other party to the Contract,and filed with the person or entity administering the arbitration.The party filing a notice of demand for arbitration must assert in the demand all Claims then known to that party on which arbitration is permitted to be demanded. § 15.4.1.1 A demand for arbitration shall be made no earlier than concurrently with the filing of a request for mediation,but;,in no event shall it be made after the date when the institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on the Claim would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations.For statute of limitations purposes,receipt of a written demand for arbitration by the person or entity administering the arbitration shall constitute the institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on the Claim. § 15.4.2 The award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators shall be final,and judgment may be entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. § 15.4.3 The foregoing agreement to arbitrate and other agreements to arbitrate with an additional person or entity duly consented to by parties to the Agreement shall be specifically enforceable under applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. § 15.4.4 CONSOLIDATION OR JOINDER § 15.4.4.1 Either party,at its sole discretion,may consolidate an arbitration conducted under this Agreement with any other arbitration to which it is a party provided that(1)the arbitration agreement governing the other arbitration permits consolidation,(2)the arbitrations to be consolidated substantially involve common questions of law or fact, and(3) the arbitrations employ materially similar procedural rules and methods for selecting arbitrator(s). § 15.4.4.2 Either party,at its sole discretion,may include by joinder persons or entities substantially involved in a common question of law or fact whose presence is required if complete relief is to be accorded in arbitration,provided that the party sought to be joined consents in writing to such joinder.Consent to arbitration involving an additional person or entity shall not constitute consent to arbitration of any claim,dispute or other matter in question not described in the written consent. §_15.4.4.3 The Owner and Contractor grant to any person or entity made a party to an arbitration conducted under this Section 15.4,whether by joinder or consolidation,the same rights of joinder and consolidation as the Owner and Contractor under this Agreement. 1 AIA Document A201 TM-2007.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997 and 2007 by The American Init. Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AlAe Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this Ale Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the 39 / maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:09:45 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686_1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3999808466) 1 I 7 , ARTICLE 15 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 15.1. SCOPE The following Supplementary General Conditions shall be intended to modify and expand the referenced General Conditions and they shall take precedence over any statements of the AIA documents. The article and paragraph of the General Conditions which the supplementary statements refer to is so noted. ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS -, 1.1.1 .THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ti Delete the last sentence of paragraph 1.1.1.,and replace with the following: —, The Contract Documents also include the bidding requirements(Advertisement to Bid,Notice to Bidders,Notice of Proposed Public Improvements and Instruction to Bidders). Unless specifically enumerated in the agreements,the Contract Documents do not include sample forms and the Contractor's Bid. 1.1.2 THE CONTRACT Add the following new language as Subparagraph 1.1.2.1: The Contract Documents shall be signed by the Owner and Contractor. If either the Owner or Contractor or both do not sign all the Contract Documents the Architect shall identify such unsigned Documents. No Contract shall be formed between the parties until all Contract Documents are executed by both parties I ARTICLE 2 OWNER 2.1 GENERAL,add the following: Owner shall mean CITY OF WATERLOO. —4 2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER I Add the following language to the end of Paragraph 2.2.3: The Contractor shall compare information furnished by the Owner(including surveys and soil tests with observable 7 physical conditions) and the Contract Documents and on the basis of such review, shall report to the Owner and Architect any conflicts, errors or omissions. Contractor shall be responsible for any additional costs, delays and damages resulting from the Contractor's failure to immediately report any such errors,inconsistencies or omissions. 7 ARTICLE 3 CO NTRACTOR 7 3.1.1.1. DEFINITIONS All references to the "Contractor", etc., in this specification shall mean the prime General Contractor and shall be included as part of the prime Contractor's work if it occurs in the specifications issued under the scope of the prime 1 Contractor's work, unless specifically stated otherwise. See "Supplementary Instructions to Bidders" 3.1.5. for documents under the prime Contractor's work. 1 PROJECT#14004.00 S.G.C. Page 1 1 3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTORImms Add the following new language to the end of Paragraph 3.2.1: The Contractor also represents that all Contract Documents for the Project have been examined; including those intended for work of trades not normally performed by the Contractor's own forces, and that it has become thoroughly familiar with all conditions which may pertain to or affect the Work under the Contract. 3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS Add the following language to the end of Paragraph 3.4.1: Work required by the Contract Documents to be performed after working hours or work the Contractor elects to ._ perform after hours shall be completed at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.4.1.1. MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS ... All manufactured articles,materials, and equipment shall be applied,installed,connected,erected,used,cleaned and conditioned as directed by the manufacturer. Manufacturer's specifications including installation shall govern, unless these specifications are in conflict,in which case the more restrictive requirement shall be met. Add the new Paragraph 3.4.4 which reads as follows: Contractor shall perform the Work so as to cause a minimum of inconvenience to and interruption of the Owner's operations. Any and all interruptions of the operations of the Owner necessary for the performance of the Work shall be noted in the progress schedule and the Contractor shall additionally give the Owner sufficient advance notice of such interruption as to allow the Owner to adjust operations accordingly. Contractor's failure to give the Owner timely notice of such intentions shall place the responsibility of any resulting delays or additional costs solely with the Contractor. 3.5.1. RESPONSIBILITY The General Contractor shall assume responsibility for the building and protecting the work completed until such time as final acceptance by the Owner. Each Contractor is responsible for his/her own work. Immo 3.6.1. TAXES As this is a tax-exempt entity,the Contractors are not required to pay sales tax on building materials. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and their Subcontractors to pay sales tax on items only that do not ._ become part of the realty being constructed. Examples Include: •barricades • building equipment* • compressors • cranes • drill press • dynamite • electric generators • forms • fuel • hand tools • lathes • lodging • machinery* • pile drivers • replacement parts for equipment • scaffolds • stakes • tools • utilities •vehicles,including grading, lifting and excavating vehicles • warning lights • * Machinery or other equipment that remain tangible personal property rather than becoming part of real property may be purchased by the contractor tax free for resale. However, it must be separately itemized and transferred to the exempt entity. The rental of construction equipment for use on or in connection with new construction, reconstruction, alteration, expansion or remodeling of a building or structure is exempt from Iowa sales or use tax. Certain construction-related equipment is not subject to local option tax but remains subject to the state sales tax. See Rule 701-107.9 for details. The Owner will provide to the successful contractor the required authorization letter and exemption certificate. The Contractor shall then forward these items to Subcontractors. PROJECT#14004.00 S.G.C. Page 2 3.7.1. CONSTRUCTION PERMITS "The Contractor" referred to in this paragraph shall mean the General Contractor including the Mechanical, Electrical and any Subcontractor's costs. 3.7.2.1. BUILDING CODE All construction under this contract shall conform to the requirements of the local authority. The provisions of the International Building Code 2009 as adopted and en b shall be local authority wed as adoll be strictly followed. Local and Planning and Zoning regulations,ordinancesrequirements 3.7.2.2. EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY During the performance of this contract,the Contractor agrees as follows: (1) The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, creed, color, religion, national origin, sex, sexual orientation, age or physical or mental disability. The Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed and that employees are treat treated during employment without regard to their race,creed,color,religion,national origin,sex,agephysical r mental disability except where it relates to a bona fide occupational qualification. Such action shall include but not be limited to the following: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training,including apprenticeship. --, (2) The Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race,creed,color, religion,national origin,sex, age or physical or mental disability except where it relates to a bona fide occupational qualification. (3) The Contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding a notice advising the labor union or workers' representative of the Contractor's commitments under this nondiscrimination clause a shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. (4) The Contractor will comply with all relevant provisions of the Iowa Civil Rights Act of 1965 as amended, "1 Iowa Executive Order#15 of 1973, Federal Executive Order 11246 of 1965 as amended by Federal Executive Order 11375 of 1967, the Equal Employment Opportunity Act of 1972, and all federal, state and local provisions relevant to fair employment. (5) In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this contract or with any of the aforesaid rules, regulations or requests, this contract may be cancelled, terminated or suspended in whole or in part and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further contracts with the Owner. In addition,the Owner or institutions may take such further action,and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked,as provided by the Iowa Civil Rights Act of 1965 as amended,Chapter 601A, Code of Iowa 1973,as heretofore and hereafter amended or as otherwise provided by law. (6) The Contractor will include the provisions of paragraphs(1)through (5)hereof in every subcontract and purchase order unless specifically exempted by the Owner, in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Owner, so that such provisions will be binding on each Subcontractor and vendor. The Contractor will take such action with respect to any Subcontractor or purchase order as the Owner or the authorized representative thereof, may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance. PROJECT#14004.00 S.G.C. Page 3 3.7.5 If, in the course of the Work, the Contractor knowin ly_ encounters and recognizes human remains, burial markers, archeological sites or previously undelineated wetlands not indicated in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall immediately suspend any operations that would affect them and shall notify the Owner and Architect. Upon receipt of such notice,the Owner shall promptly take any action necessary to obtain governmental authorization required to resume the operations. The Contractor shall continue to suspend such operations until .� otherwise instructed by the Owner but shall continue with all other operations that do not affect those remains or features. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time arising from the existence or�o`d faith belief of such existence of such remains or features may be made as provided in Article 15. Add a new Paragraph 3.7.6 which reads as follows: The Contractor is responsible for scheduling inspections related to the performance of its Work and ensuring Work is complete for inspections. Any costs associated with reinspection caused b y irregularities, or non- conforming Work will be borne by the responsible contractor including all Architectural and Engineering csServices related to evaluation of the problem and development of an acceptable solution. 3.8. ALLOWANCES add Paragraph 3.8.4 as follows: See Division I-012100 Allowances for individual items for material allowances. 3.10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES Paragraph 3.10.1,in line 4,after the word"Project,"and before the word"shall",add the words, "or as requested by the Owner or Architect". 3.10.2:Delete the last sentence of 3.10.2 so that the section now reads as follows: Imo 3.10.2 The Contractor shall prepare a submittal schedule promptly after being awarded the Contract and thereafter as necessary to maintain a current submittal schedule, and shall submit the schedule(s) for the Architect's approval. The Architect's approval shall not unreasonably be delayed or withheld. The submittal schedule shall (1) be coordinated with the Contractor's construction schedule, and (2) allow the Architect reasonable to review submittals. time _ Add a new Paragraph 3.13.1 which shall read as follows: The Contractor shall not bring or permit any subcontractor, supplier or anyone else for whom the Contractor is responsible,to bring on the site any asbestos,PCB's petroleum,hazardous waste or radioactive materials(except for proper use in performing the Work). 4.1.1.1. ARCHITECT Architect shall mean the firm of StruXture Architects,314 East 4th Street, Waterloo,Iowa 50703-4704. 4.2.2.1. REQUIRED OBSERVATIONS Throughout the plans and specifications, observations are called for by the Architect at certain stages of construction. The Contractor may not cover the work and to do so will require removal of all work covering the work to be viewed. The Contractor shall notify the Architect at least one (1) day prior to the time he will have to proceed with the work. The Architect agrees to visit the site within that time, or the Contractor may proceed with the work if the Architect fails to do so. See Division I-014000. 4.2.15. EXTRA SERVICE OF THE ARCHITECT If due to the neglect or fault of the Contractor damage is done to any existing building or grounds or work in place so that additional work is caused the Architect over and above his normal duties or if the contract time exceeds the time specified by more than 25%, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to reimburse the Owner for these extra services of the Architect caused by the Contractor's neglect or work. This charge is based on two-and-one-half times the per hour rate for draftsmen and principals,plus.mileage at the current IRS rate. See 017700 for additional inspection services. PROJECT#14004.00 S.G.C. Page 4 -1 ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS 7 5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTORS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK. Amend Paragraph 5.2.1, Lines 1-2, by deleting the words: "as soon as practicable after award of contract" and inserting in lieu thereof: "within ten(10)days after the award of contract". 5.2.1.1. AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS No payments will be approved until Subcontractors and suppliers list has been submitted and approved. ARTICLE 6 i 6.1.5. WORK NOT INCLUDED cluded in the I All items herein specifically stated as being NLC hor er an this others" on theor or drawb dy rawings are noters ho are not a part of thus Contractor's "'� Contractor's work, and all items designated "by I work. ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK i 7.2 CHANGE ORDERS 7 Add paragraph 7.2.2 as follows: The form used to process a change order will be on AIA Document G701. 7 Add the following subparagraph 7.2.3: 7.2.3 The forms used to process a Change Order will include AIA Document G701,Change Order. Add the following to subparagraph 7.3.2: ",and upon prior written approval of the Owner." ARTICLE 8 TIME 8.1 DEFINITIONS Add the following language to the end of Paragraph 8.1.2: "or the date of the Notice to Proceed, whichever occurs later." IDelete Subparagraph 8.1.4 and substitute the following Subparagraph: 8.1.4 The term"Day"as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day. 7 8.1.5.DATE OF ENCLOSURE The term"date of enclosure" shall mean the date agreed to by all prime Contractors,the Owner and Architect when 7 the building will be enclosed,sealed from the weather,and the heating system operable. 8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSION OF TIME Add the following language to the end of Paragraph 8.3.1: A time extension shall be ContractorWnso letremedy Ac Architect,compensation ohe Owner's separate r all such contractors (collectively "Owner elays other than those resulting from the acts or negligence of the Owner, Caused Delays"). For proven Owner Caused Delays,the Contractor may recoup the actual costs resulting from such delays,but not for any additional profit or fee. PROJECT#14004.00 S.G.C. Page 5 i ARTICLE 9 PAYMENT AND COMPLETION 9.2.1. SCHEDULE OF VALUES Within 14 days after contract award, a Schedule of Values shall be submitted. The Schedule of Values shall be listed according to the specification sections herein within divisions with each major line item identified by the spec section number including mechanical, electrical, technology, food service and any/all major subcontractors. List sub-values of major products or operations under the item. Each item shall be further subdivided for material cost (including shipping and taxes) and labor cost listed separately. Within 10 days after submitting the Schedule of Values,the prime Contractor shall submit a schedule of payment sums,by month,for the duration of the project. 9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT Add the following paragraphs 9.3.2 9.3.1.3 At least thirty(30)days before the date established for each a to the Architect an itemized Application for Paymentprogress p Yment, the Contractor shall submit values. Such application shall be notarized, if required, and supported bys such data substantiating ons comleted in ance wi the e scheduleCon actorsf right to payment as the Owner or Architect may require, such as copies of requisitions from Subcontractors and material suppliers. If the Contract Documents require the Owner to retain a portion of the payments until some future time, the Application for Payment shall clearly state the percentage and the amount to be retained. Once the Application is approved by the Architect, the Application for Payment must be submitted for approval to the CITY OF WATERLOO City Council at their regularly scheduled council meeting. The application must be received at the City Clerk's office by the first day of the month for it to be included in that meeting's scheduled business. After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment on a timely received Application for Payment and has released it to the Owner,the Owner shall approve payment with Contractor to receive payment by the 15th day of the following month. 1. Until Substantial Completion,the Owner will pay ninety-five percent(95%)of the amount due the Contractor on account of Progress Payments,(5%)retainage. - 9.5 DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD CERTIFICATION ... 9.5.3 Delete in its entirety. 9.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS 9.6.4:Delete the first two sentences of 9.6.4 so that it now reads as follows: 9.6.4 Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have an obligation to pay or to see to the payment of money to a Subcontractor,except as may otherwise be required by law. Add a new Paragraph 9.6.8 which shall read as follows: Payment to the Contractor will be made by the Owner from cash on hand from such sources as may be legally available. 9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION Add the following language to the end of Paragraph 9.8.1: , subject only to completion of minor punch list items, the absence of completion of which does not interfere with the Owner's intended used of the Project. PROJECT#14004.00 S.G.C. Page 6 Oak Add a new Paragraph 9.8.6 which shall read as follows: The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for any Architect's additional services made necessary by the Contractor's failure to finally complete the Work within sixty (60) days after the date specified in the Contract Documents for Project Substantial Completion. Add Paragraph 9.8.6 as follows: Unless otherwise required by b Iowa law, , Finalwner of Payment mentall rsk requiredll be leased no by the Contract.earlier than thirty-one (31) days after completion and final acceptance y Add paragraph 9.8.6.1 as follows: 9.8.6.1 Request for Early Release of Retainage Funds: Upon achieving Substantial Completion,as defined by Iowa Code Chapter 26,the Contractor may formally request the release of all or part of the retainage funds being held on the Project. The Contractors' request for Release of the 1.1 Retainage Funds shall be accompanied by a sworn statement that ten(10) calendar days prior to filing the Request for Release of the Funds a notice was given to all known subcontractors, subsubcontractors and suppliers that the Contractor is requesting the early release of retainage funds. If proper documentation is received from the Contractor,the Owner will release all retainage funds at the next monthly [board] [council]meeting or within thirty (30)days,whichever is less,except it may retain the following: a) An amount equal to 200% of the value of labor or materials yet to be provided on the e"Projectzes ,.,i determined by the Owner and its authorized contract representative. For purposes contract representative"means the Architect of record on the Project,unless otherwise specified. b) An amount equal to 200%of the value of any Chapter 573 claims currently on file at the time the Request of Release of Retainage is approved. "1 If the Owner withholds an amount from the retainage payment to the Contractor, the Owner will provide a reason the request is being denied to the Contractor within thirty(30)calendar days of the receipt of the request. 9.10 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT Add Subparagraph 9.10.6 to Paragraph 9.10: 9.10.6 Final payment will be made not earlier than 31 days following approval by the CITY OF WATERLOO Council at a regularly scheduled Council Meeting,receipt of all Chapter 573 Claim Releases,Sales Tax information, and all other required closeout documents, and subject to the conditions of and in accordance with the provisions of Iowa Code Chapter 573 and Iowa Code Chapter 26. t ! Add paragraph 9.10.7 9.10.7 The Contractor and the Contractor's surety, if any, shall be liable for and shall pay the Owner for any extra costs for engineering or architectural services, construction observation services and related expenses necessitated Agreement.by of uired by the the delayed Such prosecution in the no way a penalty, but represent additional eexpen es to the lOwneretion ecaused by the Suc Contractor's delay in completing the Work. ARTICLE 10 10.2.2.1. OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY&HEALTH ACT ons .-a Nothing herein specified, or shown on the drawings Occuprary ational t onalall Safetyve the and Health Contractor Act as pertains go ithis concerning conformance to current requirements of the p project. -.� PROJECT#14004.00 S.G.C. Page 7 "1 OMP Please note under Section 10.2.8 that if either party suffers injury or damage to person or property due to the act or omission of the other party,the injured party must provide written notice of the dama e to the other reasonable time of the discovery(not to exceed 21 days after discovery). g party within a 10.3.1.1. HAZARDOUS WASTE OR TOXIC SUBSTANCES (1) Friable Asbestos No friable asbestos work of any nature is included in this contract. (2) Concealed Hazardous or Toxic Substances No hazardous or toxic substances knowingly exist on the project site. If during the construction of this project, work involving friable asbestos or hazardous or toxic substances is suspected, or encountered, the Owner or the Owner's representative shall be notified immediately and the Owner with his own forces or by separate contract shall be solely responsible for selection and complete investigation, removal and disposition of the friable asbestos hazard by appropriate licensed parties in full accordance with any and all applicable laws and regulations. The Architect and Contractor shall be indemnified and held harmless from all claims and costs incurred in defending claims based on hazardous waste or toxic substances discovered at the project site. The Architect is not responsible for any failure to discover any hazardous waste or toxic substances not specifically indicated in the contract documents. ont _.. If the Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is involved because of such action by the Owner,he shall make such claim immediately as provided elsewhere in the contract documents. ARTICLE 11 11.1.1.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE The Contractor shall purchase and maintain Worker's Compensation for not less than the following limits,or greater, if required by law: .a State: .b Applicable Federal: Statutory .c Employer's Liability: Statutory d Injury by Disease: $500,000 per Accident $500,000 per Employee $500,000 Aggregate 11.1.2.1 LIABILITY INSURANCE The Contractor shall purchase and maintain Comprehensive General Liability Insurance and Comprehensive ._ Automobile Liability Insurance to cover the operations of the Contractor, the operations of the Subcontractors (Contingent or Independent),product and completed operations, personal injury, and contractual liability to include coverage for the Hold Harmless and Indemnification Clause in Article 3.18. Certificates shall be submitted on AIA Document G705 or the ACORD 25 Certificate of Insurance Form. Policy shall include a statement of 30 days minimum advance notice of material change or cancellation of policy to the Owner.The Architect and Owner, along with their respective officers, agency and employees, shall be named as additional insured for Ongoing Operations and Products/Completed Operations on the Contractor, Subcontractor's and any Sub-Subcontractors Commercial General Liability Policy, which must be primary and noncontributory with respect to the additional insured. PROJECT#14004.00 S.G.C. Page 8 welig ..r Minimum Policy Limits: ..... .1 Comprehensive or Commercial General Liability_(including Premises-Operation;Independent Contractor's Protection;Products and Completed Operations;Broad Form Property Damage): .a Bodily Injury: Each Occurrence '" $1,000,000 Aggregate $2,000,000 .b Property Damage: Each Occurrence ,,,� $1,000,000 Aggregate $2,000,000 .c Products and Completed Operations: Aggregate $2,000,000 ".,4 .d Property Damage Liability shall provide X,C and U Coverage for Explosion,Collapse and Underground Hazard Exposures,respectively. .e Products and Completed Operations coverage shall be maintained for 3 years after final Milt payment. 1 .f Broad Form Property Damage coverage shall include Completed Operations. .g General Liability coverage shall contain a per project aggregate clause. A. .2 Contractual Liability: .a Bodily Injury: Each Occurrence $1,000,000 Aggregate $2,000,000 —' .b Property Damage: Each Occurrence $1,000,000 Aggregate $2,000,000 .3 Personal Injury,with Employment Exclusion deleted: Aggregate $1,000,000 .4 Business or Commercial Automobile Liability(including owned,non-owned and hired vehicles): .a Bodily Injury: Each Person $1,000,000 Each Occurrence $1,000,000 •-+ .b Property Damage: Each Occurrence 1 $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit $1,000,000 `1'1 .5 Umbrella Excess Policy: $3,000,000 over primary insurance procure life f his i - The Contractor shall either(1) require each of his Subcontractors to and in and toamainmoud as g t e fled on thei subcontract, public liability and property damage coverage ofthe type preceding paragraphs,or(2)insure the activities of his Subcontractors in his own policy. Insurance on equipment,tools,sheds,plant,etc.,shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 11.3.1.1 BUILDER'S RISK "The Owner shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the entire work at the site to the full insurable value thereof. This insurance shall include the interests of the Owner, the Architect, the Contractor, the Subcontractors and sub-Subcontractors, all of whom shall be named as additional insured, and shall include the "Special" covered causes of loss, insurance for physical loss or damage." The Contractor and the Architect will be .... named and furnished a copy of the coverage at the beginning of the project. i PROJECT#14004.00 S.G.C. Page 9 ARTICLE 13 13.1 GOVERNING LAW 13.1:Delete the words following"where the Project is located"in 13.1 so that it now reads as follows: Amend Paragraph 13.1 to read as follows: 13.1 The Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of Iowa. Delete Subparagraph 13.6 and substitute the following Subparagraph: 13.6 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date the payment is due and shall bear interest at the rate established by Section 74A.2,Code of Iowa. ... 13.7 TIME LIMITS ON CLAIMS 13.7: Strike 13.7 in its entirety and substitute the following: 13.7 COMMENCEMENT OF STATUTORY LIMITATION PERIOD 13.7.1 As between the Owner and Contractor: imam 1. Before Substantial Completion.As to acts or failures to act occurring prior to the relevant date of Substantial Completion,any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than such date of Substantial Completion; 2. Between Substantial Completion and Final Certificate for Payment.As to acts or failures to act occurring .� subsequent to the relevant date of Substantial Completion and prior to issuance of the fmal.Certificate for Payment,any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action ... shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the date of issuance of the final Certificate for Payment;and 3. After Final Certificate for Payment.As to acts or failures to act occurring after the relevant date of issuance of the final Certificate for Payment,any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the date of any act or failure to act by the Contractor pursuant to any Warranty provided under Section 3.5,the date of any correction of the Work or failure to correct the Work by the Contractor under Section 12.2,or the date of actual commission of any other act or failure to perform any duty or obligation by the Contractor or Owner, whichever occurs last. Add the following paragraph to ARTICLE 13: 13.8 Conformance with Laws. 13.8.1 The Contractor shall conform in all respects with the provisions of the Federal Civil Rights Act, the Code of Iowa, Chapter 216 Civil Rights Commission and the rules and regulations adopted thereto by the Iowa Civil Rights Commission. The Contractor shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant because of race, color, religion, sex, national origin, ancestry, age, marital status, sexual orientation, physical or mental handicap. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable federal, state and local, laws,rules,regulations, ordinances,policies and procedures, including the CITY OF WATERLOO policies and procedures. The Contractor shall require similar clauses in all of its subcontracts for service or materials. ARTICLE 15 Delete Paragraph 15.1.6 in its entirety. PROJECT#14004.00 S.G.C. Page 10 15.2.1.1 INITIAL DECISION MAKER The initial decision maker shall be the project architect or, in their absence, another employee of StruXture Architects,designated at the beginning of the project. Delete Paragraph 15.2.6.1 in its entirety. Delete Paragraph 15.3.1 in its entirety. "°1 15.3.1.1 MEDIATION This Contractor further agrees to include a similar mediation provision in all agreements with independent Contractors,Subcontractors,suppliers and/or fabricators who are providing work for this Contractor for this project. Mint 0/014 Non ani ...� PROJECT#14004.00 S.G.C. Page 11 CERTIFIED MBE / WBE CONTRACTORS CITY OF WATERLOO, IOWA °rloo �° CONTRACT COMPLIANCE OFFICE Community Development Board Carnegie Annex,Suite 202 620 Mulberry Street Waterloo,Iowa 50703 City WEB Site: www.ci.waterloo.ia.us Contract Compliance WEB Site for listing updates: http://www.cityofwaterlooiowa.com/contractcompliance Contact: Rudy Jones, Community Development Director `— Email: rudy.ionesnu,waterloo-ia.org Phone: (319) 291-4429 Fax: (319) 291-4431 MBE/WBE Certified Contractors List Pagel of 4 CERTIFIED MBE CONTRACTORS CARTER ELECTRIC 725 Adams Street -- Waterloo, IA 50703 Phone: (319) 232-9808 Pager: (319) 235-4021 Contact: Derrick Carter Specializing in: ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR -- CULPEPPER ELECTRIC _ 1731 Cottage Grove Avenue Waterloo, IA 50707 Phone: (319) 235-0885 Fax: (319) 236-8177 Contact: Martin Culpepper Certified: City of Waterloo Certified MBE, Licensed Electrician — Specializing in: ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR DANIELS HOME IMPROVEMENT 339 Albany Street Waterloo, IA 50703 Phone: (319) 961-1659 Contact: Sammy Daniels Specializing in: -- ALL TYPES OF CONCRETE FLATWORK, POURED WALLS ALL TYPES, FOOTINGS, LIGHT DEMOLITION D.C. CORPORATION 426 Beech Street Waterloo, IA 50703 Phone: (319) 493-2542 FAX: (319) 236-0515 Contact: Terry Phillips Certified: City of Waterloo Certified MBE, Iowa DOT, TSB Certified Specializing in: ti COMMERCIAL AND RESIDENTIAL DEMOLITION, CONCRETE PAVING, DRIVEWAYS, TRUCKING (ALL TYPES), GENERAL CONSTRUCTION MBE/WBE Certified Contractors List,Revised 4-2-14 Page 2 of 4 GREER'S WORKS 2003 Plainview Street Waterloo, IA 50703 Phone: (319) 233-4701 Contact: Willie Greer Specializing in: DRIVEWAYS, SIDEWALKS, CARPENTRY, ROOFING, GENERAL CONSTRUCTION OLD GREER'S WORKS 2309 Springview Street Waterloo, IA 50707 Phone: (319) 233-2150 -- Contact: David L. Greer, Sr. Specializing in: ROOFING & GENERAL CONSTRUCTION QUICK CONSTRUCTION 217 Bates Street Waterloo, IA 50703 Phone: (319) 215-4166 Contact: Leroy Harrington Specializing in: ALL TYPES OF CONCRETE FLATWORK AND GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CERTIFIED WBE CONTRACTORS ATLAS PAINTING, INC.* 911 Sycamore Street P.O. BOX 65 Waterloo, IA 50704 Phone: (319) 232-9164 Specializing in: MBE/WBE Certified Contractors List,Revised 4-2-14 Page 3 of 4 .r. COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL PAINTING PETERMAN & HAES CARPET ONE* 4003 University Avenue Waterloo, IA 50701 Phone : (319) 233-6131 FAX: (319) 233-6133 email: JR11486@cfu.net Certified: City of Waterloo WBE — Contact : Carol Reese Specializing in: FLOOR COVERING WATCO CONSTRUCTION, INC.* 2920 Texas Street Waterloo, IA 50702 Phone : (319) 233-7481 Certified: City of Waterloo WBE Contact : Patricia J. Kimball — Specializing in: STORM SEWER, INLETS, DRAIN TILE, WATER MAIN SANITARY SEWER, INTAKE STRUCTURES * DENOTES WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE MBE/WBE Certified Contractors List,Revised 4-2-14 Page 4 of 4 ITEMS OF POTENTIAL MBE/WBE PARTICIPATION NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE BIDDERS: The following are items from the Waterloo Public Library Restroom Renovation for the City of Waterloo, Project #14004.00, that have a potential for MBE/ VBE Participation. This listing, however, is not intended to be all encompassing; to preclude MBE/WBE Contractors from bidding on any items of the Proposal as a Subcontractor or the entire Proposal as a Prime Contractor. • Electrical • Plumbing • Heating • See Plans and Specifications MBE/WBE GOALS FOR THIS PROJECT IMPORTANT: Prime Contract Bidders should be aware that ten percent (10%) MBE goal and a two percent (2%) WBE goal is attached to this project. "Certified Return Receipt" letters are no longer needed with the bid showing proof of contacting MBE or WBE Subcontractors, but the Pre-Bid Contact Information Form must be filled out completely. City of Waterloo Contract Compliance Officer: Contract Compliance Officer Community Development Board Carnegie Annex, Suite 202 620 Mulberry Street _ Waterloo, IA 50703 Phone: (319) 291-4429 SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID REQUEST FORM PRIME BIDDER'S LETTERHEAD Contract No.: Letting Date: I, (subcontractor's name), hereby attest that I have been solicited for a bid on (project name) in the area of (description of work and bid item no.). (Prime contractor) has informed me that if I am interested in bidding, a subcontracting bid proposal must be submitted to the company office by (date) and (time). Subcontractor's Company Name Date Subcontractor's Signature Date Prime Bidder's Signature LETTER TO BE USED WHEN SOLICITING FOR SUBCONTRACTOR QUOTES Subcontractor Company Name Address RE: Contract No.: Dear (Prime Contractor's Company Name) is presently soliciting for the following work in connection with the above referenced project. (Insert bid Item Nos. and Description of Work) (Prime Contractor's Company Name) is an Equal Opportunity Employer, and all qualified bidders will not be discriminated against due to race, religion, color, sex, or origin. If interested in bidding your proposal must be turned in to this office by and (Date) (Time) Sincerely, (Prime Contractor's Representative) Form CCO- 3 (11/28/2001) E 3 L N c U) O o y L sz) E ( ,0 L ' . L U) co U O 0- CO > * a ai 0 c >, w 0 O c O Q �TQ c CD U O U U N c Q. cs § � o w - a) o ° � 0 o 2 CC) .Q a U = U 0p cacti a) E- n 0 mw o � Q a) O -b �a .- 0 0 c a) > >, 0 CO 0 Ev) - o it -o o a) 0 a) > Q a� a) U o %) 3 .0 o Y d co .c - 0 o Q.� 0 O o 0 0__0 O (nE (7) a) m 0 3 a- ,' ,_ cE 0o tj1c/) a) o o 0C LL U p cn Ce F- a) o c O U) -p o ca a U g � Q is E 2 0 a) Q o o _c� ° � a o � � Z W � ° L c° CD � Z Qal WO in on � c_ = a O 0 c `- }re Z o D a) .� o OO � i m Cl Ill w ~ a) c .� o cou)CO a)'- �- Q C > OU o o O a) E ° O Ce Z 5 ow a) N p " ( o as Z a cl W � m -° aa)i act) c E_ -a y +-• NO c � � � a) _0 0_ m W m cUa L Q) O > Cn LL t11 c Q (n -° C Y u) = Z v 0 O WZ 2 � -a o .NO � � NW d 0 Z O > — ai 7 -Q Q- c O CC L p O Q) CD p Z O V o- m .� ~ p N _c a) O DQ oa ai u) W o al I-- � Q > o Qn � Z_ o 0 Z c N o u i cn O cn L cn Q (3 Z W co O ca -a a o •c o c 2 U �� o @ rn E- u) o w E � m >- N 0 •w- . Ern � i_ u' -- W 3 a U) a E a) c u- W CO m F- a) U 6) 2 dO L .0 N Z m 2 Ll1 O 5 ca M N .Q oo _ fl a- c -a m Q LL a 0 d a) a a) o O C 'E Q w cu O W wa,' a) o 0 0 m a) W m a) o co0 l c`o ° O o � u) J2 a � c p o o m 0 •c a W 2 o - t) a) LL1 U Q 73 ' co CC c -J n E a) 0 •0 CO cn O 5 O w _c Uc>3 U_ w0 TLm -C -C Y g c me L .o2 «i �- J (l O Q V O N Q. r0 Z n CL w e izua) •o) c w o ai 0cn Q � U aCDaa) T- ca N E 0 >> djcnc L o O E 72 N a) p O r Z m > E c 0 o 'o ' ° rn y L ~ >a D a) o W 0 o c 0 o o a) c co +J ` cL Q O ca me 1— JD 0o aa) a) 0 W ` O SA\ego O W O Z Q L o j 'O m C U {{ 1111� U a) 'Q ca H HI ! 0 U (B a) .Q4. o C > N CCI Oa_ (A >- U-1 O 2 N LETTER OF INTENT TO BID (MBE/WBE LETTER) According to the Current MBE/WBE Contract Compliance Program - 2002, all MBE/WBE Contractors interested in submitting subcontractor quotes on construction projects with goals, MUST submit a LETTER OF INTENT TO BID to _ the City of Waterloo Contract Compliance Officer at least seven (7) days prior to bid opening. The LETTER OF INTENT TO BID must list the specific items which the MBE/WBE Contractor is interested in bidding. Letter should include the following: Name of Project: Your Company Name: Address: Phone: Date: List of Specific items to be bid: Item No. Description: Item No. Description: Item No. Description: Item No. Description: Item No. Description: (Subcontractor's Company Name and authorized signature) Return this LETTER OF INTENT TO BID to: Contract Compliance Officer Community Development Board 620 Mulberry St. Carnegie Annex, Suite 202 Waterloo, IA 50703 Phone: (319) 291-4429 Form CCO-5 (06-20-2002) SECTION 011000—SUMMARY 011000 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Project Information. 2. Work covered by the Contract Documents. 3. Owner-furnished products. 4. Access to site. 5. Coordination with occupants. 6. Work restrictions. 7. Specification formats and conventions. 8. Miscellaneous provisions. 1.3 PROJECT INFORMATION A. Project Identification: Restroom Renovation for the Waterloo Public Library —Project#14004.00 1. Project Location: Waterloo Public Library 415 Commercial Waterloo IA 50701. --� B. Owner: City of Waterloo Carol Failor, City Clerk 715 Mulberry Street ,'"" Waterloo,IA 50703 1. Owner's Representatives: City of Waterloo Craig Clark,Maintenance Administrator ""-s 715 Mulberry Street Waterloo, IA 50703 Waterloo Public Library Sheryl McGovern,Director 415 Commercial Waterloo,IA 50701 C. Architect: StruXture Architects 314 East Fourth Street ..� Waterloo,IA 50703 SUMMARY 011000 - 1 PROJECT#14004.00 1.4 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The Work of Project is defined by the Contract Documents and consists of the following:: 1. The Work includes complete restroom renovation of first floor main restrooms, creation of family restroom adjacent to main restrooms and partial renovation of adjacent spaces as required. B. Type of Contract: ... 1. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract. 1.5 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS A. Owner will furnish products indicated. The Work includes receiving, unloading, handling, storing,protecting, and installing Owner-furnished products. B. Owner-Furnished Products: 1. Sharps disposal units. _ 2. Soap dispensers. 1.6 ACCESS TO SITE A. Use of Site: Limit use of Project site to areas within the Contract limits indicated. Do not disturb portions of Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated. 1. Limits: Confine construction operations to existing rest room areas, corridor and meeting rooms. 2. Limits: Limit site disturbance, including earthwork and clearing of vegetation, to 40 feet beyond building perimeter; 10 feet beyond surface walkways,patios, surface parking, and utilities less than 12 inches in diameter; 15 feet beyond primary roadway curbs and main utility branch trenches; and 25 feet beyond constructed areas with permeable surfaces (such as pervious paving areas, stormwater detention facilities, and playing fields) that require additional staging areas in order to limit compaction in the constructed area. 3. Driveways, Walkways and Entrances: Keep driveways loading areas, and entrances serving premises clear and available to Owner, Owner's employees, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. NNW a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances by construction operations. b. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on-site. B. Condition of Existing Building: Maintain portions of existing building affected by construction tam operations in a weathertight condition throughout construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations. SUMMARY O11000 2 PROJECT#14004.00 1.7 COORDINATION WITH OCCUPANTS A. Partial Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy the premises during entire construction period, with the exception of areas under construction. Cooperate with Owner during construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner usage. Perform the Work so as not to interfere with Owner's operations. Maintain existing exits unless otherwise indicated. 1. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. Do not close or obstruct walkways, corridors, or other occupied or used facilities without written permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Provide not less than 72 hours' notice to Owner of activities that will affect Owner's operations. "1 1.8 WORK RESTRICTIONS A. Work Restrictions,General: Comply with restrictions on construction operations. 1. Comply with limitations on use of public streets and with other requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. On-Site Work Hours: Limit work in the existing building to normal business working hours of 9:00 a.m.to 5:00 p.m.,Monday through Friday,unless otherwise indicated. 1. Early Morning Hours: 7:30—9:00. 2. Hours for Core Drilling: Notify Owner two(2)days in advance. C. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after providing temporary utility services according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 2. Obtain Owner's written permission before proceeding with utility interruptions. D. Nonsmoking Building: Smoking is not permitted within the building or within 25 feet of entrances, operable windows, or outdoor-air intakes. 1.9 SPECIFICATION AND DRAWING CONVENTIONS ..� A. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows: amok 1. Abbreviated Language: Language used in the Specifications and other Contract Documents is abbreviated. Words and meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate. Words implied, but not stated, shall be inferred as the sense requires. Singular words shall be interpreted as plural, and plural words shall be interpreted as singular where applicable as the context of the Contract Documents indicates. 2. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. The .• words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon(:)is used within a sentence or phrase. 3. Specification requirements are to be performed by Contractor unless specifically stated otherwise. SUMMARY 011000 -3 PROJECT#14004.00 B. Specification Format: The Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections using the 33-division format and CSUCSC's "MasterFormat"numbering system. 1. Section Identification: The Specifications use Section numbers and titles to help cross- referencing in the Contract Documents. Sections in the Project Manual are in numeric sequence; however,the sequence is incomplete because all available Section numbers are not used. Consult the table of contents at the beginning of the Project Manual to determine numbers and names of Sections in the Contract Documents. C. Division 01 General Requirements: Requirements of Sections in Division 01 apply to the Work of all Sections in the Specifications. Imo D. Drawing Coordination: Requirements for materials and products identified on Drawings are described in detail in the Specifications. One or more of the following are used on Drawings to y„ identify materials and products: 1. Terminology: Materials and products are identified by the typical generic terms used in the individual Specifications Sections. •.. 2. Abbreviations: Materials and products are identified by abbreviations scheduled on Drawings. 3. Keynoting: Materials and products are identified by reference keynotes referencing Specification Section numbers found in this Project Manual. PART 2-PRODUCTS(Not Used) PART 3 -EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 011000 SUMMARY PROJECT#14004.00 011000 4 SECTION 012100—ALLOWANCES 012100 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing allowances. 1. Certain items are specified in the Contract Documents by allowances. Allowances have ,..� been established in lieu of additional requirements and to defer selection of actual materials and equipment to a later date when additional information is available for evaluation. If necessary, additional requirements will be issued by Change Order. -•t B. Types of allowances include the following: 1. Contingency allowances. a. General allowances. 1.3 SELECTION AND PURCHASE A. At the earliest practical date after award of the Contract, advise Architect of the date when final selection and purchase of each product or system described by an allowance must be completed to avoid delaying the Work. B. At Architect's request, obtain proposals for each allowance for use in making final selections. { Include recommendations that are relevant to performing the Work. C. Purchase products and systems selected by Architect from the designated supplier. ..� 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit proposals for purchase of products or systems included in allowances, in the form specified for Change Orders. B. Submit invoices or delivery slips to show actual quantities of materials delivered to the site for use in fulfillment of each allowance. C. Coordinate and process submittals for allowance items in same manner as for other portions of the Work. I � ALLOWANCES 012100 - 1 PROJECT#14004.00 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate allowance items with other portions of the Work. Furnish templates as required to coordinate installation. 1.6 CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCES IIMPO A. Use the contingency allowance only as directed by Architect for Owner's purposes and only by Change Orders that indicate amounts to be charged to the allowance. B. Contractor's overhead, profit, and related costs for products and equipment ordered by Owner under the contingency allowance are included in the allowance and are not part of the Contract Sum. These costs include delivery, installation, taxes, insurance, equipment rental, and similar costs.C. Change Orders authorizing use of funds from the contingency allowance will include Contractor's related costs and reasonable overhead and profit margins. D. At Project closeout, credit unused amounts remaining in the contingency allowance to Owner by Change Order. 1.7 TESTING AND INSPECTING ALLOWANCES A. Testing and inspecting allowances include the cost of engaging testing agencies,actual tests and inspections, and reporting results. B. The allowance does not include incidental labor required to assist the testing agency or costs for retesting if previous tests and inspections result in failure. The cost for incidental labor to assist the testing agency shall be included in the Contract Sum. C. Costs of services not required by the Contract Documents are not included in the allowance. D. At Project closeout, credit unused amounts remaining in the testing and inspecting allowance to Owner by Change Order. 1.8 UNUSED MATERIALS A. Return unused materials purchased under an allowance to manufacturer or supplier for credit to Owner, after installation has been completed and accepted. 1. If requested by Architect, prepare unused material for storage by Owner when it is not economically practical to return the material for credit. If directed by Architect, deliver unused material to Owner's storage space. Otherwise, disposal of unused material is Contractor's responsibility. ALLOWANCES 012]00 2 PROJECT#14004.00 PART 2 -PRODUCTS(Not Used) PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine products covered by an allowance promptly on delivery for damage or defects. Return damaged or defective products to manufacturer for replacement. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Coordinate materials and their installation for each allowance with related materials and installations to ensure that each allowance item is completely integrated and interfaced with related work. 3.3 SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCES A. CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCE: 1. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION ALLOWANCE: Include a $10,000 allowance for general construction contract items in addition to the allowance included in the mechanical and electrical construction sub-contracts. END OF SECTION 012100 I, ALLOWANCES 012100-3 PROJECT#14004.00 1 1 SECTION 012600-CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 7 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY 'I A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract modifications. "1 1.3 ADDENDA A. Contractor should note that addenda to the contract documents might be submitted to the 7 Contractors by the Architect prior to bidding. Please note that on the Form of Proposal the Contractor will be required to insert the number of addenda received. 1.4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK 1 A. Architect will issue supplemental instructions authorizing Minor Changes in the Work, not t involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. "1 1.5 PROPOSAL REQUESTS V A. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed 7 changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If 4 necessary,the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications. al 1. Work Change Proposal Request issued by Architect are for information only. Do not consider them instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change. ..1 2. Within 10 days after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change. a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with 4 total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade 1 discounts. c. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. d. Indicate additional time to be added to completion date, if any. f CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600 - 1 PROJECT#14004.00 amni B. Contractor-Initiated Proposals: If latent or unforeseen conditions require modifications to the Contract, Contractor may propose changes by submitting a request for a change to Architect. 1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. 2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. 3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. 4. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. 5. Indicate additional time to be added to completion date, if any. 6. Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Product Requirements" if the proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified. 1.6 ALLOWANCES A. Allowance Adjustment: To adjust allowance amounts, base each Change Order proposal on the difference between purchase amount and the allowance, multiplied by final measurement of work-in-place. If applicable, include reasonable allowances for cutting losses, tolerances, mixing wastes, normal product imperfections,and similar margins. 1. Include installation costs in purchase amount only where indicated as part of the allowance. 2. If requested, prepare explanation and documentation to substantiate distribution of �. overhead costs and other margins claimed. 3. Submit substantiation of a change in scope of work, if any, claimed in Change Orders related to unit-cost allowances. 4. Owner reserves the right to establish the quantity of work-in-place by independent quantity survey, measure, or count. B. Submit claims for increased costs because of a change in scope or nature of the allowance described in the Contract Documents, whether for the Purchase Order amount or Contractor's handling, labor, installation, overhead, and profit. Submit claims within 21 days of receipt of the Change Order or Construction Change Directive authorizing work to proceed. Owner will reject claims submitted later than 21 days after such authorization. 1. Do not include Contractor's or subcontractor's indirect expense in the Change Order cost ... amount unless it is clearly shown that the nature or extent of work has changed from what could have been foreseen from information in the Contract Documents. _ 2. No change to Contractor's indirect expense is permitted for selection of higher- or lower- priced materials or systems of the same scope and nature as originally indicated. CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600 - 2 PROJECT#14004.00 1 7 1.7 ADMINISTRATIVE CHANGE ORDERS A. Allowance Adjustment: See Division 01 Section "Allowances" for administrative procedures for preparation of Change Order Proposal for adjusting the Contract Sum to reflect actual costs of allowances. • B. Unit-Price Adjustment: See Division 01 Section "Unit Prices" for administrative procedures for preparation of Change Order Proposal for adjusting the Contract Sum to reflect measured scope .-, of unit-price work. 1.8 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 4 A. On Owner's approval of a Work Changes Proposal Request,Architect will issue a Change Order for signatures of Owner and Contractor on AIA Document G701. 7 1 1.9 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE monk 1 A. Construction Change Directive: Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive. Construction Change Directive instructs Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for 1 subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. 1. Construction Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the Work. It also designates method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or the I Contract Time. B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the 7 Construction Change Directive. 1. After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to — substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract. — PART 2 -PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 -EXECUTION(Not Used) — END OF SECTION 012600 7 1 4 i 7 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600 - 3 PROJECT#14004.00 "Ni SECTION 012900-PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process Applications for Payment. 1 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Schedule of Values: A statement furnished by Contractor allocating portions of the Contract Sum to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment. 1.4 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule. 1. Coordinate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative forms and schedules, including the following: a. Application for Payment forms with Continuation Sheets. b. Submittal Schedule. c. Items required to be indicated as separate activities in Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Submit the Schedule of Values to Architect at earliest possible date but no later than seven days before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment. B. Format and Content: Use Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items for the Schedule of Values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section. 1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the Schedule of Values: a. Project name and location. b. Name of Architect. c. Architect's project number. d. Contractor's name and address. e. Date of submittal. PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900 - 1 PROJECT#14004.00 2. Arrange the Schedule of Values in tabular form with separate columns to indicate the following for each item listed: a. Related Specification Section or Division. b. Description of the Work. •— c. Name of subcontractor. d. Name of manufacturer or fabricator. e. Name of supplier. f. Change Orders(numbers)that affect value. g. Dollar value of the following, as a percentage of the Contract sum to nearest one- hundredth percent, adjusted to total 100 percent. 1) Labor. 2) Materials. 3) Equipment. -- 3. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with Project Manual table of contents. Provide multiple line items for principal subcontract amounts, in excess of five percent of the Contract Sum. 4. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar;total shall equal the Contract Sum. 1111. 5. Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each part of the Work where Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored,but not yet installed. a. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site. If specified, include evidence of insurance or bonded warehousing. 6. Provide separate line items in the Schedule of Values for initial cost of materials,for each subsequent stage of completion,and for total installed value of that part of the Work. 7. Allowances: Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each allowance. Show line-item value of unit-cost allowances, as a product of the unit cost, multiplied by measured quantity. Use information indicated in the Contract Documents to determine quantities. 8. Each item in the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment shall be complete. Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each item. a. Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work-in-place may be shown either as separate line items in the Schedule of Values or distributed as general overhead expense, at Contractor's option. 9. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the Schedule of Values before the next Applications for Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in the Contract Sum. 1.5 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Each Application for Payment following the initial Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by Architect and paid for by Owner. 1. Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial Completion,and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements. PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900-2 PROJECT#14004.00 B. RETAINAGE: Contractor shall show a retainage of 5%of completed work amount to be with- held from each application for payment. Upon substantial completion of the entire work, a sum sufficient to decrease the total retainage to 5%of the contract sum,plus such other retainages as the Architect shall determine for all incomplete work and unsettled claims may be authorized. After Substantial Completion,the Architect may authorize payment beyond the 5%retainage amount if the Contractor is making satisfactory progress toward a timely completion of the pro- ject. However,the Architect will,at no time,authorize payment beyond 2 times the value of the work to be completed until the Architect authorizes the final Request for Payment. C. Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is indicated in the Agreement ...� between Owner and Contractor. The period of construction Work covered by each Application for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement. Payments generally will be made by the 151 of each month. Progress payments shall be submitted to Architect by the last day of the month. The period covered by each Application for Payment is one month, ending on the last day of the month. D. Payment Application Forms: Use AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G703 Continuation Sheets as form for Applications for Payment. E. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Architect will return incomplete applications without action. 1. Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contractor's Construction Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made. 2. Include amounts for work completed following previous Application for Payment, whether or not payment has been received. Include only amounts for work completed at time of Application for Payment. 3. Include amounts of signed Change Orders issued before last day of construction period covered by application. F. Stored Materials: Include in Application for Payment amounts applied for materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored,but not yet installed. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site. 1. Provide certificate of insurance, evidence of transfer of title to Owner, and consent of surety to payment,for stored materials. 2. Provide supporting documentation that verifies amount requested, such as paid invoices. Match amount requested with amounts indicated on documentation; do not include overhead and profit on stored materials. 3. Provide summary documentation for stored materials indicating the following: a. Value of materials previously stored and remaining stored as of date of previous Applications for Payment. b. Value of previously stored materials put in place after date of previous Application for Payment and on or before date of current Application for Payment. c. Value of materials stored since date of previous Application for Payment and remaining stored as of date of current Application for Payment. NMI PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900-3 PROJECT#14004.00 G. Transmittal: Submit one (1) signed and notarized original copy and three (3) copies of each Application for Payment to Architect by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours. One copy shall include waivers of lien and similar attachments if required. 1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate information about application. H. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following: 1. List of subcontractors. 2. Schedule of Values. 3. Contractor's Construction Schedule(preliminary if not final). 4. Products list. 5. Schedule of unit prices.6. Submittals Schedule(preliminary if not final). 7. List of Contractor's staff assignments. 8. List of Contractor's principal consultants. 9. Copies of building permits. 10. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for performance of the Work. 11. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies. 12. Performance and payment bonds. 13. Data needed to acquire Owner's insurance. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After Architect issues the Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. 1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. 2. This application shall reflect Certificate(s) of Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work. J. Final Payment Application: After completing Project closeout requirements, submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted,including,but not limited,to the following: 1. Recommendation of final acceptance by the Architect. 2. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements. 3. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof that taxes,fees,and similar obligations were paid. 4. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum. 5. AIA Document G706, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims." 6. AIA Document G706A, "Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens." 7. AIA Document G707, "Consent of Surety to Final Payment." 8. Evidence that claims have been settled. 9. All written guarantees and warranties required by these specifications are on file 10. All shop drawings, schedules and operator's manuals,properly bound and indexed, are on file. 11. Executed final acceptance by the Owner. 12. As-built marked up set of construction drawings. PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900 - 4 PROJECT#14004.00 PART 2-PRODUCTS(Not Used) PART 3-EXECUTION(Not Used) END OF SECTION 012900 1 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900 - 5 PROJECT#14004.00 SECTION 013100-PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including,but not limited to,the following: _., 1. General coordination procedures. 2. Coordination drawings. 3. Requests for Information(RFIs). 4. Project Web site. 5. Project meetings. B. Each contractor shall participate in coordination requirements. Certain areas of responsibility will be assigned to a specific contractor. 1 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. RFI: Request from Owner, Architect, or Contractor seeking information required by or clarifications of the Contract Documents. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a '1 special design.Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplying •. products. 2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s)covered by subcontract. 3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract. B. Key Personnel Names: Within 15 days of starting construction operations, submit a list of key personnel assignments, includingsuperintendent and otherpersonnel in attendance at Project g � P J site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and telephone numbers, including home, office, and cellular telephone numbers and e-mail addresses. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as alternates in the absence of individuals assigned to Project. 1 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100- 1 PROJECT#14004.00 1 1. Post copies of list in project meeting room, in temporary field office,and by each temporary telephone. Keep list current at all times. 2. Construction Superintendent: The General Contractor shall assign a Superintendent to the job. It will be the Superintendent's duty to observe that specifications are followed and that the Architect is notified if deviations occur. 1.5 GENERAL COORDINATION PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations, included in different Sections, that depend on each other for proper installation, connection,and operation. 1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. 2. Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair. -- 3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. B. Coordination: Each contractor shall coordinate its construction operations with those of other YR me contractors and entities to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Each contractor shall coordinate its operations with operations, included in different Sections, that depend on each other for proper installation,connection, and operation. immg I. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. 2. Coordinate installation of different components with other contractors to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service,and repair. 3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. 4. Where availability of space is limited, coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair of all components, including mechanical and electrical. C. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings. 1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their Work is required. D. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative Way procedures with other construction activities and activities of other contractors to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to,the following: 1. Preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Preparation of the Schedule of Values. 3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls. 4. Delivery and processing of submittals. 5. Progress meetings. 6. Project closeout activities.7. Startup and adjustment of systems. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 -2 PROJECT#14004.00 E. Conservation: Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried out with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials. Coordinate use of temporary utilities to minimize waste. 1. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually _ incorporated into,the Work. See other Sections for disposition of salvaged materials that are designated as Owner's property. 7 1.6 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION(RFIs) A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information or interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified. 1 1. Architect will return RFIs submitted to Architect by other entities controlled by Contractor with no response. ,^ 2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors. B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing information or --, interpretation and the following: 1. Project name. 2. Project number. 3. Date. 4. Name of Contractor. 5. Name of Architect. — 6. RFI number,numbered sequentially. 7. RFI subject. 8. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate. — 9. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 10. Field dimensions and conditions,as appropriate. 11. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's suggested resolution impacts the Contract Time or the Contract Sum,Contractor shall state impact in the RFI. -I 12. Contractor's signature. 13. Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items 1 needing interpretation. a. Include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of affected 'Imaterials,assemblies,and attachments on attached sketches. 1 C. Architect's Action: Architect will review each RFI, determine action required and respond. Allow seven working days for Architect's response for each RFI. RFIs received by Architect , after 1:00 p.m.will be considered as received the following working day. 1 1. The following RFIs will be returned without action: 7 a. Requests for approval of submittals. N b. Requests for approval of substitutions. c. Requests for approval of Contractor's means and methods. d. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents. e. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. f. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals. g. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 -3 7 PROJECT#14004.00 a 2. Architect's action may include a request for additional information, in which case Architect's time for response will date from time of receipt of additional information. 3. Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to Division 1 Section "Contract Modification Procedures." a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, notify Architect in writing within 5 days of receipt of the RFI response. D. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log monthly. Include the following: 1. Project name. 2. Name and address of Contractor. — 3. Name and address of Architect. 4. RFI number including RFIs that were dropped and not submitted. 5. RFI description. _ 6. Date the RFI was submitted. 7. Date Architect's response was received. E. On receipt of Architect's action,update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify Architect within seven days if Contractor disagrees with response. 1. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and Proposal Request,as appropriate. 2. Identification of related Field Order, Work Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate. 1.7 PROJECT MEETINGS A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site unless otherwise indicated. 1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required,of date and time of each meeting. 2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees. 3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner and Architect,within three days of the meeting. B. Preconstruction Conference: Schedule a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement. 1. Conduct the conference to review responsibilities and personnel assignments. 2. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. All participants at the conference shall be familiar _ with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 -4 PROJECT#14004.00 3. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following: a. Tentative construction schedule. b. Phasing. c. Critical work sequencing and long-lead items. d. Designation of key personnel and their duties. e. Lines of communications. f. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. g. Procedures for RFIs. h. Procedures for testing and inspecting. i. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. j. Distribution of the Contract Documents. k. Submittal procedures. I. Preparation of Record Documents. m. Use of the premises. n. Work restrictions. o. Working hours. P. Owner's occupancy requirements. q. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls. r. Procedures for disruptions and shutdowns. s. Construction waste management and recycling. t. Parking availability. u. Office,work, and storage areas. v. Equipment deliveries and priorities. w. First aid. x. Security. y. Progress cleaning. z. Working hours. 4. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes. 1 C. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at monthly intervals. 1. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests. 2. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and Architect, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 3. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project. .�y a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. iI Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's Construction Schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. 1) Review schedule for next period. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 5 PROJECT#14004.00 b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following: 1) Interface requirements. 2) Sequence of operations. 3) Status of submittals. 4) Deliveries. 5) Off-site fabrication. 6) Access. •- 7) Site utilization. 8) Temporary facilities and controls. 9) Progress cleaning. 10) Quality and work standards. 11) Status of correction of deficient items. 12) Field observations. 13) RFIs. 14) Status of proposal requests. 15) Pending changes. 16) Status of Change Orders. 17) Pending claims and disputes. 18) Documentation of information for payment requests. 4. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting the meeting will record and distribute the meeting minutes to each party present and to parties requiring information. 5. Architect will distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to parties who should have been present. a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's Construction Schedule after each progress ... meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting. D. Coordination Meetings: Conduct Project coordination meetings at regular intervals. Project coordination meetings are in addition to specific meetings held for other purposes, such as progress meetings and preinstallation conferences. 1. Attendees: Each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the conference shall be familiar ._ with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 2. Reporting: Record meeting results and distribute copies to everyone in attendance and to — others affected by decisions or actions resulting from each meeting. END OF SECTION 013100 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 6 PROJECT#14004.00 i 7 SECTION 013200-CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 i PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY 7A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction during performance of the Work, including the following: 1. Preliminary Construction Schedule. 2. Contractor's Construction Schedule. 3. Submittals Schedule. 4. Daily construction reports. 7 5. Material location reports. 1 6. Field condition reports. 7. Special reports. 7 1.3 DEFINITIONS 7 A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling,monitoring, and controlling the construction project. Activities included in a construction schedule consume time and resources. --t i 1. Critical activities are activities on the critical path. They must start and finish on the planned early start and finish times. 2. Predecessor Activity: An activity that precedes another activity in the network. 3. Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network. B. CPM: Critical path method, which is a method of planning and scheduling a construction project where activities are arranged based on activity relationships. Network calculations { determine when activities can be performed and the critical path of Project. C. Critical Path: The longest connected chain of interdependent activities through the network schedule that establishes the minimum overall Project duration and contains no float. di% D. Event: The starting or ending point of an activity. E. Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity. 7 F. Major Area: A story of construction, a separate building, or a similar significant construction i element. 1 G. Milestone: A key or critical point in time for reference or measurement. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 1 1 PROJECT#14004.00 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Submit three opaque copies of initial schedule, large enough to show entire schedule for entire construction period. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate preparation and processing of schedules and reports with performance of construction activities and with scheduling and reporting of separate contractors. B. Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with the Schedule of Values, list of .� subcontracts, Submittals Schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required schedules and reports. 1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from parties involved. 2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule them in proper sequence. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for commencement of the Work to date of Final Completion. MEM 1. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an early completion date,unless specifically authorized by Change Order. B. Activities: Treat each story or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each principal element of the Work. 1. Startup and Testing Time: Include not less than five days for startup and testing. 2. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for Substantial Completion, and allow time for Architect's administrative procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion. C. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected. 1. Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase. 2. Work under More Than One Contract: Include a separate activity for each contract. 3. Work by Owner: Include a separate activity for each portion of the Work performed by Owner. 4. Owner-Furnished Products: Include a separate activity for each product. Include delivery date indicated in Division 1 Section "Summary." Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery date. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 -2 — PROJECT#14004.00 1 5. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule: a. Coordination with existing construction. b. Limitations of continued occupancies. c. Uninterruptible services. d. Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion. e. Use of premises restrictions. f. Provisions for future construction. g. Environmental control. .4 6. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the Work, including,but not limited to,the following: ... a. Deliveries. b. Installation. c. Tests and inspections. d. Adjusting. e. Curing. f. Startup and placement into final use and operation. .� 7. Area Separations: Identify each major area of construction for each major portion of the Work. Indicate where each construction activity within a major area must be sequenced or integrated with other construction activities to provide for the following: •. a. Permanent space enclosure. b. Completion of mechanical installation. c. Completion of electrical installation. d. Substantial Completion. D. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but not limited to, Substantial Completion,and Final Completion. E. Type: Contractor can use CPM or bar graph style. F. Contractor's Approvals: Final approved chart will bear the signatures of all prime contractors and major subcontractors. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before each regularly scheduled progress meeting. 1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting. 2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not limited to,changes in logic,durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations. 3. As the Work progresses, indicate Actual Completion percentage for each activity. B. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect, Owner, separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-know schedule responsibility. END OF SECTION 013200 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200- 3 PROJECT#14004.00 SECTION 013300-SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 mat PART 1 -GENERAL 0.11 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY --� A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings,Product Data, Samples, and other submittals. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information that requires Architect's responsive action. -w B. Informational Submittals: Written information that does not require Architect's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. 1.4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals,and related activities that require sequential activity. 2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. a. Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. B. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for list of submittals and time requirements for scheduled performance of related construction activities. C. Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. No extension of ...t the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals. 1. Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time � if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Architect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. 2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal. 3. Resubmittal Review: Allow 15 days for review of each resubmittal. 4. Sequential Review: Where sequential review of submittals by Architect's consultants, Owner,or other parties is indicated,allow 21 days for initial review of each submittal. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300- 1 PROJECT#14004.00 D. Identification: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. 1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block. 2. Provide a space approximately 6 by 8 inches on label or beside title block to record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect. 3. Include the following information on label for processing and recording action taken: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name and address of Architect. d. Name and address of Contractor. ^, e. Name and address of subcontractor. f. Name and address of supplier. g. Name of manufacturer. h. Submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier. i. Drawing number and detail references,as appropriate. Nim E. Deviations: Highlight or otherwise specifically identify deviations from the Contract Documents on submittals. F. Additional Copies: Unless additional copies are required for final submittal, and unless Architect observes noncompliance with provisions in the Contract Documents, initial submittal may serve as final submittal. 1. Submit one copy of submittal to concurrent reviewer in addition to specified number of copies to Architect. 2. Additional copies submitted for maintenance manuals will be marked with action taken and will be returned. G. Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Architect will return submittals, without review, received from sources other than Contractor or those without Contractor review. 1. Transmittal Form: Provide locations on form for the following information: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Destination(To:). d. Source(From:). e. Names of subcontractor,manufacturer, and supplier. f. Category and type of submittal. g. Submittal purpose and description. h. Specification Section number and title. i. Drawing number and detail references,as appropriate. j. Transmittal number, numbered consecutively. k. Submittal and transmittal distribution record. 1. Remarks. m. Signature of transmitter. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 2 PROJECT#14004.00 H. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal. 40014 1. Note date and content of previous submittal. 2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of revision. 3. Resubmit submittals until they are approved. I. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers,authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. 71 J. Use for Construction: Use only final submittals with mark indicating approved by Architect. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS jA. General: Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification Sections. B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and Etype of product or equipment. 1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard printed data are -i! not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings,not as Product Data. 2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. 3. Include the following information,as applicable: a. Manufacturer's written recommendations. b. Manufacturer's product specifications. — c. Manufacturer's installation instructions. d. Standard color charts. e. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. — f. Operational range diagrams. g. Standard product operation and maintenance manuals. h. Compliance with specified referenced standards. i. Testing by recognized testing agency. 1 j. Application of testing agency labels and seals. k. Notation of coordination requirements. 4. Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples. 5. Number of Copies: Submit three copies of Product Data, unless otherwise indicated. Architect will return two copies. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project I Record Document. C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base ,.4 Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data. 1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following information, as applicable: SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 3 PROJECT#14004.00 i a. Dimensions. b. Identification of products. c. Roughing-in and setting diagrams. d. Wiring diagrams showing field-installed wiring, including power, signal, and control wiring. e. Design calculations. f. Compliance with specified standards. g. Notation of coordination requirements. h. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. i. Relationship to adjoining construction clearly indicated. j. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified. ■- 2. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 24 by 36 inches. Num 3. Number of Copies: Submit five opaque (bond) copies of each submittal, architect will return all but one copy, or submit(in pdf form)electronic copy via email to the Architect. Architect will return stamped pdf to contractor via email. 4. The Contractor shall submit shop drawings as called for in these specifications. All shop drawings shall have the date marked on them when the Contractor receives them from the supplier. Shop drawings shall be submitted through the Contractor and shall not come di- rect from the supplier to the Architect. Shop drawings that are not dated and signed as approved by the Contractor will not be accepted or reviewed and will be marked "resubmit" and sent back to the Contractor. Shop drawings for the mechanical and electrical work shall be sent to the Consultant if other than the Architect. D. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. Submit to Architect within six weeks of Contract Signature. 1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together in one submittal package. 2. Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following: a. Generic description of Sample. b. Product name and name of manufacturer. c. Sample source. d. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. 3. Quantity and Size: All samples shall be submitted in duplicate except as noted and shall show the expected range of color and texture or variation in the material. Sizes of the Omar samples shall be according to the following schedule unless otherwise specified. Submit samples as soon as possible for coordination of color selections. a. Finish materials (Ceramic tile pattern): Two samples minimum, 12" square and mounted or installed on suitable hardboard or surface compatible to the surface on which the material is to be applied. Samples shall indicate complete application as specified including color selected. MOM b. Other materials: Shall be a suitable length or size, which will show the representative arrangement, finish, or material, which will be required for the project. In the case of small items, individual items of the size specified will be acceptable. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 4 PROJECT#14004.00 tI 1 4. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality- control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time i of use. b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's n property,are the property of Contractor. 5. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors,textures,and patterns available. -w a. Number of Samples: Submit two full set(s) of available choices where color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from "'It manufacturer's product line. Architect will return submittal with options selected. I E. Product Schedule or List: As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a written -44 summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location. Include the following information in tabular form: G 1. Type of product. Include unique identifier for each product. l 2. Number and name of room or space. 1 3. Location within room or space. 4. Number of Copies: Submit four copies of product schedule or list, unless otherwise al indicated. Architect will return two copies. I a. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Document. t F. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design.Use CSI Form 1.5A. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplying products. 7 2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s)covered by subcontract. 3. Drawing number and detail references,as appropriate,covered by subcontract. 4. Number of Copies: Submit three copies of subcontractor list, unless otherwise indicated. 1 Architect will return two copies. a. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Document. 7 2.2 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS `' A. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience I of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. ` B. Installer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is ''''y authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project. i SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 5 1 PROJECT#14004.00 C. Manufacturer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required. D. Product Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. E. Material Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. NNW F. Product Test Reports: Prepare written reports indicating current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or tima on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency. G. Research/Evaluation Reports: Prepare written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect for Project. Include the following information: 1. Name of evaluation organization. 2. Date of evaluation. 3. Time period when report is in effect. 4. Product and manufacturers'names. 5. Description of product. �' 6. Test procedures and results. 7. Limitations of use. i H. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements." Maintenance Data: Prepare written and graphic instructions and procedures for operation and normal maintenance of products and equipment. Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data." J. Design Data: Prepare written and graphic information, including, but not limited to, performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations. Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Include page numbers. Mena K. Manufacturer's Instructions: Prepare written or published information that documents manufacturer's recommendations, guidelines, and procedures for installing or operating a product or equipment. Include name of product and name, address, and telephone number of r. manufacturer. Include the following,as applicable: 1. Preparation of substrates. 2. Required substrate tolerances. 3. Sequence of installation or erection. 4. Required installation tolerances. 5. Required adjustments. 6. Recommendations for cleaning and protection. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 6 PROJECT#14004.00 L. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting factory-authorized service representative's tests and inspections. Include the following,as applicable: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of factory-authorized service representative making report. -�» 2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product. 3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements. 4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements and, if not,what corrective action was taken. 5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 6. Statement whether conditions,products, and installation will affect warranty. 7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. M. Insurance Certificates and Bonds: Prepare written information indicating current status of insurance or bonding coverage. Include name of entity covered by insurance or bond, limits of • coverage, amounts of deductibles, if any, and term of the coverage. 020 N. Material Safety Data Sheets(MSDSs): Submit information directly to Owner. 1. Architect will not review submittals that include MSDSs and will return the entire submittal for resubmittal. 1 O. Finish Schedule: Each contractor shall submit to the Architect brand names,types, and samples of all finish materials for the project. Upon approval, the Architect will prepare a schedule of -ter color selections for all finishes throughout the building. The General Contractor may obtain up to 15 copies of this schedule from the Architect so that he may distribute these to his/her material suppliers and subcontractors. The Mechanical and Electrical contractors shall each be provided two copies. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW A. Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect. oak B. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date ,.� of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents. 1. Contractor's name. 2. Date Contractor received drawings from supplier. 3. Any changes or notations in green pencil. 4. A statement that the Contractor has reviewed the drawings and finds them to be correct except as noted. 5 Signature of person making Contractor review. -11 6. Any deviations from drawings and specifications noted,underlined or circled in green. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300-7 PROJECT#14004.00 1 ! 3.2 ARCHITECT'S/ACTION A. General: Architect will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and will return them without action. B. Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal,make marks to indicate corrections or modifications required in red, and return it. Architect will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action taken C. Informational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each submittal to ... appropriate party. D. Partial submittals are not acceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be returned without review. E. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may not be reviewed and may be discarded. 3.3 OWNER'S COPIES A. At the end of the project,each Contractor shall present to the Owner two(2)approved copies of all shop drawings, schedules and operating manuals, and warranties suitably bound and indexed by Division,in a 3-ring binder. END OF SECTION 013300 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 8 PROJECT#14004.00 SECTION 014000-QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control. B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 1. Specific quality-assurance and-control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections —s may also cover production of standard products. 2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality- assurance and -control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-assurance and -control services required by Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements. B. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect. C. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency. •-� D. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation,erection, application, and similar operations. 1 1. Using a term such as "carpentry" does not imply that certain construction activities must be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name, such as "carpenter." It also does not imply that requirements specified apply exclusively to tradespeople of the corresponding generic name. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 1 PROJECT#14004.00 E. Experienced: When used with an entity, "experienced" means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.4 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS A. General: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish Imo different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements that are different, but apparently equal,to Architect for a decision before proceeding. B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding. Oar 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to ... demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority. B. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare in tabular form and include the following: 1. Specification Section number and title. 2. Description of test and inspection. 3. Identification of applicable standards. 4. Identification of test and inspection methods. 5. Number of tests and inspections required. 6. Time schedule or time span for tests and inspections. 7. Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections. 8. Requirements for obtaining samples. 9. Unique characteristics of each quality-control service. C. Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports that include the following: 1. Date of issue. 2. Project title and number. 3. Name,address,and telephone number of testing agency. 4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. 5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections. 6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method. 7. Identification of product and Specification Section. 8. Complete test or inspection data. 9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results. 10. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspecting. 11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with the Contract Document requirements. 12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. 13. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 2 PROJECT#14004.00 D. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this Article establish the minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements. B. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. C. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as "'r well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. D. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to ,.� practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. F. Specialists: Certain sections of the Specifications require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated. 1. Requirement for specialists shall not supersede building codes and regulations governing the Work. G. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. 1.7 QUALITY CONTROL 4-11 A. Tests and inspections are Contractor's responsibility. Provide quality-control services specified and those required by authorities having jurisdiction. Perform quality-control services required of Contractor by authorities having jurisdiction,whether specified or not. 1. Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, engage a qualified testing agency to perform these quality-control services. ..4 2. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspecting will be performed. 3. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service. 4. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility. 5. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000-3 PROJECT#14004.00 B. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report results in writing as specified in Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures." C. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents.D. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections. 1. Notify Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. .� 2. Determine the location from which test samples will be taken and in which in-situ tests are conducted. 3. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements. 4. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service through Contractor. 5. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or approve or accept any portion of the Work. 6. Do not perform any duties of Contractor. IMO E. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following: 1. Access to the Work. 2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples. 4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples. 5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies. 6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency. _. 7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project site. F. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance and -control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting. 1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 4 PROJECT#14004.00 1.8 REQUIRED OBSERVATIONS OF THE ARCHITECT A. The Contractor shall note throughout the plans and specifications where "required observa- tions" are called for. The following items are a guide only, and do not necessarily indicate all site visits required. See Supplementary General Conditions. Before any drywall finish Substantial completion review Before any floor finish Final review or Before any ceiling One-year warranty review Before any painting PART 2 -EXECUTION 2.1 ACCEPTABLE TESTING AGENCIES I 1 A. The following agencies have been pre-approved to perform some or all of the testing required above: Allender Butzke Shive Hattery,Inc. .•� 3550— 109th St. 2834 Northgate Drive Urbandale,IA 50322-8101 Iowa City, IA 52245 Ph: 515-252-1885 Ph: 319-354-3040 or 800-798-3040 Fax: 515-252-1888 Fax: 319-354-6921 Chosen Valley Testing Team Services 225 North Jackson Avenue 333-H SW 9th Street Mason City,IA 50401 Des Moines,IA 50309 Ph: 641-201-1050 Ph: 515-282-8818 Fax: 641-201-1012 Fax: 515-282-8741 Geotechnical Services,Inc. Team Services 2853 99th Street 260-C 33`d Avenue, SW Urbandale, IA 50322 Cedar Rapids,IA 52404 Ph: 515-270-6542 Ph: 319-366-0759 Fax: 319-366-0793 Olsson Associates 11035 Aurora Avenue Team Services Urbandale,IA 50322 Fort Dodge, IA and Ph: 515-331-6517 Mason City,IA Fax: 515-331-6518 Ph: 1-800-886-8326 Patzig Laboratories Terracon Consultants,Inc. 3922 Delaware Avenue 6612 Chancellor Drive, Suite 102 Des Moines,IA 50313 Cedar Falls, IA 50613 Ph: 515-266-5101 Ph: 319-277-4016 Fax: 319-277-4320 I QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 5 PROJECT#14004.00 Terracon Consultants Inc. Tetra Technologies,Inc. 5855 Willow Creek Drive, SW 2213 LaPorte Road Cedar Rapids,IA 52404 Waterloo,IA 50702 Ph: 319-366-8321 Ph: 319-232-6591 Fax: 319-366-0032 Fax: 319-232-0373 Terracon Consultants,Inc. 600 SW 7th Street, Suite M Des Moines,IA 50309 Ph: 515-244-3184 Fax: 515-244-5249 2.2 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG ,,, A. Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following: 1. Date test or inspection was conducted. 2. Description of the Work tested or inspected. 3. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Architect. 4. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection. B. Maintain log at Project site. Post changes and revisions as they occur. Provide access to test and inspection log for Architect's reference during normal working hours. -• 2.3 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. Mar 1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification Sections. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. 2. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for Division 01 Section "Cutting and Patching." lump B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities. C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services. END OF SECTION 014000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 6 PROJECT#14004.00 SECTION 014200-REFERENCES 014200 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. B. "Approved": When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, -.� and requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract. C. "Directed": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed." D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on "'/ Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled,"and "specified"have the same meaning as "indicated." E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction,and rules,conventions,and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation,and similar operations. G. "Install": Unload, temporarily store, unpack, assemble, erect, place, anchor, apply, work to dimension,finish,cure,protect,clean, and similar operations at Project site. `1 H. "Provide":Furnish and install,complete and ready for the intended use. I. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built. 1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. REFERENCES 014200 - 1 PROJECT#14004.00 B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated. 1.4 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in Gale's "Encyclopedia of Associations: National Organizations of the U.S." or in Columbia Books' "National Trade&Professional Associations of the United States." Yam B. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. This information is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents. C. This is a non-comprehensive list of abbreviations and acronyms that may or may not be relevant to this project. 1. AABC -Associated Air Balance Council;www.aabc.com. 2. AAMA -American Architectural Manufacturers Association; www.aamanet.org. 3. AAPFCO-Association of American Plant Food Control Officials;www.aapfco.org. 4. AASHTO - American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials; www.transportation.org. _ 5. AATCC -American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists;www.aatcc.org. 6. ABMA-American Bearing Manufacturers Association; www.americanbearings.org. 7. ACI-American Concrete Institute; (Formerly: ACI International);www.concrete.org. 8. ACPA -American Concrete Pipe Association; www.concrete-pipe.org. 9. AEIC -Association of Edison Illuminating Companies,Inc.(The); www.aeic.org. 10. AF&PA-American Forest&Paper Association;www.afandpa.org. 11. AGA -American Gas Association;www.aga.org. 12. AHAM-Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers; www.aham.org. 13. AHRI-Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute(The); www.ahrinet.org. 14. AI -Asphalt Institute; www.asphaltinstitute.org. 15. AIA -American Institute of Architects(The); www.aia.org. 16. AISC -American Institute of Steel Construction; www.aisc.org. 17. AISI-American Iron and Steel Institute; www.steel.org. 18. AITC-American Institute of Timber Construction;www.aitc-glulam.org. 19. AMCA-Air Movement and Control Association International,Inc.;www.amca.org. 20. ANSI -American National Standards Institute; www.ansi.org. 21. AOSA Association of Official Seed Analysts,Inc.;www.aosaseed.com. 22. APA -APA -The Engineered Wood Association; www.apawood.org. 23. APA -Architectural Precast Association;www.archprecast.org. 24. API-American Petroleum Institute;www.api.org. 25. ARI -Air-Conditioning&Refrigeration Institute; (See AHRI). 26. ARI -American Refrigeration Institute; (See AHRI). 27. ARMA -Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association;www.asphaltroofing.org. 28. ASCE-American Society of Civil Engineers;www.asce.org. 29. ASCE/SEI - American Society of Civil Engineers/Structural Engineering Institute; (See ASCE). INfto REFERENCES 014200-2 PROJECT#14004.00 1 30. ASHRAE -American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers; www.ashrae.org. 31. ASME - ASME International; (American Society of Mechanical Engineers); www.asme.org. 32. ASSE-American Society of Safety Engineers(The);www.asse.org. 33. ASSE-American Society of Sanitary Engineering;www.asse-plumbing.org. 34. ASTM - ASTM International; (American Society for Testing and Materials International); www.astm.org. • 35. ATIS -Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions;www.atis.org, 36. AWEA-American Wind Energy Association;www.awea.org. 37. AWI-Architectural Woodwork Institute;www.awinet.org. 38. AWMAC - Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association of Canada; www.awmac.com. 39. AWPA - American Wood Protection Association; (Formerly: American Wood- Preservers'Association);www.awpa.com. 40. AWS-American Welding Society;www.aws.org. 41. AWWA-American Water Works Association;.www.awwa.org. 42. BHMA-Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association;www.buildershardware.com. 43. BIA-Brick Industry Association(The);www.gobrick.com. 44. BICSI-BICSI, Inc.;www.cicpi.org. 45. BIFMA - BIFMA International; (Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer's Association);www.bifma.com. 46. BISSC -Baking Industry Sanitation Standards Committee;www.bissc.org. 47. BWF - Badminton World Federation; (Formerly: International Badminton Federation); www.bwfbadminton.org. 48. CDA-Copper Development Association;www.copper.org. 49. CEA-Canadian Electricity Association;www.electricity.ca. 50. CEA-Consumer Electronics Association;www.ce.org. 51. CFFA-Chemical Fabrics&Film Association, Inc.;www.chemicalfabricsandfilm.com. 52. CFSEI-Cold-Formed Steel Engineers Institute;www.cfsei.org. 53. CGA-Compressed Gas Association;www.cganet.com. 54. CIMA -Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association; www.cellulose.org. 55. CISCA-Ceilings&Interior Systems Construction Association;www.cisca.org. 56. CISPI-Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute;www.cispi.org. 57. CLFMI- Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute;www.chainlinkinfo.org. 58. CPA -Composite Panel Association;www.pbmdf.com. 59. CRI-Carpet and Rug Institute(The);www.carpet-rug.org. g+y 60. CRRC -Cool Roof Rating Council;www.coolroofs.org. 61. CRSI -Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute;www.crsi.org. 62. CSA-Canadian Standards Association;www.csa.ca. ..� 63. CSA - CSA International; (Formerly: IAS - International Approval Services); www.csa- international.org. 64. CSI-Construction Specifications Institute(The);www.csinet.org. 65. CSSB -Cedar Shake& Shingle Bureau; www.cedarbureau.org. 66. CTI-Cooling Technology Institute; (Formerly: Cooling Tower Institute);www.cti.org. 67. CWC -Composite Wood Council; (See CPA). 68. DASMA -Door and Access Systems Manufacturers Association;www.dasma.com. 69. DHI -Door and Hardware Institute;www.dhi.org. 70. ECA-Electronic Components Association;(See ECIA). 71. ECAMA-Electronic Components Assemblies&Materials Association; (See ECIA). 72. ECIA?Electronic Components Industry Association;www.eciaonline.org REFERENCES 014200 - 3 PROJECT#14004.00 73. EIA-Electronic Industries Alliance;(See TIA). 74. EIMA-EIFS Industry Members Association;www.eima.com. 75. EJMA-Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc.;www.ejma.org. 76. ESD-ESD Association; (Electrostatic Discharge Association);www.esda.org. 77. ESTA-Entertainment Services and Technology Association; (See PLASA). 78. EVO-Efficiency Valuation Organization; www.evo-world.org. 79. FIBA - F?d?ration Internationale de Basketball; (The International Basketball Federation); www.fiba.com. 80. FIVB - F?d?ration Internationale de Volleyball; (The International Volleyball Federation);www.fivb.org. 81. FM Approvals-FM Approvals LLC;www.fmglobal.com. 82. FM Global-FM Global; (Formerly: FMG-FM Global);www.fmglobal.com. 83. FRSA - Florida Roofing, Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning Contractors Association, Inc.; www.floridaroof.com. 84. FSA-Fluid Sealing Association; www.fluidsealing.com. 85. FSC -Forest Stewardship Council U.S.; www.fscus.org. 86. GA-Gypsum Association;www.gypsum.org. .. 87. GANA -Glass Association of North America;www.glasswebsite.com. 88. GS -Green Seal;www.greenseal.org. 89. HI-Hydraulic Institute; www.pumps.org. 90. HI/GAMA-Hydronics Institute/Gas Appliance Manufacturers Association; (See AHRI). 91. HMMA-Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association; (See NAAMM). 92. HPVA-Hardwood Plywood&Veneer Association;www.hpva.org. 93. HPW-H.P. White Laboratory, Inc.;www.hpwhite.com. - 94. IAPSC -International Association of Professional Security Consultants;www.iapsc.org. 95. IAS -International Accreditation Service;www.iasonline.org. 96. IAS -International Approval Services; (See CSA). .. 97. ICBO-International Conference of Building Officials;(See ICC). 98. ICC -International Code Council; www.iccsafe.org. 99. ICEA-Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc.; www.icea.net. 100. ICPA-International Cast Polymer Alliance;www.icpa-hq.org. 101. ICRI- International Concrete Repair Institute,Inc.; www.icri.org. 102. IEC -International Electrotechnical Commission; www.iec.ch. 103. IEEE-Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers,Inc. (The);www.ieee.org. 104. IES - Illuminating Engineering Society; (Formerly: Illuminating Engineering Society of North America);www.ieo.org. 105. IESNA-Illuminating Engineering Society of North America;(See IES). 106. IEST-Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology; www.iest.org. 107. IGMA-Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance;www.igmaonline.org. r 108. IGSHPA - International Ground Source Heat Pump Association;www.igshpa.okstate.edu. 109. ILI-Indiana Limestone Institute of America,Inc.; www.iliai.com. 110. Intertek - Intertek Group; (Formerly: ETL SEMCO; Intertek Testing Service NA); ,.. www.intertek.com. 111. ISA - International Society of Automation (The); (Formerly: Instrumentation, Systems, and Automation Society);www.isa.org. 112. ISAS -Instrumentation, Systems,and Automation Society(The);(See ISA). 113. ISFA - International Surface Fabricators Association; (Formerly: International Solid Surface Fabricators Association); www.isfanow.org. 114. ISO -International Organization for Standardization;www.iso.org. 115. ISSFA-International Solid Surface Fabricators Association; (See ISFA). REFERENCES 014200 -4 PROJECT#14004.00 ...I { 116. ITU-International Telecommunication Union;www.itu.int/home. 117. KCMA-Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association;www.kcma.org. 118. LMA-Laminating Materials Association; (See CPA). 119. LPI -Lightning Protection Institute;www.lightning.org. 120. MBMA-Metal Building Manufacturers Association;www.mbma.com. 121. MCA-Metal Construction Association;www.metalconstruction.org. 122. MFMA-Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association,Inc.;www.maplefloor.org. 123. MFMA-Metal Framing Manufacturers Association,Inc.;www.metalframingmfg.org. 124. MHIA -Material Handling Industry of America;www.mhia.org. 125. MIA - Marble Institute of America;www.marble-institute.com. 126. MMPA - Moulding & Millwork Producers Association; (Formerly: Wood Moulding & ,.1 Millwork Producers Association);www.wmmpa.com. 127. MPI-Master Painters Institute;www.paintinfo.com. 128. MSS - Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc.; www.mss-hq.org. 129. NAAMM - National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers; www.naamm.org. 130. NACE - NACE International; (National Association of Corrosion Engineers International); www.nace.org. 1 131. NADCA-National Air Duct Cleaners Association; www.nadca.com. 132. NAIMA-North American Insulation Manufacturers Association;www.naima.org. 133. NBGQA-National Building Granite Quarries Association,Inc.;www.nbgqa.com. 134. NCAA-National Collegiate Athletic Association(The);www.ncaa.org. 135. NCMA-National Concrete Masonry Association;www.ncma.org. 136. NEBB -National Environmental Balancing Bureau;www.nebb.org. 137. NECA-National Electrical Contractors Association;www.necanet.org. 138. NeLMA-Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers Association;www.nelma.org. 139. NEMA-National Electrical Manufacturers Association;www.nema.org. 140. NETA-InterNational Electrical Testing Association;www.netaworld.org. 141. NFHS -National Federation of State High School Associations;www.nfhs.org. 142. NFPA -NFPA; (National Fire Protection Association);www.nfpa.org. • 143. NFPA -NFPA International; (See NFPA). 144. NFRC -National Fenestration Rating Council;www.nfrc.org. 145. NHLA -National Hardwood Lumber Association;www.nhla.com. 146. NLGA -National Lumber Grades Authority;www.nlga.org. 147. NOFMA-National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association; (See NWFA). 148. NOMMA-National Ornamental &Miscellaneous Metals Association;www.nornma.org. 149. NRCA-National Roofing Contractors Association;www.nrca.net. { 150. NRMCA -National Ready Mixed Concrete Association;www.nrmca.org. 151. NSF -NSF International; (National Sanitation Foundation International);www.nsf.org. ,..� 152. NSPE-National Society of Professional Engineers; www.nspe.org. { 153. NSSGA-National Stone, Sand&Gravel Association;www.nssga.org. 154. NTMA-National Terrazzo&Mosaic Association,Inc.(The);www.ntma.com. .y 155. NWFA-National Wood Flooring Association;www.nwfa.org. 156. PCI -Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute;www.pci.org. 157. PDI -Plumbing&Drainage Institute;www.pdionline.org. 158. PLASA - PLASA; (Formerly: ESTA - Entertainment Services and Technology Association);www.plasa.org. 159. RCSC -Research Council on Structural Connections;www.boltcouncil.org. 160. RFCI-Resilient Floor Covering Institute; www.rfci.com. "'l 161. RIS -Redwood Inspection Service; www.redwoodinspection.com. REFERENCES 014200 - 5 PROJECT#14004.00 4 162. SAE- SAE International; (Society of Automotive Engineers);www.sae.org. ... 163. SCTE- Society of Cable Telecommunications Engineers;www.scte.org. 164. SDI-Steel Deck Institute;www.sdi.org. 165. SDI- Steel Door Institute;www.steeldoor.org. 166. SEFA- Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association;www.sefalabs.com. 167. SEI/ASCE - Structural Engineering Institute/American Society of Civil Engineers; (See ASCE). 168. SIA-Security Industry Association; www.siaonline.org. 169. SJI-Steel Joist Institute;www.steeljoist.org. 170. SMA- Screen Manufacturers Association;www.smainfo.org. 171. SMACNA - Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association; www.smacna.org. 172. SMPTE- Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers; www.smpte.org. 173. SPFA- Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance;www.sprayfoam.org. 174. SPIB - Southern Pine Inspection Bureau;www.spib.org. 175. SPRI- Single Ply Roofing Industry;www.spri.org. 176. SRCC - Solar Rating and Certification Corporation;www.solar-rating.org. 177. SS1NA- Specialty Steel Industry of North America;www.ssina.com. 178. SSPC - SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings; www.sspc.org. 179. STI- Steel Tank Institute;www.steeltank.com. 180. SWI-Steel Window Institute;www.steelwindows.com. 181. SWPA- Submersible Wastewater Pump Association;www.swpa.org. 182. TCA-Tilt-Up Concrete Association; www.tilt-up.org. 183. TCNA - Tile Council of North America, Inc.; (Formerly: Tile Council of America); www.tileusa.com. 184. TEMA-Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers Association,Inc.; www.tema.org. 185. TIA - Telecommunications Industry Association; (Formerly: TIA/EIA - *am Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Industries Alliance); www.tiaonline.org. 186. TIA/EIA - Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Industries Alliance; (See TIA). 187. TMS -The Masonry Society;www.masonrysociety.org. 188. TPI-Truss Plate Institute;www.tpinst.org. 189. TPI -Turfgrass Producers International;www.turfgrasssod.org. 190. TRI - Tile Roofing Institute; (Formerly: National Tile Roofing Manufacturing Association);www.tileroofing.org. 191. UBC-Uniform Building Code; (See ICC). 192. UL-Underwriters Laboratories Inc.;www.ul.com. 193. UNI-Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association;www.uni-bell.org. 194. USAV-USA Volleyball;www.usavolleyball.org. 195. USGBC -U.S. Green Building Council; www.usgbc.org. 196. USITT-United States Institute for Theatre Technology, Inc.;www.usitt.org. 197. WASTEC -Waste Equipment Technology Association;www.wastec.org. _ 198. WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau;www.wclib.org. 199. WCMA-Window Covering Manufacturers Association;www.wcmanet.org. 200. WDMA-Window&Door Manufacturers Association;www.wdma.com. 201. WI - Woodwork Institute; (Formerly: WIC - Woodwork Institute of California); www.wicnet.org. 202. WMMPA-Wood Moulding&Millwork Producers Association; (See MMPA). 203. WSRCA-Western States Roofing Contractors Association;www.wsrca.com. 204. WPA-Western Wood Products Association; www.wwpa.org. REFERENCES 014200 - 6 PROJECT#14004.00 D. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. This information is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents. 1. DIN-Deutsches Institut f?r Normung e.V.;www.din.de. —t 2. IAPMO - International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials; www.iapmo.org. 3. ICC -International Code Council;www.iccsafe.org. .-. 4. ICC-ES -ICC Evaluation Service,LLC;www.icc-es.org. PART 2-PRODUCTS(Not Used) PART 3-EXECUTION(Not Used) END OF SECTION 014200 1 -41 REFERENCES 014200 -7 PROJECT#14004.00 SECTION 015000-TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Permanent Enclosure: As determined by Architect, permanent or temporary roofing is complete, insulated, and weathertight; exterior walls are insulated and weathertight; and all t openings are closed with permanent construction or substantial temporary closures. 1.4 USE CHARGES ... A. General: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum. Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to,Owner's construction forces, Architect,occupants of Project, testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Water Service: Water from Owner's existing water system is available for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations. C. Electric Power Service: Electric power from Owner's existing system is available for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations. 1 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA,NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70. B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 1 PROJECT#14004.00 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Installer of each permanent service shall assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Lumber and Plywood: Comply with requirements in Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry." B. Gypsum Board: Minimum 1/2 inch thick by 48 inches wide by maximum available lengths; regular-type panels with tapered edges. Comply with ASTM C 36. C. Insulation: Unfaced mineral-fiber blanket, manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 50,respectively. D. Paint: Comply with requirements in Division 9 painting Sections. 2.2 EQUIPMENT A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposures. B. HVAC Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system, provide vented, self-contained, liquid-propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space thermostatic control. 1. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type heating units is prohibited. 2. Heating Units: Listed and labeled for type of fuel being consumed, by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application. 3. Permanent HVAC System: If Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system for temporary use during construction,provide filter with MERV of 8 at each return air grille in system and remove at end of construction. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION,GENERAL A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the Work. B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities _ are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 -2 PROJECT#14004.00 i 3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION A. General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service. 1. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be interrupted, if necessary,to make connections for temporary services. B. Water Service: Use of Owner's existing water service facilities will be permitted, as long as facilities are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion,restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use. 1. Where installations below an outlet might be damaged by spillage or leakage, provide a drip pan of suitable size to minimize water damage. Drain accumulated water promptly from pans. C. Sanitary Facilities: 1. Toilets: Use of Owner's existing toilet facilities will be permitted, as long as facilities are --y cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, { restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use. ,..t D. Electric Power Service: Use of Owner's existing electric power service will be permitted, as long as equipment is maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. E. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for construction operations,observations, inspections,and traffic conditions. 1. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements without operating entire system. F. Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service in common-use facilities for use by all --� construction personnel. Install one telephone line(s)for each field office. 1. Provide additional telephone lines for the following: a. Provide a dedicated telephone line for each facsimile machine. 2. At each telephone,post a list of important telephone numbers. a. Police and fire departments. b. Ambulance service. c. Contractor's home office. d. Contractor's after-hours emergency number. e. Architect's office. ..� f. Engineers'offices. g. Principal subcontractors'field and home offices. 3. Provide superintendent with cellular telephone or portable two-way radio for use when away from field office. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 3 "1 PROJECT#14004.00 AMIP 3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel. I. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered "tools andImr equipment"and not temporary facilities. 3.4 DISPOSAL OF WASTE A. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged, recycled, or otherwise reused, remove waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed of accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas.B. Burning: Do not burn waste materials. C. Disposal: Transport waste materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them. D. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste from construction operations. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Comply with Division 1 Section "Execution Requirements" for progress cleaning requirements. 3.5 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Temporary Partitions: Provide floor-to-ceiling dustproof partitions to limit dust and dirt migration and to separate areas occupied by Owner from fumes and noise. 1. Construct dustproof partitions with gypsum wallboard with joints taped on occupied side, and fire-retardant plywood on construction operations side. 2. Construct dustproof partitions with 2 layers of 3-mil polyethylene sheet on each side. Cover floor with 2 layers of 3-mil polyethylene sheet, extending sheets 18 inches up the sidewalls. Overlap and tape full length of joints. Cover floor with fire-retardant plywood. a. Construct vestibule and airlock at each entrance through temporary partition with not less than 48 inches between doors. Maintain water-dampened foot mats in vestibule. 3. Insulate partitions to provide noise protection to occupied areas. 4. Seal joints and perimeter. Equip partitions with dustproof doors and security locks. -- 5. Protect air-handling equipment. 6. Weather strip openings. 7. Provide walk-off mats at each entrance through temporary partition. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 -4 PROJECT#14004.00 B. Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241; manage fire-prevention program. 1. Prohibit smoking on the entire site. -, 2. Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and -protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information. 3.6 OPERATION,TERMINATION,AND REMOVAL A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse,limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses. B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. 1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage. 1 C. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces,and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor. 2. At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities used during -, construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures." ..t END OF SECTION 015000 -1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000- 5 -� PROJECT#14004.00 SECTION 016000-PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. --r 1.2 SUMMARY "11. A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for ' use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special warranties;product substitutions;and comparable products. 6 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Products: Items purchased for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material " "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. ' 1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature,that is current as of date of the Contract Documents. 2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility,except that products consisting of recycled-content materials are allowed, unless explicitly stated otherwise. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products. 3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal ..s process, or where indicated as a product substitution, to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product. B. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor. C. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: Where a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis of design," including make or model number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service 4-4 performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of other named manufacturers. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 1 PROJECT#14004.00 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product List: Submit a list, in tabular form, showing specified products. Include generic names of products required. Include manufacturer's name and proprietary product names for each product. 1. Coordinate product list with Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittals Schedule. 2. Form: Tabulate information for each product under the following column headings: a. Specification Section number and title. b. Proprietary name,model number, and similar designations. c. Manufacturer's name and address. d. Supplier's name and address. e. Installer's name and address. f. Projected delivery date or time span of delivery period. g. Identification of items that require early submittal approval for scheduled delivery date. 3. Initial Submittal: Within 30 days after date of commencement of the Work, submit 3 copies of initial product list. Include a written explanation for omissions of data and for variations from Contract requirements. a. At Contractor's option, initial submittal may be limited to product selections and designations that must be established early in Contract period. 4. Completed List: Within 60 days after date of commencement of the Work, submit 3 copies of completed product list. Include a written explanation for omissions of data and for variations from Contract requirements. 5. Architect's Action: Architect will respond in writing to Contractor within 15 days of receipt of completed product list. Architect's response will include a list of unacceptable product selections and a brief explanation of reasons for this action. Architect's response, or lack of response, does not constitute a waiver of requirement to comply with the , Contract Documents. �. B. Substitution Requests: Submit one copy of each request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. Substitution Request Form: A copy of form is provided at end of this Section. Copy of form must accompany each request by either facsimile or electronic submission. 2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following, as applicable: a. Statement indicating why specified material or product cannot be provided. — b. Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution. c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Significant qualities may include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 -2 PROJECT 1414004.00 01014 d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures. e. Samples,where applicable or requested. f. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners. g. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated. h. Research/evaluation reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for ''R Project, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. i. Detailed comparison of Contractor's Construction Schedule using proposed substitution with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating lack of availability or delays in delivery. j. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum. k. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and is appropriate for applications indicated. Sal 1. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results. 3. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within 5 business days of receipt of a request for substitution. Architect will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within 15 days of receipt of request, or 5 business days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. a. Form of Acceptance: Change Order. b. Use product specified if Architect cannot make a decision on use of a proposed ..., substitution within time allocated. C. Comparable Product Requests: Submit one copy of each request for consideration. Identi fy product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt of a comparable product request. Architect will notify Contractor of approval or rejection of proposed comparable product request within 15 days of receipt of request, or 5 business days of receipt of -igt additional information or documentation,whichever is later. a. Form of Approval: As specified in Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures." b. Use product specified if Architect cannot make a decision on use of a comparable Ong product request within time allocated. D. Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures." Show compliance with requirements. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000-3 PROJECT#14004.00 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, product selected shall be compatible with products previously ._ selected,even if previously selected products were also options. 1. Each contractor is responsible for providing products and construction methods compatible with products and construction methods of other contractors. 2. If a dispute arises betweenet rmine which products shall brs over e used.y selectable but incompatible products,Architect will d ,,. 1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration,and loss, including theft. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Delivery and Handling: 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing,unpacking,protecting,and installing. 4. Inspect products on delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected. C. Storage: 1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure. 3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight enclosure above ground,with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. 4. Store cementitious products and materials on elevated platforms. 5. Protect foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 6. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation,and weather-protection requirements for storage. 7. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing. 8. Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and equipment by Owner's construction forces. Coordinate location with Owner. 016000 -4 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PROJECT#14004.00 1.7 PRODUCT WARRANTIES A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents. 1. Manufacturer's Warranty: Preprinted written warranty published by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner. 2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by or incorporated into the Contract -• Documents, either to extend time limit provided by manufacturer's warranty or to provide more rights for Owner. B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification,ready for execution. Submit a draft for approval before final execution. 1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and properly executed. 2. Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Specifications, prepare a written document using appropriate form properly executed. 'i" 3. See Divisions 2 through 33 Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties. C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures." PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, that are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated,that are new at time of installation. I 1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect. 2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects. 3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with ■. requirements of the Contract Documents. ° 4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will make selection. 5. Where products are accompanied by the term "match sample," sample to be matched is Architect's. 6. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications ^t establish "salient characteristics"of products. 7. Or Equal: Where products are specified by name and accompanied by the term "or equal" or "or approved equal" or "or approved," comply with provisions in Part 2 "Comparable Products"Article to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PROJECT#14004.00 016000 5 B. Product Selection Procedures: 1. Product: Where Specifications name a single product and manufacturer, provide the named product that complies with requirements. -- 2. Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer or source, provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements. 3. Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both products and manufacturers,provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. 4. Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. 5. Available Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both products and manufacturers, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed product, that complies with requirements. Comply with provisions in Part 2 "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product. 6. Available Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers,provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or an unnamed manufacturer, that complies with requirements. Comply with provisions in Part 2 "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product. 7. Product Options: Where Specifications indicate that sizes, profiles, and dimensional requirements on Drawings are based on a specific product or system, provide the specified product or system. Comply with provisions in Part 2 "Product Substitutions" Article for consideration of an unnamed product or system. 8. Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product and include a list of manufacturers,provide the specified product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. Comply with provisions in ... Part 2 "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by the other named manufacturers. 9. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require matching an established Sample, select a product that complies with requirements and matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches. a. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other specified requirements, comply with provisions in Part 2 "Product Substitutions" Article for proposal of product. 10. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected from manufacturer's colors, patterns, textures" or a similar phrase, select a product that complies with other specified requirements. a. Standard Range: Where Specifications include the phrase "standard range of colors, patterns, textures" or similar phrase, Architect will select color, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that does not include premium items. b. Full Range: Where Specifications include the phrase "full range of colors, patterns,textures" or similar phrase, Architect will select color, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 6 PROJECT#14004.00 2.2 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS A. Timing: Architect will consider requests for substitution if received within 60 days after the Notice to Proceed. Requests received after that time may be considered or rejected at discretion of Architect. B. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without action,except to record noncompliance with these requirements: 1. Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time, energy --f conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities Owner must assume. Owner's additional responsibilities may include compensation to Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by Owner, and similar considerations. 2. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents. 3. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. 4. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. 5. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's Construction Schedule. 6. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. 7. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. 8. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. 9. Requested substitution provides specified warranty. 10. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is ..� compatible with other products,and is acceptable to all contractors involved. 2.3 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS { A. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for comparable product when following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will "t return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: 1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents, that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work. 2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability,visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated.3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty. 4. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested. 5. Samples, if requested. 1 PART 3 -EXECUTION(Not Used) END OF SECTION 016000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 7 PROJECT#14004.00 016000 7 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION FORM TO: EMAIL TO JOB CAPTAIN: tim@struxture.com (Email method preferred) STRUXTURE ARCHITECTS OR 314 E. 4TH STREET FAX: (319)234-1517 WATERLOO, IA 50703 — TEL: (319)234-1515 PROJECT#14004.00: WATERLOO PUBLIC LIBRARY RESTROOM RENOVATION We hereby submit for your consideration the following product as substitute for specified item for the above project: SECTION PAGE PARAGRAPH/LINE SPECIFIED ITEM Proposed Substitution: Attach complete product description, drawings, photographs, performance and test data, warranty, other information necessary for evaluation. Identify specific model numbers, finishes,options e information and —' A. Will changes be required to building design or drawing dimensions in order to properly install proposed substitution? Yes No . If yes,explain. B. Will the undersigned pay for changes to the building design, including engineering and drawings costs,caused by requested substitution? Yes No — C. Differences between proposed substitution and specified item. D. What affect does substitution have on other trades? E. Does manufacturer's warranty of the proposed substitution differ from that specified? Yes No �, 'If yes,explain Submitted by: For architect's use only: Signature Accepted Accepted As Noted Finn Not accepted Received too Late Address By: Date: Date: Remarks: TELEPHONE: FAX: EMAIL: SECTION 017300-EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 017300 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes general procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including,but not limited to,the following: 1. Construction layout. 2. Field engineering and surveying. 3. General installation of products. 4. Coordination of Owner-installed products. 5. Progress cleaning. 6. Starting and adjusting. 7. Protection of installed construction. 8. Correction of the Work. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For professional engineer. B. Certificates: Submit certificate signed by land surveyor professional engineer certifying that location and elevation of improvements comply with requirements. PART 2 -EXECUTION 2.1 EXAMINATION A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of site improvements, utilities, and other construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning work, investigate and verify the existence and location of mechanical and electrical systems and other construction affecting the Work. 1. Before construction, verify the location and points of connection of utility services. i EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS PROJECT#14004.00 017300- 1 B. Existing Utilities: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities and other construction affecting the Work. 1. Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water-service piping; and underground electrical services. 2. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public utilities serving Project site. C. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations. 1. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation. 2. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed. 3. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers. D. Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work is required by other Sections,include the following: 1. Description of the Work. 2. List of detrimental conditions, including substrates. 3. List of unacceptable installation tolerances. 4. Recommended corrections. E. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 2.2 PREPARATION A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to Architect that is necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction. B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings. D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents, submit a request for information to Architect. Include a detailed description of problem encountered,together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents. EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 017300 -2 PROJECT#14004.00 -, 2.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. If discrepancies are discovered,notify Architect promptly. B. Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out control lines and levels for structures, building foundations, column grids, and floor levels, including those required for mechanical and electrical work. Transfer survey markings and elevations for use with control lines and levels. Level foundations and piers from two or more locations. C. Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations from required lines and levels. Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather conditions, name and duty of each survey party member, and types of instruments and tapes used. Make the to available for reference by Architect. g 2.4 FIELD ENGINEERING A. Identification: Plans will identify necessary existing benchmarks, controlpoints, and corners. property B. Reference Points: Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points,and similar reference points before beginning the Work. Preserve and protect permanent benchmarks and control points during construction operations. 1. Do not change or relocate existing benchmarks or control points without prior written approval of Architect. Report lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks or control points promptly. Report the need to relocate permanent benchmarks or control points to Architect before proceeding. 2. Replace lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks and control points promptly. Base replacements on the original survey control points. 2.5 INSTALLATION "1 A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated. g 1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. 2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement. 3.4. Conceal pipes,ducts, and wiring in finished areas,unless otherwise indicated. Maintain minimum headroom clearance of 96 inches in occupied spaces and 90 inches in unoccupied spaces without a suspended ceiling. B. Comply with manufacturer's er s written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated. C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completionsible results. 1 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 017300-3 PROJECT#14004.00 D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy. E. Sequence the Work and allow adequate clearances to accommodate movement of construction items on site and placement in permanent locations. F. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels. Woo rk specified to be G. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the ies inv olved poftotherr wo k to confirm that factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements. H. Anchors and Fasteners: Provide anchors and fasteners as required o tan hor each component securely in place,accurately located and aligned with other portions 1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Architect. 2. Allow for building movement,including thermal expansion and contraction. 3. Coordinate installation of anchorages.cludirig s eevessconcgeterinserts,,anchorlbolts, and, and directions for installing anchorages, items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. in I. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in t exposed oshdr to form hairlind joind, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections g ` J. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered hazardous. i 2.7 PROGRESS CLEANING A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, than one including nsta installer hasrworkedeas. �oEnforce rdinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where more requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully. 1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris. 2. Do not hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F. 3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally,according to regulations. a. Use containers intended for holding waste materials of type to be stored. 4. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where Contractor and other contractors are working concurrently. B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris. 017300-4 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS PROJECT#14004.00 C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necess for OMR proper execution of the Work. Y I. Remove liquid spills promptly. 2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate. D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces. E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space. F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. G. Waste Disposal: Burying or burning waste materials on-site will not be permitted. Washing A waste materials down sewers or into waterways will not be permitted. H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining "1 materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from { damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. .., I. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects. J. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous,damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. K. If cleaning is not done according to the above schedule, the Architect may direct the Owner and or other agencies to perform such cleaning and the prime contractors will each pay up to $20 per hour for such work. 2.8 STARTING AND ADJUSTING A. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units,replace with new units, and retest. B. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. Adjust equipment for proper operation. C. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. D. Manufacturer's Field Service: If a factory-authorized service representative is required to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, comply with qualification requirements in Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements." EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 017300-5 PROJECT#14004.00 � I 2.9 NOISE CONTROL A. Contractor shall consult the Architect and Owner concerning time for operating noisy equipment and demolition devices. The Contractor,where required,other than time scheduling, will provide provisions for noise control satisfactory to the Owner's operation and personnel. 2.10 PROTECTION OF REMAINING BUILDINGS &GROUNDS A. The Contractor shall protect the existing buildings, structures,equipment,trees,walks, etc., which are to remain. The Contractor will repair all damage to these. 2.11 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity. how 2.12 CORRECTION OF THE WORK A. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates and finishes. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section"Cutting and Patching." 1. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment. B. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition. C. Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be repaired without visible evidence of repair. D. Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. E. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass or reflective surfaces. END OF SECTION 017300 017300 - 6 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS PROJECT#14004.00 SECTION 017310-CUTTING AND PATCHING 017310 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes procedural requirements for cutting and patching. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of other Work. B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore surfaces to original conditions after '"‘ installation of other Work. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Structural Elements: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity or load-deflection ratio. B. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Operating elements include the following: 1. Primary operational systems and equipment. 2. Air or smoke barriers. 3. Fire-suppression systems. 4. Mechanical systems piping and ducts. 5. Control systems. 6. Communication systems. 7. Conveying systems. 8. Electrical wiring systems. C. Miscellaneous Elements: Do not cut and patch miscellaneous elements or related components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Miscellaneous elements include the following: 1. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers. 2. Membranes and flashings. 3. Exterior curtain-wall construction. 4. Equipment supports. 5. Piping, ductwork, vessels,and equipment. 6. Noise-and vibration-control elements and systems. CUTTING AND PATCHING 017310- 1 PROJECT#14004.00 D. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. E. Cutting and Patching Conference: Before proceeding,meet at Project site with parties involved in cutting and patching, including mechanical and electrical trades. Review areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during cutting and patching operations,by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections. B. In-Place Materials: Use materials identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used,use materials that,when installed, will match the visual and functional performance of in-place materials. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching are to be performed. 1. Compatibility: Before patching, verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with in-place finishes or primers. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut. B. Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. Yam CUTTING AND PATCHING 017310-2 PROJECT#14004.00 ...I amma C. Adjoining Areas: Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. D. Existing Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: Where existing services/systems _ are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services/systems before cutting to minimize interruption to occupied areas. 3.3 PERFORMANCE A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cuttin and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay. g 1. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition. B. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar i E ' operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations. 1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond-core drill. 4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Division 2 Sections where required by cutting and patching operations. 5. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting. 6. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete. C. Patching: Patch construction by filling,repairing,refinishing, closing up,and similar operations " following performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections. j 1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate integrity of installation. 2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish 7 restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence I of patching and refinishing. 1 a. Clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. b. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. 1 CUTTING AND PATCHING „ PROJECT#14004.00 017310 3 3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish,color,texture,and appearance. Remove in-place floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance. a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intermediate paint _ coats over the patch and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces. 4. Ceilings: Patch,repair, or rehang in-place ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane surface of uniform appearance. 5. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a ... weathertight condition. D. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint,mortar,oils,putty,and similar materials. END OF SECTION 017310 lomm 017310 -4 CUTTING AND PATCHING PROJECT#14004.00 SECTION 017700- CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 71.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to,the following: 1. Substantial Completion procedures. 2. Final Completion procedures. OMR 3. Warranties. 4. Final cleaning. 5. Repair of the Work. 1.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion,complete the following. List items below that are incomplete in request. 1. Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list), the value of items on the list, and reasons why the Work is not complete. 2. Advise Architect of pending insurance changeover requirements. 3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 4. Obtain and submit releases permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 5. Prepare and submit Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance manuals, damage or settlement surveys, and similar final record information. 6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items to location designated by Owner. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable. 7. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 8. Complete startup testing of systems. 9. Submit test/adjust/balance records. 10. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. 11. Advise Owner of changeover in heat and other utilities. 12. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance. 13. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting. 14. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 0177001 PROJECT#14004.00 I ! B. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for Final Completion. kIng 1.4 FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A. Submittals Prior to Final Completion: Before requesting final inspection for determining final completion,complete the following: 1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures." 2. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. Certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 3. Certificate of Insurance: Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. 4. Submit pest-control final inspection report. 5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, linrK equipment,and systems. 6. All trailers, access roads,construction signs,unused,broken or demolition materials have been removed from the site and the premises returned to the original condition in the opinion of the Architect. 7. Final Release of Claim Form from General Contractor. B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection to determine acceptance a minimum of 10 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 2. If additional visits are required because the work has not been completed satisfactorily, the Architect(also the Engineer for Mechanical and Electrical Contracts),will bill the Owner for these visits, and this cost will be deducted from the Contractor's final payment. The cost of these visits will be figured at our current hourly rate from the Architect's of- fice to the site and back again,plus mileage for that travel at the current allowed IRS rate per mile. An equal allowance will be allowed for the Engineer from their office. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700-2 PROJECT#14004.00 1.5 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS(PUNCH LIST) A. Preparation: Submit three copies of list. Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. 1 1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor. 2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling, individual walls, floors,equipment, and building systems. 3. Include the following information at the top of each page: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name of Architect. d. Name of Contractor. j e. Page number. j 1.6 SUBMITTAL OF PROJECT WARRANTIES 'i A. Time of Submittal: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of —1 the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is indicated, or when delay in submittal of warranties might limit Owner's rights under warranty. B. Partial Occupancy: Submit properly executed warranties within 15 days of completion of designated portions of the Work that are completed and occupied or used by Owner during construction period by separate agreement with Contractor. C. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the Project Manual. 1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-1l-inch paper. 2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark °.i tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of Installer. Mat 3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES,"Project name,and name of Contractor. 4. Submit to Architect for approval. D. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals. Will PART 2-PRODUCTS { "� 2.1 MATERIALS I A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially 1 hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 -3 7 PROJECT#14004.00 i PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 FINAL CLEANING A. General: Provide final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations. B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a designated portion of Project: a. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material fromlow Project site. b. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. c. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap; clean according to manufacturer's recommendations if visible soil or stains remain. '^ d. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision-obscuring materials. Polish mirrors and glass,taking care not to scratch surfaces. e. Remove labels that are not permanent. f. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication,paint and other foreign substances. g. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure. h. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers,registers,and grills. i. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during construction. • j. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. k. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy. C. Comply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from Project site and dispose of lawfully. 3.2 REPAIR OF THE WORK A. Complete repair and restoration operations before requesting inspection for determination of Substantial Completion. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 -4 PROJECT#14004.00 B. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment. Where damaged or worn items cannot be repaired or restored, provide replacements. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. Restore damaged construction and permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. 1. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass, reflective surfaces, and other damaged transparent materials. 2. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred or exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that that already show evidence of repair or restoration. I � a. Do not paint over "UL" and other required labels and identification, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. Remove paint applied to required labels and identification. 3. Replace parts subject to operating conditions during construction that may impede operation or reduce longevity. C. Replace burned-out bulbs, bulbs noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures. 7 END OF SECTION 017700 H i 1 ink i CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 5 PROJECT#14004.00 } SECTION 017823-OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and maintenance manuals, including the following: 1. Operation and maintenance documentation directory. 2. Manuals, General 3. Emergency manuals. 4. Operation manuals for systems, subsystems, and equipment. 5. Product Maintenance manuals for the care and maintenance of products, materials, and finishes. 6. Systems and equipment maintenance manuals. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. System: An organized collection of parts, equipment, or subsystems united by regular interaction. B. Subsystem: A portion of a system with characteristics similar to a system. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Format: Submit operations and maintenance manuals in the following format: ..,, 1. PDF electronic file. Assemble each manual into a composite electronically indexed file. Submit on digital media acceptable to Architect. a. Name each indexed document file in composite electronic index with applicable item name. Include a complete electronically linked operation and maintenance directory. b. Enable inserted reviewer comments on draft submittals. AND .,r 2. Two paper copies. Include a complete operation and maintenance directory. Enclose title pages and directories in clear plastic sleeves. B. Final Submittal: Submit three copies of each manual in final form at least 15 days before final inspection. Architect will return copy with comments within 15 days after final inspection. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 1 PROJECT#14004.00 two 1.5 COORDINATION A. Where operation and maintenance documentation includes information on installations by more than one factory-authorized service representative, assemble and coordinate information furnished by representatives and prepare manuals. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION DIRECTORY Iwo A. Directory: Prepare a single, comprehensive directory of emergency, operation, and maintenance data and materials, listing items and their location to facilitate ready access to desired information. Include a section in the directory for each of the following: Own 1. List of documents. 2. List of systems. 3. List of equipment. 4. Table of contents. B. List of Systems and Subsystems: List systems alphabetically. Include references to operation and maintenance manuals that contain information about each system. C. List of Equipment: List equipment for each system, organized alphabetically by system. For pieces of equipment not part of system, list alphabetically in separate list. D. Tables of Contents: Include a table of contents for each emergency, operation, and maintenance manual. E. Identification: In the documentation directory and in each operation and maintenance manual, identify each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment with same designation used in the Contract Documents. If no designation exists, assign a designation according to e� ASHRAE Guideline 4, "Preparation of Operating and Maintenance Documentation for Building Systems." 2.2 MANUALS,GENERAL A. Organization: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain the following materials, in the order listed: 1. Title page. 2. Table of contents. 3. Manual contents. B. Title Page: Enclose title page in transparent plastic sleeve. Include the following information: 1. Subject matter included in manual. 2. Name and address of Project. 3. Name and address of Owner. 4. Date of submittal. 5. Name, address,and telephone number of Contractor. .- 6. Name and address of Architect. 7. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 -2 PROJECT#14004.00 C. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual. 1. If operation or maintenance documentation requires more than one volume to accommodate data, include comprehensive table of contents for all volumes in each volume of the set. D. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by .-� system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems, equipment,and components of one system into a single binder. 1. Binders: Heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness necessary to -� accommodate contents, sized to hold 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper; with clear plastic sleeve on spine to hold label describing contents and with pockets inside covers to hold folded oversize sheets. "1 a. If two or more binders are necessary to accommodate data of a system, organize data in each binder into groupings by subsystem and related components. Cross- reference other binders if necessary to provide essential information for proper operation or maintenance of equipment or system. b. Identify each binder on front and spine, with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project title or name, and subject matter of contents. Indicate volume number for multiple-volume sets. 2. Dividers: Heavy-paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each section. Mark each tab to indicate contents. Include typed list of products and major components of .., equipment included in the section on each divider, cross-referenced to Specification Section number and title of Project Manual. 3. Protective Plastic Sleeves: Transparent plastic sleeves designed to enclose diagnostic software diskettes for computerized electronic equipment. 4. Supplementary Text: Prepared on 8-1/2-by-1 1-inch white bond paper. 5. Drawings: Attach reinforced,punched binder tabs on drawings and bind with text. a. If oversize drawings are necessary, fold drawings to same size as text pages and use as foldouts. b. If drawings are too large to be used as foldouts, fold and place drawings in labeled envelopes and bind envelopes in rear of manual. At appropriate locations in manual, insert typewritten pages indicating drawing titles, descriptions of contents, and drawing locations. 2.3 OPERATION MANUALS A. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in individual Specification Sections and the following information: 1. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. 2. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility. 3. Operating standards. 4. Operating procedures. 5. Operating logs. 6. Wiring diagrams. 7. Control diagrams. 8. Piped system diagrams. 9. Precautions against improper use. 10. License requirements including inspection and renewal dates. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 3 ""1 PROJECT#14004.00 B. Descriptions: Include the following: 1. Product name and model number. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component. 4. Equipment function. 5. Operating characteristics. 6. Limiting conditions. 7. Performance curves. 8. Engineering data and tests. 9. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts.C. Operating Procedures: Include the following,as applicable: 1. Startup procedures. 2. Equipment or system break-in procedures. 3. Routine and normal operating instructions. 4. Regulation and control procedures. 5. Instructions on stopping. 6. Normal shutdown instructions. 7. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. 8. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 9. Special operating instructions and procedures. D. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram controls as installed. E. Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed, and identify color-coding where required for identification. 2.4 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish. "' Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds,as described below. B. Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable. C. Product Information: Include the following,as applicable: 1. Product name and model number. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Color,pattern, and texture. 4. Material and chemical composition. 5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products. �- OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 -4 PROJECT#14004.00 D. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. 3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. —• 4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance. 5. Repair instructions. E. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services. F. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. 2.5 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL A. Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures, ..t maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintenance service contracts,and warranty and bond information,as described below. B. Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual. C. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Manufacturers' maintenance documentation including the following information for each component part or piece of equipment: 1. Standard printed maintenance instructions and bulletins. 2. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including disassembly .,� and component removal,replacement, and assembly. 3. Identification and nomenclature of parts and components. 4. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts. D. Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail essential maintenance procedures: 1. Test and inspection instructions. 2. Troubleshooting guide. 3. Precautions against improper maintenance. 4. Disassembly; component removal,repair,and replacement; and reassembly instructions. 5. Aligning,adjusting, and checking instructions. 6. Demonstration and training videotape, if available. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 5 PROJECT#14004.00 E. Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list of required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine maintenance and service with standard time allotment. 1. Scheduled Maintenance and Service: Tabulate actions for daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, semiannual, and annual frequencies. 2. Maintenance and Service Record: Include manufacturers' forms for recording maintenance.F. Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts, with parts identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers' maintenance documentation and local _ sources of maintenance materials and related services. G. Maintenance Service Contracts: Include copies of maintenance agreements with name and telephone number of service agent. H. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 MANUAL PREPARATION A. Operation and Maintenance Documentation Directory: Prepare a separate manual that provides an organized reference to emergency,operation, and maintenance manuals. B. Emergency Manual: Assemble a complete set of emergency information indicating procedures for use by emergency personnel and by Owner's operating personnel for types of emergencies indicated. C. Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care and maintenance of each product,material, and finish incorporated into the Work. D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of operation and maintenance data indicating operation and maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. Imo 1. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information for each system, subsystem,and piece of equipment not part of a system. 2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's operating personnel. E. Manufacturers' Data: Where manuals contain manufacturers' standard printed data, include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or component incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one item in a tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. `- Identify data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not applicable. 1. Prepare supplementary text if manufacturers' standard printed data are not available and where the information is necessary for proper operation and maintenance of equipment or systems. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 -6 PROJECT#14004.00 salt F. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate the relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and o illustrate tained ein control Recor sequence Drawingsand td flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information ensure correct illustration of completed installation. 1. Do not use original Project Record Documents as part of operation and maintenance manuals. 2. Comply with requirements of newly prepared Record Drawings in Division 1 Section "Project Record Documents." G. Comply with Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for schedule for submitting operation and maintenance documentation. F. Operations and Maintenance Data:Each contractor shall provide to the Owner a three-ring binder holding all information concerning the operations and maintenance of all equipment. This will include all items in Specification Divisions II through XXXIII. All manuals and liter- ature will be neatly bound and indexed. --� These manuals created by the General Contractor shall be submitted to the Architect for ap- proval. The Mechanical and Electrical Contractors shall submit theirs directly to the Engineer for approval. Individual product contractors shall submit theirs to the Architect. Upon approv- al,the Architect and Engineer will transmit these on to the Owner. END OF SECTION 017823 I � OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 -7 —T PROJECT#14004.00 1 SECTION 017839-PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY --j A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for Project Record Documents, including the following: 1. Record Drawings. 2. Record Specifications. 3. Record Product Data. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following: 1. Number of Copies: Submit two set(s)of marked-up record prints. B. Record Specifications: Submit one copy of Project's Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications. C. Record Product Data: Submit two copies of each Product Data submittal. 1. Where Record Product Data is required as part of operation and maintenance manuals, ..� submit marked-up Product Data as an insert in manual instead of submittal as Record Product Data. PART 2 -PRODUCTS .., 2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of blue- or black-line white prints of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings, incorporating new and revised drawings as modifications are issued. 1. Preparation: Mark Record Prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, .., whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to prepare the marked-up Record Prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. b. Accurately record information in an understandable drawing technique. c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check the markup "" before enclosing concealed installations. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839 - 1 —, PROJECT#14004.00 2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to,the following: a. Dimensional changes to Drawings. b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings. c. Depths of foundations below first floor. d. Locations and depths of underground utilities. e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits. f. Revisions to electrical circuitry. g. Actual equipment locations. ... h. Duct size and routing. i. Locations of concealed internal utilities. j. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive. k. Changes made following Architect's written orders. 1. Details not on the original Contract Drawings. m. Field records for variable and concealed conditions. n. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically. 3. Mark the Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is most capable of showing actual physical conditions, completely and accurately. If Shop Drawings are marked, show cross-reference on the Contract Drawings. Use personnel proficient at recording graphic information in production of marked-up record prints. ►- 4. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location. 5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted linne from original Drawings. 6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable. B. Format: Identify and date each Record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location. 1. Record Prints: Organize Record Prints and newly prepared Record Drawings into manageable sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets. 2. Record Transparencies: Organize into unbound sets matching Record Prints. Place transparencies in durable tube-type drawing containers with end caps. Mark end cap of each container with identification. If container does not include a complete set, identify '— Drawings included. 3. Record Digital Data Files: Organize digital data information into separate electronic files that correspond to each sheet of the Contract Drawings. Name each file with the sheet identification. Include identification in each digital data file. 4. Identification: As follows: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS." d. Name of Architect. e. Name of Contractor. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839 2 PROJECT#14004.00 2.2 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS —, A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications,addenda,and contract modifications. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and --, equipment furnished,including substitutions and product options selected. 3. Record the name of manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information necessary to ' provide a record of selections made. 4. For each principal product, indicate whether Record Product Data has been submitted in ""' operation and maintenance manuals instead of submitted as Record Product Data. 5. Note related Change Orders,Record Product Data, and Record Drawings where applicable. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for Project Record Document purposes. Post changes and revisions to Project Record Documents as they occur; do not wait until the end of Project. i B. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store Record Documents and Samples in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use Project 7 Record Documents for construction purposes. Maintain Record Documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to Project Record Documents for Architect's reference during normal working hours. ( 7 END OF SECTION 017839 7 i I t 7 ...., r PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839 -3 —, PROJECT#14004.00 079200-JOINT SEALANTS 079200 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary tions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. "1 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes joint sealants for the following applications, including those specified by reference to this Section: 1. Interior joints in the following vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces: a. Control and expansion joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls. b. Perimeter joints of exterior side of openings. c. Tile control and expansion joints. d. Vertical joints on exposed surfaces of walls and partitions. e. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors. 1 f. Joints between plumbing fixtures and adjoining walls, floors,by plumber; counters by this contractor. g. Other joints as indicated. 2. Interior joints in the following horizontal traffic surfaces: a. Control and expansion joints in tile flooring. b. Other joints as indicated. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide elastomeric joint sealants that establish and maintain watertight and airtight continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. B. Provide joint sealants for interior applications that establish and maintain airtight and water- resistant continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each joint-sealant product indicated. B. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of strips of cured sealants showing the full range of colors available for each product exposed to view. JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 1 1 PROJECT#14004.00 C. Compatibility and Adhesion Test Reports: From sealant manufacturer, indicating the following: 1. Materials forming joint substrates and joint-sealant backings have been tested for compatibility and adhesion with joint sealants. 2. Interpretation of test results and written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. D. Product Test Reports: Based on comprehensive testing of product formulations performed by a qualified testing agency, indicating that sealants comply with requirements. WWI E. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section. Inn F. MSDS sheets updated for contractor's records. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized Installer who is approved or licensed for installation of elastomeric sealants required for this Project. B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of joint sealant through one source from a single .. manufacturer. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions: 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint- sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F. 2. When joint substrates are wet. 3. Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint-sealant manufacturer for applications indicated. 4. Contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been removed from joint a. substrates. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Installer's Warranty: Installer's standard form in which Installer agrees to repair or replace elastomeric joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirementsgamy specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which elastomeric sealant manufacturer agrees to furnish elastomeric joint sealants to repair or replace those that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. JOINT SEALANTS 079200 -2 PROJECT#14004.00 C. Special warranties specified in this Article exclude deterioration or failure of elastomeric joint sealants from the following: 1. Movement of the structure resulting in stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression caused by structural settlement or errors attributable to design or construction. 2. Disintegration of joint substrates from natural causes exceeding design specifications. 3. Mechanical damage caused by individuals,tools,or other outside agents. „4 4. Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other atmospheric contaminants. PART 2 -PRODUCTS --1 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be listed in other Part 2 incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products articles. B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products listed in other — Part 2 articles. 2.2 MATERIALS,GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible -, with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer,based on testing and field experience. B. VOC Content of Interior Sealants: Provide interior sealants and sealant primers that comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): 1. Sealants: 250 g/L. 2. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L. -� 3. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L. C. Low-Emitting Interior Sealants: Sealants and sealant primers used inside the weatherproofing system shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various 1 Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." D. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 1 2.3 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS --, A. Elastomeric Sealants: Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated for each liquid-applied chemically curing sealant specified, including those referencing ASTM C 920 "1 classifications for type, grade, class, and uses related to exposure and joint substrates. 1 JOINT SEALANTS 079200 3 PROJECT#14004.00 1 B. Stain-Test-Response Characteristics: Where elastomeric sealants are specified to be nonstaining to porous substrates, provide products that have undergone testing according to ASTM C 1248 and have not stained porous joint substrates indicated for Project. C. Suitability for Immersion in Liquids. Where elastomeric sealants are indicated for Use I for joints that will be continuously immersed in liquids, provide products that have undergone testing according to ASTM C 1247 and qualify for the length of exposure indicated by reference to ASTM C 920 for Class 1 or 2. Liquid used for testing sealants is deionized water, unless otherwise indicated.D. Suitability for Contact with Food: Where elastomeric sealants are indicated for joints that will come in repeated contact with food,provide products that comply with 21 CFR 177.2600. E. Single-Component Mildew-Resistant Acid-Curing Silicone Sealant: 1. Products: a. Dow Corning Corporation; 786 Mildew Resistant. b. GE Silicones; Sanitary SCS 1700. c. Tremco; Tremsil 200 White. 2. Type and Grade: S(single component)and NS (nonsag). 3. Class: 25. 4. Use Related to Exposure: NT(nontraffic). a. Uses: Ceramic tile and countertops and plumbing fixtures. F. Multicomponent Nonsag Urethane Sealant: .. I. Available Products: a. Sonneborn,Division of ChemRex Inc.;NP 2. b. Tremco; Vulkem 227. 2. Type and Grade: M(multicomponent)and NS (nonsag). 3. Elasticity: +-50% 4. Uses Related to Exposure: T(traffic)and NT(nontraffic). a. Uses: Ceramic tile. 2.4 JOINT-SEALANT BACKING A. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330,Type C (closed-cell self backer-rod material with ... a surface skin), and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance: JOINT SEALANTS 079200-4 PROJECT#14004.00 C. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint where such adhesion would result in sealant failure. Provide self- adhesive tape where applicable. 4 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: Material recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of 1 sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests and field tests. ^' B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to —I promote optimum adhesion of sealants to joint substrates. C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces 1 adjacent to joints. I PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION 7 A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint- -4 sealant performance. 1 B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION 7 A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to '+ comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements: -� 1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint ,, sealants,oil, grease,waterproofing,water repellents,water, surface dirt, and frost. 4 2. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable --, of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining after 1 cleaning operations above by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air. Porous joint substrates include the following: "' a. Unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile. 3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete. -1 JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 5 PROJECT#14004.00 i 4. Clean nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm _substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. Nonporous joint substrates include the following: tom a. Porcelain enamel. b. Glazed surfaces of ceramic tile. B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates,where recommended in writing by joint-sealant manufacturer, based on preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply ... primer to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas ofjoint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS IMO A. General: Comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated,unless more stringent requirements apply. B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint ..sealants as applicable to materials,applications,and conditions indicated. C. Acoustical Sealant Application Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 919 for use of joint sealants in acoustical applications as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. D. Install sealant backings of type indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch,twist,puncture,or tear sealant backings. 3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry materials. E. Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and backs of joints. F. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed: 1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration. 3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. JOINT SEALANTS PROJECT#14004.00 079200 6 G. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins,tool sealants according to requirements specified below to form smooth,uniform beads of configuration indicated;to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. 1. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints. 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 3. Provide concave joint configuration per Figure 5A in ASTM C 1193, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Provide flush joint configuration where indicated per Figure 5B in ASTM C 1193. 5. Provide recessed joint configuration of recess depth and at locations indicated per Figure 5C in ASTM C 1193. a. Use masking tape to protect surfaces adjacent to recessed tooled joints. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of - products in which joints occur. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work. END OF SECTION 079200 I 1 JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 7 PROJECT#14004.00 II I 1 081113 SECTION 081113-HOLLOW METAL FRAMES PART 1 -GENERAL • 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes hollow-metal work. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Minimum Thickness: Minimum thickness of base metal without coatings according to NAAMM-HMMA 803 or SDI A250.8. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate anchorage installation for hollow-metal frames. Furnish setting drawings,templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors.Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, core descriptions fire-resistance ratings,and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: Include the following: 1. Frame details for each frame type, including dimensioned profiles and metal thicknesses. 2. Locations of reinforcement and preparations for hardware. 3. Details of each different wall opening condition. 4. Details of anchorages,joints,field splices,and connections. 5. Details of accessories. 6. Details of moldings,removable stops,and glazing. 7. Details of conduit and preparations for power, signal,and control systems. C. Schedule: Provide a schedule of hollow-metal work prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on Drawings. Coordinate with final Door Hardware Schedule. 1 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES 081113 - 1 PROJECT#14004.00 IMO 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Test Reports: For each type of hollow-metal frame assembly, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. B. Oversize Construction Certification: For assemblies required to be fire rated and exceeding limitations of labeled assemblies. 1.7 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver hollow-metal work palletized, packaged, or crated to provide protection during transit and Project-site storage.Do not use nonvented plastic. 1. Provide additional protection to prevent damage to factory-finished units. B. Deliver welded frames with two removable spreader bars across bottom of frames, tack welded to jambs and mullions. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements rovide followin g� p products by one of the 1. Amweld International,LLC. 2. Ceco Door; ASSA ABLOY. 3. Curries Company;ASSA ABLOY. 4. Steelcraft; an Ingersoll-Rand brand. 5. West Central Mfg.Inc. B. Source Limitations: Obtain hollow-metal work from single source from single manufacturer. 2.2 INTERIOR FRAMES A. Construct interior frames to comply with the standards indicated for materials, fabrication, hardware locations,hardware reinforcement,tolerances, and clearances, and as specified. B. Heavy-Duty Frames: SDI A250.8, Level 2.. 1. Physical Performance: Level B according to SDI A250.4. 2. Frames: a. Materials: Uncoated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.053 inch. b. Construction: Full profile welded. 3. Exposed Finish: Prime Factory. �. HOLLOW METAL FRAMES PROJECT#14004.00 081113 2 2.3 MATERIALS A. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; suitable for exposed applications. B. Frame Anchors: ASTM A 879, Commercial Steel (CS), 40Z coating desi_oration; mill 7 phosphatized. 1. For anchors built into exterior walls, steel sheet complying with ASTM A 1008 or ASTM A 1011,hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153,Class B. C. Inserts,Bolts,and Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153. D. Glazing: Comply with requirements in Section 088000 "Glazing." 2.4 FABRICATION A. Fabricate hollow-metal work to be rigid and free of defects, warp, or buckle. Accurately form metal to required sizes and profiles, with minimum radius for metal thickness. Where practical, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant.To ensure proper assembly at Project site, clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory assembled before shipment. B. Hollow-Metal Frames: Where frames are fabricated in sections due to shipping or handling 1 limitations, provide alignment plates or angles at each joint, fabricated of same thickness metal as frames. 1. Frames: Provide closed tubular members with no visible face seams or joints, fabricated from same material as door frame. Fasten members at crossings and to jambs by butt welding. 2. Provide countersunk, flat- or oval-head exposed screws and bolts for exposed fasteners unless otherwise indicated. 3. Floor Anchors: Weld anchors to bottoms of jambs with at least four spot welds per anchor;however, for slip-on drywall frames,provide anchor clips or countersunk holes at bottoms of jambs. 4. Jamb Anchors:Provide number and spacing of anchors as follows: a. Stud-Wall Type: Locate anchors not more than 18 inches from top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 32 inches o.c. and as follows: 7 1) Three anchors per jamb up to 60 inches high. 2) Four anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches high. 3) Five anchors per jamb from 90 to 96 inches high. 4) Five anchors per jamb plus one additional anchor per jamb for each 24 inches or fraction thereof above 96 inches high. 5. Head Anchors: Two anchors per head for frames more than 42 inches wide and mounted in metal-stud partitions. 6. Door Silencers: Except on weather-stripped frames, drill stops to receive door silencers 1 as follows.Keep holes clear during construction. a. Single-Door Frames: Drill stop in strike jamb to receive three door silencers. b. Double-Door Frames: Drill stop in head jamb to receive two door silencers. t HOLLOW METAL FRAMES 081113 -3 PROJECT#14004.00 C. Fabricate concealed stiffeners and edge channels from either cold-or hot-rolled steel sheet. D. Hardware Preparation: Factory prepare hollow-metal work to receive templated mortised hardware; include cutouts, reinforcement, mortising, drilling, and tapping according to SDI A250.6,the Door Hardware Schedule,and templates. 1. Reinforce frames to receive nontemplated,mortised, and surface-mounted door hardware. 2. Comply with applicable requirements in SDI A250.6 and BHMA A156.115 for preparation of hollow-metal work for hardware. E. Stops and Moldings: Provide stops and moldings around glazed lites and louvers where indicated.Form corners of stops and moldings with butted or mitered hairline joints. 1. Single Glazed Lites: Provide fixed stops and moldings welded on secure side of hollow- metal work. 2. Multiple Glazed Lites: Provide fixed and removable stops and moldings so that each glazed lite is capable of being removed independently. 3. Provide fixed frame moldings on outside of exterior and on secure side of interior frames. IMP 4. Provide loose stops and moldings on inside of hollow-metal work. 5. Coordinate rabbet width between fixed and removable stops with glazing and installation types indicated. 2.5 STEEL FINISHES A. Prime Finish: Clean,pretreat, and apply manufacturer's standard primer. 1. Shop Primer: Manufacturer's standard, fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free primer complying with SDI A250.10; recommended by primer manufacturer for substrate; compatible with substrate and field-applied coatings despite prolonged exposure. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with �. requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine roughing-in for embedded and built-in anchors to verify actual locations before frame "" installation. C. Prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. HOLLOW METAL FRAMES PROJECT#14004.00 081113 4 -1 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove welded-in shipping spreaders installed at factory. Restore flush, and invisible finish byngrx ding, filling, and dressing, as required to make repaired area faces. B. Drill and tap frames to receive nontemplated,mortised, and surface-mounted door hardware. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Install hollow-metal work plumb, rigid, properly aligned, and securely fastened in '4 place. Comply with Drawings and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Hollow-Metal Frames: Install hollow-metal frames of size and profile indicated. Comply with -I SDI A250.11 or NAAMM-HMMA 840 as required by standards specified. 1. Set frames accurately in position; plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent ,y anchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary braces, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. a. At fire-rated openings, install frames according to NFPA 80. b. Where frames are fabricated in sections because of shipping or handling limitations, field splice at approved locations by welding face joint continuously; grind,fill,dress,and make splice smooth,flush,and invisible on exposed faces. j c. Install frames with removable stops located on secure side of opening. d. Install door silencers in frames before grouting. e. Remove temporary braces necessary for installation only after frames have been properly set and secured. 71 f. Check plumb, square, and twist of frames as walls are constructed. Shim as necessary to comply with installation tolerances. 2. Floor Anchors: Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to floor, and secure with postinstalled expansion anchors. 7 a. Floor anchors may be set with power-actuated fasteners instead of postinstalled expansion anchors if so indicated and approved on Shop Drawings. 3. Metal-Stud Partitions: Solidly pack mineral-fiber insulation inside frames. 4. Masonry Walls: Coordinate installation of frames to allow for solidly filling space between frames and masonry with grout. 7 5. Concrete Walls: Solidly fill space between frames and concrete with mineral-fiber insulation. 6. In-Place Concrete or Masonry Construction: Secure frames in place with postinstalled expansion anchors. Countersink anchors, and fill and make smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces. 7. In-Place Metal or Wood-Stud Partitions: Secure slip-on drywall frames in place according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1 081113 - 5 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES 7 PROJECT#14004.00 8. Installation Tolerances: Adjust hollow-metal door frames for squareness, alignment, twist, and plumb to the following tolerances: a. Squareness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at door rabbet on a line 90 degrees from jamb perpendicular to frame head. b. Alignment: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs on a horizontal line parallel to plane of wall. c. Twist: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at opposite face corners of jambs on parallel lines,and perpendicular to plane of wall. d. Plumbness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch,measured at jambs at floor. 3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating hardware items immediately before final inspection. Leave work in complete and proper operating condition. Remove and replace defective work, including hollow-metal work that is warped, bowed, or otherwise unacceptable. Iwo B. Prime-Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air-drying,rust-inhibitive primer. END OF SECTION 081113 ftffie ima 41141, tom HOLLOW METAL FRAMES PROJECT#14004.00 081113 -6 081416-FLUSH WOOD DOORS 081416 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 7 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. —11 1.2 SUMMARY 7 A. Section Includes: 1. Solid-core doors with wood-veneer faces. 2. Factory finishing flush wood doors. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS t A. Product Data: For each type of door. Include details of core and edge construction and trim for openings. Include factory-finishing specifications. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate location, size, and hand of each door; elevation of each kind of door; construction details not covered in Product Data; and the following: i 7 1. Dimensions and locations of blocking. 2. Dimensions and locations of mortises and holes for hardware. 3. Dimensions and locations of cutouts. 1 4. Undercuts. 5. Requirements for veneer matching. 6. Doors to be factory finished and finish requirements. 7 7. Fire-protection ratings for fire-rated doors. i C. Samples for Initial Selection: For factory-finished doors. D. Samples for Verification: ,, 1. Factory finishes applied to actual door face materials, approximately 8 by 10 inches, for each material and finish.For each wood species and transparent finish, provide set of three Samples showing typical range of color and grain to be expected in finished Work. -, 2. Corner sections of doors, approximately 8 by 10 inches, with door faces and edges representing actual materials to be used. a. Provide Samples for each species of veneer and solid lumber required. 7 b. Provide Samples for each color,texture, and pattern of plastic laminate required. { c. Finish veneer-faced door Samples with same materials proposed for factory- finished doors. 7 081416 1 FLUSH WOOD DOORS --1 PROJECT#14004.00 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Sample Warranty: For special warranty. B. Quality Standard Compliance Certificates: AWI Quality Certification Program certificates. 1.5 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING amA. Comply with requirements of referenced standard and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Package doors individually in plastic bags or cardboard cartons. C. Mark each door on top and bottom rail with opening number used on Shop Drawings. 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install doors until spaces are enclosed and ►.., weathertight, wet work in spaces is complete and dry, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at occupancy levels during remainder of construction period. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace doors that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to,the following: a. Warping(bow, cup, or twist)more than 1/4 inch in a 42-by-84-inch section. b. Telegraphing of core construction in face veneers exceeding 0.01 inch in a 3-inch span. 2. Warranty shall also include installation and finishing that may be required due to repair or replacement of defective doors. 3. Warranty Period for Solid-Core Interior Doors: Life of installation. PART 2 -PRO D_UCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Algoma Hardwoods,Inc. 2. Eggers Industries. 3. Graham Wood Doors; an Assa Abloy Group company. 4. Marshfield Door Systems, Inc. 5. VT Industries, Inc. B. Source Limitations: Obtain flush wood doors from single manufacturer. FLUSH WOOD DOORS PROJECT#14004.00 081416 2 2.2 FLUSH WOOD DOORS, GENERAL A. Quality Standard: In addition to requirements specified, comply with AWI's, AWMAC's, and WI's "Architectural Woodwork Standards." 1. Provide AWI Quality Certification Labels indicating that doors comply with requirements of grades specified. 2. Contract Documents contain selections chosen from options in quality standard and additional requirements beyond those of quality standard. Comply with those selections and requirements in addition to quality standard. B. Low-Emitting Materials: Fabricate doors with adhesives and composite wood products that do not contain urea formaldehyde. C. WDMA I.S.1-A Performance Grade: Extra Heavy Duty. D. WDMA I.S.1-A Performance Grade: 1. Extra Heavy Duty: Public toilets and corridors. E. Particleboard-Core Doors: 1. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade LD-1, made with binder containing no urea- formaldehyde. 2. Blocking: Provide wood blocking in particleboard-core doors as needed to eliminate through-bolting hardware. 3. Provide doors with structural-composite-lumber cores instead of particleboard cores for doors indicated to receive exit devices. F. Structural-Composite-Lumber-Core Doors: (for doors with light openings larger than 100 square inches). 1. Structural Composite Lumber: WDMA I.S.10. a. Screw Withdrawal,Face: 700 lbf. b. Screw Withdrawal,Edge: 400 lbf. 2.3 VENEER-FACED DOORS FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH A. Interior Solid-Core Doors: 1. Grade: Premium,with Grade A faces. ..� 2. Species: Red oak. 3. Cut: Rotary cut. 4. Match between Veneer Leaves: Book match. 5. Assembly of Veneer Leaves on Door Faces: Running match. 6. Pair and Set Match: Provide for doors hung in same opening. 7. Exposed Vertical Edges: Same species as faces-edge Type A. 8. Core: Particleboard. 9. Construction: Five plies. Stiles and rails are bonded to core, then entire unit is abrasive planed before veneering. 10. WDMA I.S.1-A Performance Grade: Extra Heavy Duty. FLUSH WOOD DOORS 081416-3 PROJECT#14004.00 2.4 LIGHT FRAMES A. Wood Beads for Light Openings in Wood Doors: Provide manufacturer's standard wood beads unless otherwise indicated. inn 1• Wood Species: Same species as door faces. 2. Profile: Flush rectangular beads. 3. At wood-core doors with 20-minute fire-protection ratings, provide wood beads and metal glazing clips approved for such use. 2.5 FABRICATION A. Factory fit doors to suit frame-opening sizes indicated. Comply with clearance requirements of referenced quality standard for fitting unless otherwise indicated. 1. Comply with NFPA 80 requirements for fire-rated doors. B. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. Locate hardware to comply with DHI-WDHS-3. Comply with final hardware schedules, door frame Shop Drawings, BHMA-156.115-W, and hardware templates. int I. Coordinate with hardware mortises in metal frames to verify dimensions and alignment before factory machining. 2. Metal Astragals: Factory machine astragals and formed-steel edges for hardware for pairs of fire-rated doors. C. Transom and Side Panels: Fabricate matching panels with same construction, exposed surfaces, and finish as specified for associated doors. Finish bottom edges of transoms and top edges of rabbeted doors same as door stiles. 1. Fabricate door and transom panels with full-width, solid-lumber[, rabbeted,] meeting rails. Provide factory-installed spring bolts for concealed attachment into jambs of metal door frames. D. Openings: Factory cut and trim openings through doors. 1. Light Openings: Trim openings with moldings of material and profile indicated. IMPS 2. Glazing: Factory install glazing in doors indicated to be factory finished. Comply with applicable requirements in Section 088000 "Glazing." 3. Louvers: Factory install louvers in prepared openings. 2.6 FACTORY FINISHING A. General: Comply with referenced quality standard for factory finishing. Complete fabrication, including fitting doors for openings and machining for hardware that is not surface applied, before finishing. 1. Finish faces, all four edges, edges of cutouts, and mortises. Stains and fillers may be omitted on bottom edges, edges of cutouts, and mortises. FLUSH WOOD DOORS PROJECT 414004.00 081416 - 4 erg B. Factory finish doors. C. Use only paints and coatings that comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." D. Transparent Finish: 1. Grade: Premium. 2. Finish: WDMA TR-6 catalyzed polyurethane. 3. Staining: Match Architect's sample. 4. Effect: Open-grain finish. ..� 5. Sheen: Satin. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine doors and installed door frames,with Installer present,before hanging doors. 1. Verify that installed frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location, and swing characteristics and have been installed with level heads and plumb jambs. 2. Reject doors with defects. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. ..q 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Hardware: For installation, see Section 087100 "Door Hardware." B. Installation Instructions: Install doors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and referenced quality standard,and as indicated. 1. Install fire-rated doors according to NFPA 80. 2. Install smoke-and draft-control doors according to NFPA 105. C. Job-Fitted Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels as indicated below; do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer or permitted for fire- rated doors. Machine doors for hardware. Seal edges of doors, edges of cutouts, and mortises after fitting and machining. 1. Clearances: Provide 1/8 inch at heads,jambs, and between pairs of doors. Provide 1/8 inch from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering unless otherwise indicated. Where threshold is shown or scheduled, provide 1/4 inch from bottom of door to top of threshold unless otherwise indicated. a. Comply with NFPA 80 for fire-rated doors. I 2. Bevel non-fire-rated doors 1/8 inch in 2 inches at lock and hinge edges. I 3. Bevel fire-rated doors 1/8 inch in 2 inches at lock edge;trim stiles and rails only to extent permitted by labeling agency. FLUSH WOOD DOORS 081416 - 5 PROJECT#14004.00 D. Factory-Fitted Doors: Align in frames for uniform clearance at each edge. NEM E. Factory-Finished Doors: Restore finish before installation if fitting or machining is required at Project site. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Operation: Rehang or replace doors that do not swing or operate freely. B. Finished Doors: Replace doors that are damaged or that do not comply with requirements. Doors may be repaired or refinished if Work complies with requirements and shows notwo evidence of repair or refinishing. END OF SECTION 081416 FLUSH WOOD DOORS PROJECT#14004.00 081416 6 087100-DOOR HARDWARE 087100 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Commercial door hardware for the following: a. Swinging doors. b. Non-fire-rated sliding doors. c. Non-fire-rated folding doors. d. Other doors to the extent indicated. 2. Cylinders for doors specified in other Sections. 3. Electrified door hardware. B. Products furnished, but not installed, under this Section include the following. Coordinating, ....i purchasing,delivering,and scheduling remain requirements of this Section. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include construction and installation details,material descriptions,dimensions of individual components and profiles,and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: Details of electrified door hardware, indicating the following: ...� 1. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring. Include the following: a. System schematic. b. Point-to-point wiring diagram. c. Riser diagram. d. Elevation of each door. 2. Detail interface between electrified door hardware and fire alarm system. 3. Operation Narrative: Describe the operation of doors controlled by electrified door hardware. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each finish, color, and texture required for each type of door hardware indicated. 087100 - 1 DOOR HARDWARE PROJECT#14004.00 D. Product Certificates: For electrified door hardware, signed by product manufacturer. _ 1. Certify that door hardware approved for use on complies with listed fire door assemblies. types and sizes of labeled fire doors E. Maintenance Data: For each type of door hardware to include in maintenance manuals. Include final hardware schedule. F. Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type and variety of door hardware from a single manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Provide electrified door hardware from same manufacturer as mechanical door hardware, imm unless otherwise indicated. Manufacturers that perform electrical modifications and that are listed by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction are acceptable. B. Electrified Door Hardware: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,and marked for intended use. 1.5 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING �.. A. Inventory door hardware on receipt and provide secure lock-up for door hardware delivered to Project site. B. Tag each item or package separately with identification related to the final door hardware sets, and include basic installation instructions, templates, and necessary fasteners with each item or package. C. Deliver keys to manufacturer of key control system for subsequent delivery to Owner. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Templates: Distribute door hardware templates for doors, frames, and other work specified to OEM be factory prepared for installing door hardware. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing door hardware to comply with indicated requirements. B. Electrical System Roughing-in: Coordinate layout and installation of electrified door hardware with connections to power supplies. DOOR HARDWARE PROJECT#14004.00 087100 -2 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of door hardware that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include,but are not limited to,the following: a. Structural failures including excessive deflection,cracking,or breakage. b. Faulty operation of operators and door hardware. c. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering and use. 2. Warranty Period: Three years from date of Substantial Completion. 1.8 MAINTENANCE SERVICE .o., A. Maintenance Tools and Instructions: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and maintenance instructions as needed for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance, and removal and replacement of door hardware. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SCHEDULED DOOR HARDWARE A. General: Provide door hardware for each door to comply with requirements in this Section and door hardware sets indicated in door and frame schedule. '1 1. Door Hardware Sets: Provide quantity, item, size, finish or color indicated, and named manufacturers'products. 2. Sequence of Operation: Provide electrified door hardware function, sequence of operation, and interface with other building control systems indicated. B. Designations: Requirements for design, grade, function, finish, size, and other distinctive qualities of each type of door hardware are indicated in Part 3 "Door Hardware Sets" Article. Products are identified by using door hardware designations,as follows: 1. Named Manufacturers' Products: Manufacturer and product designation are listed for each door hardware type required for the purpose of establishing minimum requirements. Manufacturers'names are abbreviated in Part 3 "Door Hardware Sets"Article. 2. References to BHMA Standards: Provide products complying with these standards and requirements for description,quality, and function. C. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the manufacturers specified. 1 DOOR HARDWARE 087100 3 PROJECT#14004.00 1 2.2 HINGES GENERAL A. Quantity: Provide the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Three Hinges: For doors with heights 61 to 90 inches. 2. Four Hinges: For doors with heights 91 to 120 inches. 3. For doors with heights more than 120 inches, provide 4 hinges, plus l hinge for every 30 inches of door height greater than 120 inches. B. Template Requirements: Except for hinges and pivots to be installed entirely(both leaves) into wood doors and frames,provide only template-produced units. C. Hinge Weight: Unless otherwise indicated,provide the following: 1. Entrance Doors: Heavy-weight hinges. 2. Doors with Closers: Antifriction-bearing hinges. 3. Interior Doors: Standard-weight hinges. D. Hinge Base Metal: Unless otherwise indicated,provide the following: 1. Interior Hinges: Brass, with stainless-steel pin body and brass protruding heads. E. Hinge Options: Where indicated in door hardware sets or on Drawings: Imo 1. Hospital Tips: Slope ends of hinge barrel. 2. Decorator Tips: Oval. 3. Safety Stud: Designed for stud in one leaf to engage hole in opposing leaf. 4. Maximum Security Pin: Fix pin in hinge barrel after it is inserted. 5. Corners: Square. F. Fasteners: Comply with the following: 1. Machine Screws: For metal doors and frames. Install into drilled and tapped holes. 2. Wood Screws: For wood doors and frames. 3. Threaded-to-the-Head Wood Screws: For fire-rated wood doors. 4. Screws: Phillips flat-head;machine screws(drilled and tapped holes)for metal doors and frames and wood screws for wood doors and frames. Finish screw heads to match surface of hinges. 2.3 HINGES A. Butts and Hinges: BHMA A 156.1. B. Template Hinge Dimensions: BHMA A 156.7.C. Manufacturers: 1. Baldwin Hardware Corporation(BH). ...+ 2. Bommer Industries, Inc. (BI). 3. Cal-Royal Products,Inc. (CRP). 4. Hager Companies(HAG). 5. Lawrence Brothers,Inc. (LB). 6. McKinney Products Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company(MCK). 7. PBB,Inc. (PBB). 8. Stanley Commercial Hardware;Div. of The Stanley Works(STH). DOOR HARDWARE PROJECT#14004.00 087100 4 i i I 2.4 LOCKS AND LATCHES,GENERAL ... A. Accessibility Requirements: Where indicated to comply with accessibility requirements, comply with the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's "Americans with Disabilities Act(ADA),Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities(ADAAG)." 1. Provide operating devices that do not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist and that operate with a force of not more than 5 lbf. not B. Latches and Locks for Means of egtheslat hrs•Lockslphall not ly with require use of Latches keyStooll, or require more than 15 lbf to release special knowledge for operation. C. Lock Trim: 1. Levers: Wrought. 2. Escutcheons(Roses): Wrought. 3. Lockset Designs: Provide design indicated on Drawings or, if sets are provided by another manufacturer,provide designs that match those designated. -- D. Lock Throw: Comply with testing requirements for length of bolts required for labeled fire doors, and as follows: 1. Bored Locks: Minimum 1/2-inch latchbolt throw. E. Backset: 2-3/4 inches,unless otherwise indicated. F. Strikes: Manufacturer's standard strike with strike box for each latchbolt or lock bolt, with curved lip extended to protect frame,finished to match door hardware set,and as follows: 1. Strikes for Bored Locks and Latches: BHMA A156.2. a 2.5 MECHANICAL LOCKS AND LATCHES A. Mortise Locks: Stamped steel case with steel or brass parts;BHMA A156.13; Series 1000. 1. Manufacturers: a. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company(SGT). 2.6 LOCK CYLINDERS A. Standard Lock Cylinders: BHMA A156.5,Grade 1. B. Cylinders: Manufacturer's standard tumbler type, constructed from bronze, and complying with the following: 1. Number of Pins: Five. 2. Mortise Type: Threaded cylinders with rings and straight-or clover-type cam. 3. Rim Type: Cylinders with back plate, flat-type vertical or horizontal tailpiece, and raised trim ring. 4. Bored-Lock Type: Cylinders with tailpieces to suit locks. a. High-Security Grade: BHMA A156.5, Grade 1A, listed and labeled as complying .., with pick-and drill-resistant testing requirements in UL 437 (Suffix A). DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 5 PROJECT#14004.00 C. Permanent Cores: Manufacturer's standard; finish face to match lockset; complying with the following: 1. Interchangeable Cores: Core insert, removable by use of a special key; usable with other manufacturers'cylinders. 2. Removable Cores: Core insert, removable by use of a special key; for use only with core ... manufacturer's cylinder and door hardware. awn D. Manufacturer: Same manufacturer as for locks and latches. E. Manufacturers: 1. ABLOY Security, Inc.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company(ABL). 2. Arrow USA; an ASSA ABLOY Group company(ARW). 3. ASSA,Inc.;an ASSA ABLOY Group company(ASA). 4. Best Access Systems; Div. of The Stanley Works(BAS). 5. Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group company(CR). 6. Falcon Lock; an Ingersoll-Rand Company(FAL). 7. Medeco Security Locks,Inc.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company(MED). ti 8. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company(SGT). 9. Schlage Commercial Lock Division; an Ingersoll-Rand Company(SCH). 10. Yale Commercial Locks and Hardware;an ASSA ABLOY Group company(YAL). 2.7 KEYING A. Keying System: Factory registered, complying with guidelines in BHMA A156.28, Appendix A. Incorporate decisions made in keying conference, and as follows: 1. Existing System: Master key or grand master key locks to Owner's existing system. B. Keys: Nickel silver. 1. Stamping: Permanently inscribe each key with a visual key control number and include the following notation: 2. Quantity: In addition to one extra key blank for each lock,provide the following: a. Cylinder Change Keys: Three. 2.8 CLOSERS A. Accessibility Requirements: Where handles, pulls, latches, locks, and other operating devices are indicated to comply with accessibility requirements, comply with the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's "Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities(ADAAG)." 1. Comply with the following maximum opening-force requirements: a. Interior,Non-Fire-Rated Hinged Doors: 5 lbf applied perpendicular to door. b. Sliding or Folding Doors: 5 lbf applied parallel to door at latch. c. Fire Doors: Minimum opening force allowable by authorities having jurisdiction. DOOR HARDWARE PROJECT#14004.00 087100 6 B. Size of Units: Unless otherwiseindicated, comply manufacturer's written recommendations for size of door closers depending on e of door, exposur to weather, and anticipated frequency of use. Provide factory-sized closers, adjustable to meet field conditions and requirements for opening force. C. Surface Closers: BHMA A156.4,Grade 1.Provide type of arm required for closer to be located on non-public side of door,unless otherwise indicated. 1. Manufacturers: a. Arrow USA; an ASSA ABLOY Group company(ARW). b. Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (CR). c. DORMA Architectural Hardware;Member of The DORMA Group North America (DAH). *-( d. Dor-O-Matic; an Ingersoll-Rand Company(DOR). e. LCN Closers; an Ingersoll-Rand Company(LCN). f. Norton Door Controls; an ASSA ABLOY Group company(NDC). g. Rixson Specialty Door Controls; an ASSA ABLOY Group company(RIX). h. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company(SGT). i. Yale Commercial Locks and Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (YAL). 2.9 PROTECTIVE TRIM UNITS A. Size: 1-1/2 inches less than door width on push side and 1/2 inch less than door width on pull side,by height specified in door hardware sets. B. Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard machine or self-tapping screws. .•� C. Metal Protective Trim Units: BHMA A156.6;beveled top and 2 sides; fabricated from material indicated in door hardware sets. 1. Material: 0.050-inch-thick bronze. 2. Manufacturers: a. American Floor Products Co.,Inc. (AFP). b. Baldwin Hardware Corporation(BH). c. Burns Manufacturing Incorporated(BM). d. Don-Jo Mfg.,Inc. (DJO). e. Hager Companies(HAG). f. Hiawatha, Inc. (HIA). g. IPC Door and Wall Protection Systems,Inc.;Div. of InPro Corporation(IPC). h. IVES Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand Company(IVS). i. Pawling Corporation(PAW). j. Rockwood Manufacturing Company(RM). k. Trimco(TBM). smq 087100 -7 DOOR HARDWARE PROJECT#14004.00 2.10 STOPS AND HOLDERS A. Stops and Bumpers: BHMA A156.16, Grade 1. 1. Provide floor stops for doors unless wall or other type stops are scheduled or indicated. Do not mount floor stops where they will impede traffic. Where floor or wall stops are ... not appropriate,provide overhead holders. B. Silencers for Metal Door Frames: BHMA A156.16, Grade 1; neoprene or rubber, minimum diameter 1/2 inch; fabricated for drilled-in application to frame. C. Manufacturers: 1. Architectural Builders Hardware Mfg.,Inc. (ABH). 2. Baldwin Hardware Corporation(BH). 3. Burns Manufacturing Incorporated(BM). 4. Cal-Royal Products,Inc. (CRP). 5. Don-Jo Mfg.,Inc. (DJO). 6. Door Controls International(DCI). 7. DORMA Architectural Hardware; Member of The DORMA Group North America (DAH). 8. Dor-O-Matic; an Ingersoll-Rand Company(DOR). 9. Glynn-Johnson; an Ingersoll-Rand Company(GJ). 10. Hager Companies(HAG). 11. HES,Inc.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company(HES). 12. Hiawatha,Inc. (HIA). 13. IVES Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand Company(IVS). 14. Rixson Specialty Door Controls; an ASSA ABLOY Group company(RIX).15. Rockwood Manufacturing Company(RM). 16. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company(SGT). 17. Stanley Commercial Hardware; Div. of The Stanley Works(STH). 18. Trimco(TBM). 2.11 FABRICATION A. Manufacturer's Nameplate: Do not provide products that have manufacturer's name or trade �.., name displayed in a visible location except in conjunction with required fire-rated labels and as otherwise approved by Architect. 1• Manufacturer's identification is permitted on rim of lock cylinders only. Nom B. Base Metals: Produce door hardware units of base metal, fabricated by forming method indicated, using manufacturer's standard metal alloy, composition, temper, and hardness. Furnish metals of a quality equal to or greater than that of specified door hardware units and BHMA A156.18. Do not furnish manufacturer's standard materials or forming methods if different from specified standard. DOOR HARDWARE PROJECT#14004.00 087100 - 8 Fasteners: Provide door hardware manufactured to comply with published templates generally C. wood, and sheet metal screws. Provide screws according to commerciallyprepar e for machine, standards for application intended, except aluminum �i —o► recognized industry fasteners are not permitted. Provide Phillips flat-head screws with finished heads to match surface of door hardware,unless otherwise indicated. 1_ Concealed Fasteners: For door hardware units that are xDo no use through bolts for posed when door is closed, except for units already specified with concealed fasteners. installation where bolt head or nut on opposite face is exposed unless it is the only means of securely attaching the door hardware. Where through bolts are used on hollow door and frame construction,provide sleeves for each through bolt. 2. Steel Machine or Wood Screws: For the following fire-rated applications: a. Mortise hinges to doors. b. Strike plates to frames. c. Closers to doors and frames. 3. Spacers or Sex Bolts: For through bolting of hollow-metal doors. 4. Fasteners for Wood Doors: Comply with requirements in DHI WDHS.2, "Recommended Fasteners for Wood Doors.11 2.12 FINISHES A. Standard: BHIVIA A156.18, as indicated in door hardware sets. B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. C. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one-half of the an proved appearance ples.of othersceable componentsons are .., in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION ce A. Examine doors and frames, with Installer present, for complial and ithr requirements aor � installation tolerances, labeled fire door assembly construction, d other conditions affecting performance. B. Examine roughing-in for electrical power systems to verify actual locations of wiring connections before electrified door hardware installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 087100 - 9 DOOR HARDWARE PROJECT#14004.00 3.2 PREPARATION A. Steel Doors and Frames: Comply with DHI A115 Series. 1. Surface-Applied Door Hardware: Drill and tap doors and frames g to ANSI A250.6. according B. Wood Doors: Comply with DHI A 115-W Series. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units at heights indicated as follows un indicated or required to comply with governing regulations. less otherwise 1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames." 2. Custom Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Builders' Hardware for Custom Steel Doors and Frames." 3. Wood Doors: DHI WDHS.3, "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Wood Flush Doors." B. Install each door hardware item to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Where cutting and fitting are required to install door hardware onto or into surfaces that are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation of surface protective trim units with finishing work specified in Division 09 Sections. Do not install �. surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrates involved. 1. Set units level, plumb, and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce attachment substrates as necessary for proper installation and operation. 2. Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors according to industry standards. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Independent Architectural Hardware Consultant: Owner will engage a qualified independent Architectural Hardware Consultant to perform inspections and to prepare inspection reports. 1. Independent Architectural Hardware Consultant will inspect door hardware and state in _ each report whether installed work complies with or deviates from requirements, including whether door hardware is properly installed and adjusted. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Initial Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to .� ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility requirements. DOOR HARDWARE PROJECT#14004.00 087100 - 10 1. Spring Hinges: Adjust to achieve positive latching when door is allowed to close freel from an open position of 30 degrees. Y 2. Electric Strikes: Adjust horizontal and vertical alignment of keeper to properly lock bolt. p p y engage 3. Door Closers: Unless otherwise required by authorities having jurisdiction, adjust sweep period so that, from an open position of 70 degrees, the door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3 inches from the latch,measured to the leading edge of the door. B. Occupancy Adjustment: Approximately six months after date of Substantial Completion, Installer's Architectural Hardware Consultant shall examine and readjust, including adjusting operating forces, each item of door hardware as necessary to ensure function of doors, door hardware, and electrified door hardware. 3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation. B. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish. C. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure that door hardware is without —, damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. 3.7 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain door hardware and door hardware finishes. Refer to Division 01 Section "Demonstration and Training." 3.8 DOOR HARDWARE SETS GROUP#1: DOORS 101, 102 1 'APR. BUTTS TA27144 'AX4 ''A I US lOB MK 1 PUSH PLATE 706X20 US 10B RO I PULL PLATE BF 111X70C US lOB RO 1 CLOSER 281 P10 US 10B SA 2 KICK PLATES K 1050 CSK-B4E 10X34 US lOB RO 1 WALL STOP 406 `" US 10B RO DOOR HARDWARE " PROJECT#14004.00 087100 11 r - GROUP#2:DOOR 103 MK 1 1/2PR. BUTTS TA2714 4 '/2 X 4 '/z US 10B 1 PRIVACY LOCK 10-7965-O-BJ-10B US10B SA -- 1 CLOSER 281 P10 US lOB SA 2 KICK PLATES K 1050 CSK-B4E 10X34 US 10B RO 1 FLOOR STOP 480 US l0B RO GROUP#3: DOOR 104 MK 3 PR. BUTTS TA2714 4 %X 4 'h US IOB _ 2 PUSH PLATE 706X20 US 10B RO C US 10B RO BF 111X70 2 PULL PLATE - 2 CLOSER 281 P10 US IOB SA 2 KICK PLATES K 1050 CSK-B4E 10X34 US 10B RO 2 WALL STOP 406 US 10B RO 2 HOLD OPENS (REUSE EXISTING AND RECONNECT TO FIRE ALARM SYSTEM) END OF SECTION 087100 087100 - 12 DOOR HARDWARE PROJECT#14004.00 092216-NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 092216 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS ..F A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary tions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes non-load-bearing steel framing members for the following applications: 1. Interior framing systems (e.g., supports for gypsum board partition walls, framed soffits, furring, etc.). 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS ..f A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: For fire-resistance-rated assemblies that incorporate non- load-bearing steel framing, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing agency. Products used in the assembly shall carry a classification label from a testing laboratory acceptable to authority having jurisdiction. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 NON-LOAD-BEARING STEEL FRAMING SYSTEMS, GENERAL ..� A. Framing Members, General: Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated. 1. Steel Sheet Components: Comply with ASTM C 645-08 requirements for metal, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Protective Coating: Meeting requirements of ASTM A653 G40; C-channel, roll- formed from hot-dipped galvanized steel; complying with ASTM A653 G40 or equivalent corrosion resistant coating. B. Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645. Use either steel studs and runners or dimpled steel studs and runners. 1. Steel Studs and Runners: a. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.018 inch. b. Depth: 3-5/8 inches. NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING "`f PROJECT#14004.00 092216- 1 C. Slip-Type Head Joints: Where indicated,provide one of the following: 1. Single Long-Leg Runner System: ASTM C 645 top runner with 2-inch- deep flanges in thickness not less than indicated for studs, installed with studs friction fit into top runner and with continuous bridging located within 12 inches of the top of studs to provide lateral bracing. 2. Double-Runner System: ASTM C 645 top runners, inside runner with 2-inch- deep flanges in thickness not less than indicated for studs and fastened to studs, and outer runner sized to friction fit inside runner. 3. Deflection Track: Steel sheet top runner manufactured to prevent cracking of finishes applied to interior partition framing resulting from deflection of structure above; in thickness not less than indicated for studs and in width to accommodate depth of studs. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide one of the following: 1) Dietrich Metal Framing; SLP-TRK Slotted Deflection Track. 2) MBA Building Supplies;FlatSteel Deflection Track. 3) Steel Network Inc. (The);VertiClip SLD Series. 4) Superior Metal Trim; Superior Flex Track System(SFT). «� D. Flat Strap and Backing Plate: Steel sheet for blocking and bracing in length and width indicated. tor 1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.027 inch. E. Cold-Rolled Channel Bridging: Steel, 0.053-inch minimum base-metal thickness, with minimum 1/2-inch-wide flanges. 1. Depth: 1-1/2 inches. 2. Clip Angle: Not less than 1-1/2 by 1-1/2 inches, 0.068-inch-thick, galvanized steel. �.. F. Hat-Shaped,Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645. .► i 1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.018 inch. 2. Depth: 7/8 inch. G. Resilient Furring Channels: 1/2-inch- deep, steel sheet members designed to reduce sound transmission. 1. Configuration: Hat shaped. H. Cold-Rolled Furring Channels: 0.053-inch uncoated-steel thickness, with minimum 1/2-inch- wide flanges. 1. Depth: 3/4 inch. 2. Furring Brackets: Adjustable, corrugated-edge type of steel sheet with minimum uncoated-steel thickness of 0.033 inch. 3. Tie Wire: ASTM A 641, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.062-inch- diameter wire, or double strand of 0.048-inch- diameter wire. Z-Shaped Furring: With slotted or nonslotted web, face flange of 1-1/4 inches,wall attachment flange of 7/8 inch, minimum uncoated-metal thickness of 0.018 inch, and depth required to fit insulation thickness indicated NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 092216-2 PROJECT#14004.00 2.2 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards. 1. Fasteners for Metal Framing: Of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power, and other properties required to fasten steel members to substrates. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION 4 A. Examine areas and substrates, with Installer present, and including welded hollow-metal frames, cast-in anchors, and structural framing, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Installation Standard: ASTM C 754, except comply with framing sizes and spacing indicated. 1. U1traSTEEL® fire rated partitions to be installed in accordance with UL V450 or UL V438 or UL U419. 2. Gypsum Board Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 840 that apply to framing installation. B. Install supplementary framing, and blocking to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars,toilet accessories, furnishings, or similar construction. C. Install bracing at terminations in assemblies. ..y D. Do not bridge building control and expansion joints with non-load-bearing steel framing members. Frame both sides of joints independently. 3.3 INSTALLING FRAMED ASSEMBLIES A. Where studs are installed directly against exterior masonry walls or dissimilar metals at exterior walls, install isolation strip between studs and exterior wall. B. Install studs so flanges within framing system point in same direction. 1. Space studs as follows: ..., a. Single-Layer Application: 24 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated. b. Multilayer Application: 24 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated. c. Tile backing panels: 16 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated. NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING "*" PROJECT#14004.00 092216-3 C. Install tracks(runners) at floors and overhead supports. Extend framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings, except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framing around ducts penetrating partitions above ceiling. 1. Slip-Type Head Joints: Where framing extends to overhead structural supports, install to produce joints at tops of framing systems that prevent axial loading of finished assemblies. 2. Door Openings: Screw vertical studs at jambs to jamb anchor clips on door frames; install runner track section(for cripple studs)at head and secure to jamb studs. a. Install two studs at each jamb,unless otherwise indicated. b. Install cripple studs at head adjacent to each jamb stud, with a minimum 1/2-inch clearance from jamb stud to allow for installation of control joint in finished ►.. assembly. c. Extend jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of overhead structure. 3. Other Framed Openings: Frame openings other than door openings the same as required for door openings, unless otherwise indicated. Install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads. D. Direct Furring: �... 1. Screw to wood framing. 2. Attach to concrete or masonry with stub nails, screws designed for masonry attachment, or powder-driven fasteners spaced 24 inches o.c. E. Z-Furring Members: 1. Erect insulation (specified in Division 07 Section "Thermal Insulation") horizontally and hold in place with Z-furring members spaced 24 inches o.c. 2. Except at exterior corners, securely attach narrow flanges of furring members to wall ... with concrete stub nails, screws designed for masonry attachment, or powder-driven fasteners spaced 24 inches o.c. 3. At exterior corners, attach wide flange of furring members to wall with short flange extending beyond corner; on adjacent wall surface, screw-attach short flange of furring channel to web of attached channel. At interior corners, space second member no more than 12 inches from corner and cut insulation to fit. F. Installation Tolerance: Install each framing member so fastening surfaces vary not more than 1/8 inch from the plane formed by faces of adjacent framing. END OF SECTION 092216 r.. NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 092216-4 PROJECT#14004.00 092900- GYPSUM BOARD 092900 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary tions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY 7A. This Section includes the following: 1. Interior gypsum board. 2. Tile backing panels. 3. Texture finishes. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mockups: Before beginning gypsum board installation, install mockups of at least 100 sq. ft. in surface area to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Install mockups for the following: a. Each level of gypsum board finish indicated for use in exposed locations. b. Each texture finish indicated. 2. Apply or install final decoration indicated, including painting and wallcoverings, on exposed surfaces for review of mockups. 3. Simulate finished lighting conditions for review of mockups. 4. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from .-. weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction traffic, and other causes. Stack panels flat and supported on risers on a flat platform to prevent sagging. GYPSUM BOARD 092900- 1 PROJECT#14004.00 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Comply with ASTM C 840 requirements or gypsum board manufacturer's written recommendations,whichever are more stringent. B. Do not install interior products until installation areas are enclosed and conditioned. C. Do not install panels that are wet, those that are moisture damaged, and those that are mold damaged. 1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration,sagging,or irregular shape. 2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: For fire-resistance-rated assemblies, provide materials and •- construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing agency. B. STC-Rated Assemblies: For STC-rated assemblies,provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413 by an independent testing agency. 2.2 GYPSUM BOARD,GENERAL A. Size: Provide maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and that correspond with support system indicated. 2.3 INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD A. General: Complying with ASTM C 36 or ASTM C 1396, as applicable to type of gypsum board indicated and whichever is more stringent. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Celotex. b. G-P Gypsum. c. National Gypsum Company. d. USG Corporation. e. Serious Materials,Inc.(Quiet Rock). B. Gypsum Wallboard Type X:ASTM C 1396. 1. Thickness: 5/8 inch. 2. Long Edges: Tapered. GYPSUM BOARD 092900-2 PROJECT#14004.00 2.4 TILE BACKING PANELS A. Glass-Mat, Water-Resistant Backing Board: ASTM C 1178, with manufacturer acturer's standard 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide one of the following: a. CertainTeed Corp.; GlasRoc Tile Backer. MEM b. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC; DensShield Tile Backer. 2. Core: 5/8 inch, Type X. ..., 3. Mold Resistance: ASTM D3273, score of 10. 2.5 TRIM ACCESSORIES A. Interior Trim: ASTM C 1047. 1. Material: Galvanized or aluminum-coated steel sheet or rolled zinc. 2. Shapes: --+ a. Cornerbead. b. LC-Bead: J-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound. c. L-Bead: L-shaped;exposed long flange receives joint compound. d. U-Bead: J-shaped; exposed short flange does not receive joint compound. e. Expansion(control)joint. 2.6 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A. General: Comply with ASTM C 475. B. Joint Tape: 1. Interior Gypsum Wallboard: Paper. 2. Tile Backing Panels: As recommended by panel manufacturer. C. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Wallboard: For each coat use formulation that is compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats. 1. Prefilling: At open joints,rounded or beveled panel edges, and damaged surface areas, use setting-type taping compound. 2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, fasteners, and trim flanges, use setting-type taping or drying-type, all-purpose compound. a. Use setting-type compound for installing paper-faced metal trim accessories. 3. Fill Coat: For second coat,use drying-type, all-purpose compound. 4. Finish Coat: For third coat,use drying-type, all-purpose compound. 5. Skim Coat: For final coat of Level 5 finish, use drying-type, all-purpose compound or high-build interior coating product designed for application by airless sprayer and to be --r used instead of skim coat to produce Level 5 finish. GYPSUM BOARD 092900-3 PROJECT#14004.00 D. Joint Compound for Tile Backing Panels: 1. Glass-Mat, Water-Resistant Backing Panel: As recommended by backing panel manufacturer. E. Joint Waterproofing Membrane at Wall/Floor Joints: 1. Membrane and installation by Tiling Contractor. 2.7 AUXILIARY MATERIALS lam A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and manufacturer's written recommendations.B. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002,unless otherwise indicated. 1. Use screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening panels to steel members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch thick. C. Sound Attenuation Blankets: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing) produced by combining thermosetting resins with mineral fibers manufactured from glass, slag wool,or rock wool. 1. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Comply with mineral-fiber requirements of assembly. 2.8 TEXTURE FINISHES A. Primer: As recommended by textured finish manufacturer for moisture resistant board only. B. Non-Aggregated Finish: Water-based, job-mixed, non-aggregated, drying-type texture finish for spray application. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: — a. CertainTeed Corp.;ProFin"Easi-Tex"Light Spray Texture. b. USG Corporation; Beadex Fastex Wall and Ceiling Spray Texture (Non- Aggregated). c. National Gypsum Co; ProForm Perfect Spray EM Spray Texture Light. 2. Texture: Orange Peel. GYPSUM BOARD 092900-4 PROJECT#14004.00 L PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and substrates, with Installer present, and including welded hollow-metal frames and framing, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance. MN, B. Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS, GENERAL A. Comply with ASTM C 840. B. Install ceiling panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and to avoid abutting end joints in central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end joints of adjacent panels not less than one framing member. C. Install panels with face side out. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch of open space between panels. Do not force into place. D. Locate edge and end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where intermediate supports or gypsum board back-blocking is provided behind end joints. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of partitions. Do not make joints other than control joints at corners of framed openings. E. Form control and expansion joints with space between edges of adjoining gypsum panels. ti F. Cover both faces of support framing with gypsum panels in concealed spaces (above ceilin s, etc.), except in chases braced internally. g 1. Unless concealed application is indicated or required for sound, fire, air, or smoke ratings, coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than 8 sq. ft. in area. 2. Fit gypsum panels around ducts,pipes, and conduits. 3. Where partitions intersect structural members projecting below underside of floor/roof slabs and decks, cut gypsum panels to fit profile formed by structural members; allow 1/4-to 3/8-inch-wide joints to install sealant. G. Isolate perimeter of gypsum board applied to non-load-bearing partitions at structural abutments, except floors. Provide 1/4- to 1/2-inch- wide spaces at these locations, and trim edges with edge trim where edges of panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant. H. Attachment to Steel Framing: Attach panels so leading edge or end of each panel is attached to open(unsupported)edges of stud flanges first. Install sound attenuation blankets before installing gypsum panels unless blankets are readily installed after panels have been installed on one side. GYPSUM BOARD 092900-5 PROJECT#14004.00 3.3 APPLYING INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD A. Install interior gypsum board in the following locations: 1. Type X: All gypsum board surfaces not indicated otherwise below. 2. Tile Backer Board: a. Where ceramic tile is the finish material. B. Single-Layer Application: finm 1. On ceilings, apply gypsum panels before wall/partition board application to greatest extent possible and at right angles to framing,unless otherwise indicated. nic t dframing), unless 2. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel conditions warrant horizontal application, unless otherwise indicated or required by fire- resistance-rated assembly,and minimize end joints. a. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate courses of panels. b. At stairwells and other high walls, install panels horizontally, unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly. 3. On Z-furring members, apply gypsum panels vertically with no end joints. Locate edge joints over furring members. 4. Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill screws. 3.4 APPLYING TILE BACKING PANELS A. Glass-Mat, Water-Resistant Backing Panel: Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions and install at showers,tubs, locations where water is in direct contact with wall and where indicated to receive tile. Install with 1/4-inch gap where panels abut other construction or penetrations. B. Where tile backing panels abutt other types of panels in same plane, shim surfaces to produce a — uniform plane across panel surfaces. C. At all wall/floor junctures receiving thin-set ceramic tile finish, waterproofing membrane shall be installed by the Tiling installer over the backing surface onto the floor. .. 3.5 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES Inn A. General: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with same fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Control Joints: Install control joints at locations indicated on Drawings and according to ASTM C 840 and in specific locations approved by Architect for visual effect. 092900- 6 GYPSUM BOARD PROJECT#14004.00 C. Interior Trim: Install in the following locations: 1. Cornerbead: Use at outside corners. 2. LC-Bead: Use at exposed panel edges. 3. L-Bead: Use where indicated. 4. U-Bead: Use at exposed panel edges. 1.1 -4 3.6 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD A. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. Promptly remove residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces. B. Prefill open joints, beveled edges, and damaged surface areas. C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except those with trim having flanges not intended for tape. D. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below and according to ASTM C 840: 1. Level 1: Ceiling plenum areas,concealed surface areas,and where indicated. 2. Level 2: Surfaces that are substrate for tile or for acoustical tile. 3. Level 3: Surfaces receiving medium or heavy-textured finishes before painting or heavy wallcoverings. 4. Level 4: Surfaces that will be exposed to view, unless otherwise indicated. 5. Level 5: Surfaces that will receive gloss and semi-gloss enamels and/or surfaces subject to severe lighting. a. Primer and its application to surfaces are specified in other Division 09 Sections. E. Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: Finish according to manufacturer's written instructions for use as exposed soffit board. 3.7 APPLYING TEXTURE FINISHES A. Surface Preparation and Primer: Prepare and apply primer to gypsum panels and other surfaces receiving texture finishes. Apply primer to surfaces that are clean, dry,and smooth. B. Texture Finish Application: Mix and apply finish using powered spray equipment,to produce a uniform texture matching approved mock-up free of starved spots or other evidence of thin application or of application patterns. C. Prevent texture finishes from coming into contact with surfaces not indicated to receive texture finish by covering them with masking agents, polyethylene film, or other means. If, despite these precautions, texture finishes contact these surfaces, immediately remove droppings and overspray to prevent damage according to texture-finish manufacturer's written recommendations. GYPSUM BOARD PROJECT#14004.00 092900- 7 3.8 PROTECTION A. Protect adjacent surfaces from drywall compound and promptly yrremove damaged floorsfrom during drywall and other non-drywall surfaces. Repair surfaces stained, marr ,, or application. B. Protect installed products from damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction, and other causes during remainder of the construction period. C. Remove and replace panels that are wet,moisture damaged, and mold damaged. 1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. END OF SECTION 092900 092900 - 8 GYPSUM BOARD PROJECT#14004.00 093000—TILING 093000 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary tions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Colorbody porcelain tile. 2. Glass and Natural Stone Random Mosaic(Mesh mounted). 3. Crack-suppression membrane for thin-set tile installations. 4. Metal edge strips installed as part of tile installations. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Module Size: Actual tile size(minor facial dimension as measured per ASTM C 499)plus joint width indicated. ""1 B. Facial Dimension: Actual tile size(minor facial dimension as measured per ASTM C 499). C. Facial Dimension: Nominal tile size as defined in ANSI A137.1. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS '1 A. Static Coefficient of Friction: For tile installed on walkway surfaces, provide products with the following values as determined by testing identical products per ASTM C 1028: 1. Level Surfaces: Minimum 0.6. 2. Step Treads: Minimum 0.6. 3. Ramp Surfaces: Minimum 0.8. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. t B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of tile and...� yp grout indicated. Include Samples of accessories involving color selection. C. Material Test Reports: For each tile-setting and-grouting product. TILING 093000- 1 PROJECT#14004.00 r.. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations for Tile: Obtain all tile of same type and color or finish from one source or producer. UMW 1. Obtain tile from same production run and of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties for each contiguous area. B. Source Limitations for Setting and Grouting Materials: Obtain ingredients of a uniform quality for each mortar, adhesive, and grout component from a single manufacturer and each aggregate from one source or producer. C. Source Limitations for Other Products: Obtain each of the following products specified in this Section through one source from a single manufacturer for each product: 1. Waterproofing. 2. Joint sealants. 3. Cementitious backer units. -- 4. Metal edge strips. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. Comply with requirement in ANSI A137.1 for labeling sealed tile packages. B. Store tile and cementitious materials on elevated platforms,under cover, and in a dry location. C. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided. D. Store liquid latexes and emulsion adhesives in unopened containers and protected from freezing. E. Handle tile that has temporary protective coating on exposed surfaces to prevent coated surfaces from contacting backs or edges of other units. If coating does contact bonding surfaces of tile, remove coating from bonding surfaces before setting tile. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install tile until construction in spaces is complete and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated in referenced standards and manufacturer's written instructions. 1.9 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Tile and Trim Units: Furnish quantity of full-size units equal to 3 percent of amount installed,for each type,composition,color,pattern,and size indicated. TILING 093000-2 PROJECT#14004.00 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products specified. 2.2 PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. ANSI Ceramic Tile Standard: Provide tile that complies with ANSI A137.1, "Specifications for Ceramic Tile," for types,compositions,and other characteristics indicated. 1. Provide tile complying with Standard grade requirements,unless otherwise indicated. 2. For facial dimensions of tile, comply with requirements relating to tile sizes specified in Part 1 "Definitions"Article. B. Tile Installation Standards: Most recent handbook of TCA Handbook (Tile Council of America). Provide materials complying with ANSI standards referenced in "Setting and Grouting Materials"Article. C. Colors, Textures, and Patterns: Where manufacturer's standard products are indicated for tile, grout, and other products requiring selection of colors, surface textures, patterns, and other appearance characteristics, provide specific products or materials complying with the following requirements: 1. As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. D. Factory Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within ranges selected during Sample submittals, blend tile in factory and package so tile units taken from one package show same range in colors as those taken from other packages and match approved Samples. E. Mounting: For factory-mounted tile, provide back-or edge-mounted tile assemblies as standard with manufacturer,unless otherwise indicated. F. Factory-Applied Temporary Protective Coating: Where indicated under tile type, protect exposed surfaces of tile against adherence of mortar and grout by precoating with continuous film of petroleum paraffin wax, applied hot. Do not coat unexposed tile surfaces. 2.3 TILE PRODUCTS A. Available Manufacturers: 1. American Olean; Div. of Dal-Tile International Corp. 2. Crossville Ceramics Company, L.P. 3. Daltile;Div. of Dal-Tile International Inc. 4. Floor Gres Ceramiche. 5. Florida Tile Industries,Inc. 6. GranitiFiandre. 7. Metropolitan Ceramics. 8. Monarch Tile, Inc. 9. Summitville Tiles,Inc. TILING 093000 - 3 PROJECT#14004.00 B. Colorbody Porcelain Tile: Daltile;Veranda Solids. 1. Composition: Porcelain. 2. Module Size: 13 by 13 inches, 13 by 20 inches. 3. Nominal Thickness: 3/8 inch. 4. Refer to restroom Elevations and Enlarged Plans on Sheet A411 for tile pattern and colors. C. Colorbody Porcelain Tile: Daltile;Veranda Tones: 1. Composition: Porcelain. 2. Module Size: 6-1/2 by 20 inches. 3. Thickness: 3/8 inch. 4. Refer to restroom Elevations and Enlarged Plans on Sheet A411 for tile pattern and colors.D. Glass and Natural Stone Random Mosaic Tile: Daltile; Stone Radiance. 1. Module Size: 5/8 inch by Random Mosaic(Mesh-mounted). 2. Thickness: 5/16 inch. 3. Refer to restroom Elevations and Enlarged Plans on Sheet A411 for tile pattern and colors. E. Glazed Wall Tile Trim Units: Matching characteristics of adjoining flat tile and coordinated with sizes and coursing of adjoining flat tile where applicable. Provide shapes as follows, selected from manufacturer's standard shapes: 1. Exposed exterior corners are to be Schluter,Rondec, Color to be determined. 2.4 CRACK-SUPPRESSION MEMBRANES FOR THIN-SET TILE INSTALLATIONS A. General: Manufacturer's standard product that complies with ANSI A118.10, selected from the following. B. PVC-Sheet Product: Two layers of PVC sheet heat-fused together and to facings of bondable nonwoven polyester, for adhering to latex-portland cement mortar; 60 inches wide by 0.040- inch nominal thickness. 1. Available Product: Compotite Corporation;Composeal Gold. C. Polyethelene Sheet Waterproofing: Composite of Chlorinated Polyethelene (CPE) with non- woven polyester laminated to each side. Thickness 0.030". 1. Available Product: Nobleseal TS by the Noble Company. 2. Install at all wall/floor joints 12"up wall and 12" out on floor. D. Urethane Waterproofing and Tile-Setting Adhesive: One-part liquid-applied urethane,with a VOC content of 65 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24), in a consistency suitable for trowel application and intended for use as both waterproofing and tile-setting adhesive in a two-step process. 1. Available Products: a. Bostik; Hydroment Ultra-Set. b. Southern Grouts&Mortars,Inc.;Deck-Seal 1000. TILING 093000 - 4 PROJECT#14004.00 "1 2.5 SETTING AND GROUTING MATERIALS 7 A. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Bonsai, W.R., Company. 2. Bostik. 3. DAP, Inc. 4. MAPEI Corporation. 5. Summitville Tiles, Inc. 6. TEC Specialty Products Inc. B. Not Approved Manufacturers: 1. LATICRETE International Inc. C. Latex-Portland Cement Mortar(Thin Set): ANSI A118.4, consisting of the following: 1. Prepackaged dry-mortar mix containing dry, redispersible, ethylene vinyl acetate additive to which only water must be added at Project site. 2. Prepackaged dry-mortar mix combined with acrylic resin liquid-latex additive. a. For wall applications, provide nonsagging mortar that complies with Paragraph F- 4.6.1 in addition to the other requirements in ANSI Al 18.4. D. Standard Sanded Cement Grout: ANSI A118.6, color as indicated (1/8"and wider joints). E. Standard Unsanded Cement Grout: ANSI A118.6, color as indicated (narrower than 1/8" joints). anui F. Polymer-Modified Tile Grout: ANSI A 118.7, color as indicated. 1. Polymer Type: Acrylic resin in liquid-latex form for addition to prepackaged dry-grout mix. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland cement-based formulation provided or approved by manufacturer of tile-setting materials for installations indicated. B. Metal Edge Strips: Angle or L-shape, height to match tile and setting-bed thickness, metallic or combination of metal and PVC or neoprene base, designed specifically for flooring applications, stainless steel; ASTM A 666, 300 Series exposed-edge material. C. Tile Cleaner: A neutral cleaner capable of removing soil and residue without harming tile and grout surfaces, specifically approved for materials and installations indicated by tile and grout ..t manufacturers. TILING 093000-5 `1 PROJECT#14004.00 D. Grout Sealer: Manufacturer's standard product for sealing grout joints that does not change color or appearance of grout. 1. Products: a. Bostik; CeramaSeal Grout Sealer. b. MAPEI Corporation; KER 003, Silicone Spray Sealer for Cementitious Tile Grout r. 004,Keraseal Penetrating Sealer for Unglazed Grout and Tile. c. Summitville Tiles,Inc.; SL-15,Invisible Seal Penetrating Grout and Tile Sealer. d. Aquamix. .. 2.7 MIXING MORTARS AND GROUT A. Mix mortars and grouts to comply with referenced standards and mortar and grout manufacturers'written instructions. B. Add materials,water,and additives in accurate proportions. C. Obtain and use type of mixing equipment, mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and ._ other procedures to produce mortars and grouts of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for installations indicated. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where tile will be installed, with Installer present, for _. compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of installed tile. 1. Verify that substrates for setting tile are firm; dry; clean; free of oil, waxy films, and curing compounds; and within flatness tolerances required by referenced ANSI A108 Series of tile installation standards for installations indicated. 2. Verify that installation of grounds, anchors, recessed frames, electrical and mechanical units of work, and similar items located in or behind tile has been completed before installing tile. 3. Verify that joints and cracks in tile substrates are coordinated with tile joint locations; if not coordinated, adjust joint locations in consultation with Architect. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove coatings, including curing compounds and other substances that contain soap,wax, oil, or silicone,that are incompatible with tile-setting materials. 093000 - 6 TILING PROJECT#14004.00 B. Provide concrete substrates for tile floors installed with thin-set mortar that comply with flatness tolerances specified in referenced ANSI A108 Series of tile installation standards. 1. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions with trowelable leveling and patching compound according to tile-setting material manufacturer's written instructions. Use product specifically recommended by tile-setting material manufacturer. 2. Remove protrusions, bumps, and ridges by sanding or grinding. C. Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within ranges selected during Sample submittals, verify that tile has been factory blended and packaged so tile units taken from one package show same range of colors as those taken from other packages and match approved Samples. If not factory blended,either return to manufacturer or blend tiles at Project site before installing. D. Field-Applied Temporary Protective Coating: Where indicated under tile type or needed to prevent grout from staining or adhering to exposed tile surfaces, precoat them with continuous film of temporary protective coating,taking care not to coat unexposed tile surfaces. 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. ANSI Tile Installation Standards: Comply with parts of ANSI A108 Series "Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile" that apply to types of setting and grouting materials and to methods indicated in ceramic tile installation schedules. B. TCA Installation Guidelines: TCA's "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation." Comply with TCA installation methods indicated in ceramic tile installation schedules. C. Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form complete r` covering without interruptions, unless otherwise indicated. Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges,and corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments. D. Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or built-in items for straight aligned joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other penetrations so plates, collars, or covers overlap tile. E. Jointing Pattern: Lay tile in grid pattern, unless otherwise indicated. Align joints when .� adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, and trim are same size. Adjust to minimize tile cutting. Provide uniform joint widths, unless otherwise indicated. 1. For tile mounted in sheets, make joints between tile sheets same width as joints within tile sheets so joints between sheets are not apparent in finished work. F. Expansion Joints: Locate expansion joints and other sealant-filled joints, including control, contraction, and isolation joints, where indicated during installation of setting materials, mortar beds, and tile. Do not saw-cut joints after installing tiles. 1. Locate joints in tile surfaces directly above joints in concrete substrates. 2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." TILING 093000 7 PROJECT#14004.00 G. Grout tile to comply with requirements of the following tile installation standards: 1. For ceramic tile grouts (sand-portland cement; dry-set, commercial portland cement; and latex-portland cement grouts),comply with ANSI A108.10. 2. For chemical-resistant epoxy grouts,comply with ANSI A108.6. 3. For chemical-resistant furan grouts,comply with ANSI A108.8. 3.4 CRACK-SUPPRESSION MEMBRANE INSTALLATION A. Install crack-suppression membrane to comply with manufacturer's written instructions to produce membrane of uniform thickness bonded securely to substrate. S 3.5 FLOOR TILE INSTALLATION A. General: Install tile to comply with requirements in the Floor Tile Installation Schedule, including those referencing TCA installation methods and ANSI A108 Series of tile installation standards. 1. For installations indicated below, follow procedures in ANSI A108 Series tile installation standards for providing 95 percent mortar coverage. a. Tile floors composed of tiles 8 by 8 inches or larger. B. Joint Widths: Install tile on floors with the following joint widths: Owe 1. Colorbody Porcelain Tile: 3/16 inch. C. Metal Edge Strips: Install at locations indicated or where exposed edge of tile flooring meets carpet,wood,or other flooring that finishes flush with top of tile. D. Grout Sealer: Apply grout sealer to grout joints according to grout-sealer manufacturer's written instructions. As soon as grout sealer has penetrated grout joints, remove excess sealer and sealer that has gotten on tile faces by wiping with soft cloth. 3.6 WALL TILE INSTALLATION A. Install types of tile designated for wall installations to comply with requirements in the Wall Tile Installation Schedule, including those referencing TCA installation methods and ANSI setting-bed standards. B. Install metal lath and scratch coat for walls to comply with ANSI A108.1A, Section 4.1. C. Joint Widths: Install tile on walls with the following joint widths: 1. Colorbody Porcelain Tile: 3/16 inch. 2. Random Mosaic Tile: 1/8 inch. TILING 093000- 8 PROJECT#14004.00 3.7 CLEANING AND PROTECTING A. Cleaning: On completion of placement and grouting, clean all ceramic tile surfaces so they are free of foreign matter. —„ 1. Remove latex-portland cement grout residue from tile as soon as possible. 2. Clean grout smears and haze from tile according to tile and grout manufacturer's written instructions, but no sooner than 10 days after installation. Use only cleaners recommended by tile and grout manufacturers and only after determining that cleaners are safe to use by testing on samples of tile and other surfaces to be cleaned. Protect metal surfaces and plumbing fixtures from effects of cleaning. Flush surfaces with clean water before and after cleaning. 3. Remove temporary protective coating by method recommended by coating manufacturer that is acceptable to tile and grout manufacturer. Trap and remove coating to prevent it from clogging drains. B. When recommended by tile manufacturer, apply coat of neutral protective cleaner to completed tile walls and floors. Protect installed tile work with kraft paper or other heavy covering during construction period to prevent staining,damage,and wear. C. Prohibit foot and wheel traffic from tiled floors for at least seven days after grouting is completed. D. Before final inspection,remove protective coverings and rinse neutral cleaner from tile surfaces. 3.8 FLOOR TILE INSTALLATION SCHEDULE A. Tile Installation: Interior floor installation on concrete; thin-set mortar; TC'A F1 13 and ANSI A108.5. 1. Tile Type: Colorbody Porcelain tile. 2. Thin-Set Mortar: Latex-portland cement mortar. 3. Grout: Polymer-modified sanded grout. B. Tile Installation: Interior floor installation on crack-suppression membrane over concrete; thin- set mortar; TCA F122 and ANSI A108.5. 1. Tile Type: Colorbody Porcelain tile. 2. Thin-Set Mortar: Latex-portland cement mortar. 3. Grout: Polymer-modified sanded grout. 3.9 WALL TILE INSTALLATION SCHEDULE A. Tile Installation: Interior wall installation over sound, dimensionally stable masonry or concrete;thin-set mortar; TCA W202 and ANSI A108.5. 1. Tile Type: Colorbody Porcelain tile. 2. Thin-Set Mortar: Dry-set portland cement mortar. 3. Grout: Polymer-modified sanded grout. TILING 093000-9 PROJECT#14004.00 B. Tile Installation: Interior wall installation over gypsum board on metal studs; organic adhesive; _ TCA W242 and ANSI A108.4. I. Tile Type: Colorbody Porcelain tile. — 2. Grout: Polymer-modified sanded grout. END OF SECTION 093000 TILING 093000 - 10 PROJECT#14004.00 095113 -ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 095113 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Condi- tions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes acoustical panels and exposed suspension systems for ceilings. B. Products furnished, but not installed under this Section, include anchors, clips, and other ceiling attachment devices to be cast in concrete at ceilings. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. AC: Articulation Class. B. CAC: Ceiling Attenuation Class. C. LR: Light Reflectance coefficient. D. NRC: Noise Reduction Coefficient. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, based on input from installers of the items involved: 1. Ceiling suspension system members. 2. Method of attaching hangers to building structure. a. Furnish layouts for cast-in-place anchors, clips, and other ceiling attachment devices whose installation is specified in other Sections. 3. Ceiling-mounted items including lighting fixtures, diffusers, grilles, speakers, sprinklers, access panels, and special moldings. 4. Minimum Drawing Scale: 1/8 inch= 1 foot. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For components with factory-applied color finishes. ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS PROJECT#14004.00 095113 - 1 D. Samples for Verification: For each component indicated and for each exposed finish required, ...' prepared on Samples of size indicated below. 1. Acoustical Panel: Set of 6-inch- square Samples of each type,color,pattern,and texture. 2. Exposed Suspension System Members, Moldings, and Trim: Set of 12-inch- long Samples of each type,finish, and color. E. Maintenance Data: For finishes to include in maintenance manuals. — 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of acoustical ceiling panel and supporting suspension system through one source from a single manufacturer. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver acoustical panels, suspension system components, and accessories to Project site in ..— original, unopened packages and store them in a fully enclosed, conditioned space where they will be protected against damage from moisture, humidity, temperature extremes, direct sunlight, surface contamination,and other causes. ,_, B. Before installing acoustical panels, permit them to reach room temperature and a stabilized moisture content. C. Handle acoustical panels carefully to avoid chipping edges or damaging units in any way. 1.7 HELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install acoustical panel ceilings until spaces are enclosed and weatherproof,wet work in spaces is complete and dry,work above ceilings is complete, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project IWO when occupied for its intended use. 1. Pressurized Plenums: Operate ventilation system for not less than 48 hours before beginning acoustical panel ceiling installation. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of acoustical panels and suspension system with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment,fire-suppression system,and partition assemblies. 1.9 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Acoustical Ceiling Panels: Full-size panels equal to 2.0 percent of quantity installed. 2. Suspension System Components: Quantity of each exposed component equal to 2.0 percent of quantity installed. 3. Hold-Down Clips: Equal to 2.0 percent of quantity installed. 4. Quantity required shall be after final inspection,not after substantial completion. ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 095113 - 2 PROJECT#14004.00 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ACOUSTICAL PANELS, GENERAL A. Acoustical Panel Colors and Patterns: Match appearance characteristics indicated for each product type. 1. Where appearance characteristics of acoustical panels are indicated by referencing pattern designations in ASTM E 1264 and not manufacturers' proprietary product designations, provide products selected by Architect from each manufacturer's full range that comply with requirements indicated for type, pattern, color, light reflectance, acoustical performance, edge detail,and size. 2.2 ACOUSTICAL PANELS 2.2.1 ACOUSTICAL PANELS FOR ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS IN RESTROOMS A. Products: 1. Armstrong World Industries,Inc.;Armatuff. B. Classification: Provide panels complying with ASTM E 1264 for type, form, and pattern as follows: 1. Type and Form: Type III, mineral base with painted finish. 2. Pattern: Medium Texture. C. Color: White. -• D. NRC: Not less than 0.50. E. CAC: Not less than 33. F. Edge/Joint Detail: Regular. G. Thickness: 3/4 inch. H. Modular Size: 24 by 24 inches. I. Grid: 15/16" J. Clips—required on all installations. 2.3 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS, GENERAL A. Metal Suspension System Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard direct-hung metal suspension systems of types, structural classifications, and finishes indicated that comply with applicable requirements in ASTM C 635. ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS PROJECT#14004.00 095113 -3 B. Finishes and Colors, General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. Provide manufacturer's standard factory-applied finish for type of system indicated. 1. High-Humidity Finish: Comply with ASTM C 635 requirements for "Coating Classification for Severe Environment Performance" where high-humidity finishes are indicated.C. Attachment Devices: Size for five times the design load indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1, "Direct Hung," unless otherwise indicated. 1. Anchors in Concrete: Anchors of type and material indicated below,with holes or loops for attaching hangers of type indicated and with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to five times that imposed by ceiling construction, as determined by testing according to ASTM E 488 or ASTM E 1512 as applicable, conducted by a qualified testing and inspecting agency. a. Type: Postinstalled expansion anchors. b. Corrosion Protection: Carbon-steel components t ziC nc sepllate oto comply with ASTM B 633,Class Fe/Zn 5 (0.005 mm)for tion. c. Corrosion Protection: Stainless-steel components complying with ASTM F 593 and ASTM F 594, Group 1 Alloy 304 or 316 for bolts; Alloy 304 or 316 for anchor. d. Corrosion Protection: Components fabricated from nickel-copper-alloy rods ,.. complying with ASTM B 164 for UNS No.N04400 alloy. 2. Power-Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with clips or other accessory devices for attaching hangers of type indicated, and with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 10 times that imposed by ceiling construction, as determined by testing per ASTM E 1190,conducted by a qualified testing and inspecting agency. D. Wire Hangers,Braces,and Ties: Provide wires complying with the following requirements: 1. Zinc-Coated,Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A 641,Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper. 2. Stainless-Steel Wire: ASTM A 580,Type 304,nonmagnetic. 3. Nickel-Copper-Alloy Wire: ASTM B 164,nickel-copper-alloy UNS No.N04400. 4. Size: Select wire diameter so its stress at 3 times hanger design load (ASTM C 635, Table 1, "Direct Hung") will be less than yield stress of wire, but provide not less than 0.135-inch-diameter wire. E. Hanger Rods: Mild steel,zinc coated or protected with rust-inhibitive paint. F. Angle Hangers: Angles with legs not less than 7/8 inch wide; formed with 0.04-inch- thick, ,.. galvanized steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653, G90 coating designation; with bolted connections and 5/16-inch- diameter bolts. G. Hold-Down Clips: Where indicated, provide manufacturer's standard hold-down clips spaced 24 inches o.c.on all cross tees. H. Inside/Outside Corners: Provide special shapes for outside and inside corners for both square and bullnose conditions. ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 095113 -4 Imo PROJECT#14004.00 2.4 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM FOR ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide one of the following: 1. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 2. Chicago Metallic Corporation. 3. USG Interiors,Inc.. B. Wide-Face, Capped, Double-Web, Steel Suspension System: Main and cross runners roll formed from cold-rolled steel sheet, prepainted, electrolytically zinc coated, or hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 653, not less than G30 coating designation, with prefinished 15/16-inch-wide metal caps on flanges. 1. Structural Classification: Intermediate-duty system. 2. End Condition of Cross Runners: Override(stepped)type. 3. Face Design: Flat, flush. 4. Cap Material: Aluminum cold-rolled sheet. 5. Cap Finish: Painted white. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, including structural framing to which acoustical panel ceilings attach or abut, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements specified in this and other Sections that affect ceiling installation and anchorage and with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of acoustical panel • ceilings. 1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION i - A. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical panels to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid using less-than-half-width panels at borders, and comply with layout shown on reflected ceiling plans. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Install acoustical panel ceilings to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and CISCA's "Ceiling Systems Handbook." .., B. Suspend ceiling hangers from building's structural members and as follows: 1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structure or of ceiling suspension system. 2. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions; offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. 3. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions; offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing,countersplaying, or other equally effective means. ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 095113 PROJECT#14004.00 5 4. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger .. spacings that interfere with location of hangers at spacings required to support standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form of trapezes or equivalent devices. •- 5. Secure wire hangers to ceiling suspension members and to supports above with a minimum of three tight turns. Connect hangers directly either to structures or to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure and appropriate for substrate and that will not deteriorate or otherwise fail due to age,corrosion,or elevated temperatures. 6. Secure flat, angle, channel, and rod hangers to structure, including intermediate framing members, by attaching to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure and appropriate for both structure to which hangers are attached and type of hanger involved. low Install hangers in a manner that will not cause them to deteriorate or fail due to age, corrosion,or elevated temperatures. 7. Do not support ceilings directly from permanent metal forms or floor deck. Fasten hangers to cast-in-place hanger inserts, postinstalled mechanical or adhesive anchors, or power-actuated fasteners that extend through forms into concrete. 8. When steel framing does not permit installation of hanger wires at spacing required, install carrying channels or other supplemental support for attachment of hanger wires. 9. Do not attach hangers to steel deck tabs. 10. Do not attach hangers to steel roof deck. Attach hangers to structural members. 11. Space hangers not more than 48 inches o.c. along each member supported directly from hangers,unless otherwise indicated;provide hangers not more than 8 inches from ends of each member. Imari 12. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced standards and publications. C. Secure bracing wires to ceiling suspension members and to supports with a minimum of four . tight turns. Suspend bracing from building's structural members as required for hangers, without attaching to permanent metal forms, steel deck, or steel deck tabs. Fasten bracing wires into concrete with cast-in-place or postinstalled anchors. D. Install suspension system runners so they are square and securely interlocked with one another. Remove and replace dented,bent,or kinked members. _ E. Install acoustical panels with undamaged edges and fit accurately into suspension system runners and edge moldings. Scribe and cut panels at borders and penetrations to provide a neat, precise fit. 1. For square-edged panels, install panels with edges fully hidden from view by flanges of suspension system runners and moldings.2. For reveal-edged panels on suspension system runners, install panels with bottom of — reveal in firm contact with top surface of runner flanges. 3. For reveal-edged panels on suspension system members with box-shaped flanges, install panels with reveal surfaces in firm contact with suspension system surfaces and panel faces flush with bottom face of runners. 4. Paint cut edges of panel remaining exposed after installation; match color of exposed panel surfaces using coating recommended in writing for this purpose by acoustical panel manufacturer. 5. Install hold-down clips in areas indicated, in areas required by authorities having jurisdiction. 6. Protect lighting fixtures and air ducts to comply with requirements indicated for fire- resistance-rated assembly. ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 095113 -6 PROJECT#14004.00 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical panel ceilings, including trim, edge moldings, and suspension system members. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and touchup of minor finish damage. Remove and replace ceiling components that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage. END OF SECTION 095113 1 1 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS PROJECT#14004.00 095113 - 7 096513 RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES 096513 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Resilient base. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of product indicated. C. Samples for Verification: For each type of product indicated, in manufacturer's standard-size Samples but not less than 12 inches long, of each resilient product color, texture,and pattern required. ..g 1.4 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Furnish not less than 10 linear feet of each type, color, pattern, and size of resilient product installed. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: As determined bytestingidentical tical products according to ASTM E 648 or NFPA 253 by a qualified testing agency. 1. Critical Radiant Flux Classification: Class I,not less than 0.45 W/sq. cm. B. Mockups: Provide resilient products with mockups specified in other Sections. 4 RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES 096513 - 1 PROJECT#14004.00 1 1 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Store resilient products and installation materials in dry spaces protected from the weather, with ambient temperatures maintained within range recommended by .. manufacturer,but not less than 50 deg F or more than 90 deg F. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer,but not less than 70 deg F or more than 95 deg F, in spaces to receive resilient products during the following Yens time periods: 1. 48 hours before installation. lam 2. During installation. 3. 48 hours after installation. B. Until substantial completion, maintain temperatures within range recommended by —' manufacturer,but not less than 55 deg F or more than 95 deg F. C. Install resilient products after other finishing operations, including painting, have been -. completed. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to,products listed in other Part 2 •- articles. B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products listed �.. in other Part 2 articles. 2.2 COLORS AND PATTERNS A. Colors and Patterns: To match existing. 2.3 RESILIENT BASE A. Resilient Base Standard: ASTM F 1861. 1. Armstrong World Industries,Inc.; Color-integrated vinyl 1/8"or.080". 2. Burke Mercer Flooring Products. 3. Johnsonite. 4. Musson,R. C.Rubber Co. 5. Roppe Corporation. 6. VPI,LLC,Floor Products Division. RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES 096513 -2 .w PROJECT#14004.00 B. Type: TV(vinyl). C. Group(Manufacturing Method): I(solid,homogeneous). D. Style: Cove(with top-set toe). E. Minimum Thickness: 0.125 inch. F. Height: 4 inches. G. Lengths: Coils in manufacturer's standard length. H. Outside Corners: Job formed. I. Inside Corners: Job formed. J. Surface: Smooth. K. Colors and Patterns:Match existing. 2.4 RESILIENT MOLDING ACCESSORY A. Resilient Molding Accessory: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Burke Mercer Flooring Products. b. Johnsonite. c. Roppe Corporation. B. Description: Carpet edge for glue-down applications. Nosing for carpet. Joiner for tile and carpet. C. Material: Vinyl. D. Colors and Patterns: Match existing base. E. Provide Architect samples of proposed resilient molding accessories to be used at all transition points,noting designations,for Architects approval. 2.5 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland cement based or blended hydraulic cement based formulation provided or approved by resilient product manufacturers for applications indicated. B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit resilient products and substrate conditions indicated. RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES 096513 -3 PROJECT#14004.00 PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Verify that finishes of substrates comply with tolerances and other requirements specified in other Sections and that substrates are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale,and foreign deposits that might interfere with adhesion of resilient products. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare substrates according to manufacturer's written recommendations to ensure adhesion of resilient products. 3.3 RESILIENT BASE INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing resilient base. B. Apply resilient base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework and cabinets in toe spaces, and other permanent fixtures in rooms and areas where base is required. C. Install resilient base in lengths as long as practicable without gaps at seams and with tops of adjacent pieces aligned. D. Tightly adhere resilient base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with base in continuous contact with horizontal and vertical substrates. E. Do not stretch wall base during installation. F. Job-Formed Corners: 1. Inside Corners: Use straight pieces of maximum lengths possible. Form by cutting an inverted V-shaped notch in toe of wall base at the point where corner is formed. Shave back of base where necessary to produce a snug fit to substrate. 3.4 RESILIENT ACCESSORY INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing resilient accessories. B. Resilient Stair Accessories: 1. Use stair-tread-nose filler to fill nosing substrates that do not conform to tread contours. 2. Tightly adhere to substrates throughout length of each piece. 3. For treads installed as separate, equal-length units, install to produce a flush joint between units. RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES 096513 -4 PROJECT#14004.00 • C. Resilient Molding Accessories: Butt to adjacent materials and tightly adhere to substrates throughout length of each piece. Install reducer strips at edges of carpet that would otherwise be exposed. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and protection of resilient products. B. Perform the following operations immediately after completing resilient product installation: 1. Remove adhesive and other blemishes from exposed surfaces. 2. Sweep and vacuum surfaces thoroughly. 3. Damp-mop surfaces to remove marks and soil. a. Do not wash surfaces until after time period recommended by -"t manufacturer. C. Cover resilient products until Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 096513 7 I -TI { RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES 096513 - 5 PROJECT#14004.00 099123-INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary tions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on the following interior substrates: 1. Steel. o! 2. Gypsum board. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING —1 A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F. 1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F. B. Do not apply paints when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. 1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that are from same production run (batch mix) as materials applied and that are packaged for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Quantity: Furnish not less than 1 gal. of each material and color applied. INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 1 PROJECT#14004.00 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS ,.. A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by [one of] the following: 1. Benjamin Moore&Co. 2. Diamond Vogel Paints. 3. PPG Architectural Finishes,Inc. 4. Sherwin-Williams Company(The). 2.2 PAINT,GENERAL A. Material Compatibility: 1. Provide materials for use within each paint system that are compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer,based on testing and field experience. 2. For each coat in a paint system, provide products recommended in writing by manufacturers of topcoat for use in paint system and on substrate indicated. B. VOC's of Field-Applied Interior Paints and Coatings: Provide products that comply with the following limits for VOC content, exclusive of colorants added to a tint base, when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24); these requirements do not apply to primers or finishes that are applied in a fabrication or finishing shop: lam 1. Flat Paints and Coatings: VOC content of not more than 50 g/L. 2. Nonflat Paints and Coatings: VOC content of not more than 150 g/L. C. Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 1. Please see Special Conditions listed at the end of this specification. 2.3 PRIMERS/SEALERS w A. Interior Latex Primer/Sealer: MPI#50. (Drywall) 1. VOC Content: E Range of El. 2.4 METAL PRIMERS A. Rust-Inhibitive Primer (Water Based): MPI#107. (Touch up or Prime Hollow Metal Doors & Frames) 1. VOC Content: E Range of El. INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 -2 Iowa PROJECT#14004.00 2.5 LATEX PAINTS A. Interior Latex(Eggshell): MPI#52 (Gloss Level 3). (Walls, great touch-up) 1. VOC Content: E Range of E l. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of work. B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows: 1. Gypsum Board: 12 percent. C. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing finishes and primers. D. Begin coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces are dry. 1. Beginning coating application constitutes Contractor's acceptance of substrates and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural ,.� Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates indicated. B. Remove plates, machined surfaces, and similar items already in place that are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface- - applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to -� reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection if any. 2. Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification,performance rating, or nomenclature plates. C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants. 1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers as required to produce paint systems indicated. D. Steel Substrates: Remove rust and loose mill scale. Clean using methods recommended in writing by paint manufacturer. E. Gypsum Board Substrates: Do not begin paint application until finishing compound is dry and sanded smooth. INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 -3 •"` PROJECT#14004.00 3.3 APPLICATION A. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated. 2. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 3. Paint front sides of access panels, removable or hinged covers, and similar hinged items to match exposed surfaces. B. Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat if multiple coats of same material are to be applied. Tint undercoats to match color of topcoat, but provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. C. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform paint finish,color,and appearance. D. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting,holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking,runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site. '! B. After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. C. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. 3.5 INTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE .. A. Steel Substrates: 1. Alkyd System: MPI INT 5.1E. (Exposed Structural Steel; Exposed HVAC Equipment, Electric Panel Covers; Handrails; Exposed Conduit and Boxes; HM Doors and Frames; Glass Lite Metal Frames; Lintels) los a. Prime Coat: Alkyd anticorrosive metal primer. b. Intermediate Coat: Interior alkyd matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Interior alkyd(semigloss). INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 -4 PROJECT#14004.00 B. Gypsum Board Substrates: 1. Latex System: MPI INT 9.2A. a. Prime Coat: Interior latex primer/sealer. b. Intermediate Coat: Interior latex matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Interior latex(eggshell). ..t SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1. Field color and accent colors may change locations within an area/room. 2. Color would change at interior or exterior corner. 3. Bid all accent walls with a deep base. If the accent color is light in color and does not need a deep base,then credit shall be given in the form of a change order. END OF SECTION 099123 11.1.4 INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 5 ""` PROJECT#14004.00 101400—SIGNAGE 101400 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Panel signs. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines: U.S. Architectural &Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's "Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities;Architectural Barriers Act(ABA)Accessibility Guidelines." 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for signs. 1. Show sign mounting heights, locations of supplementary supports to be provided by others,and accessories. 2. Provide message list, typestyles, graphic elements, including tactile characters and Braille, and layout for each sign. C. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of actual units or sections of units showing the full range of colors available for the following: 1. Acrylic sheet. D. Sign Schedule: Use same designations indicated on Drawings. E. Maintenance Data: For signs to include in maintenance manuals. F. Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section. SIGNAGE 101400 - 1 PROJECT#14004.00 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Shop that employs skilled workers who custom-fabricate products similar to those required for this Project and whose products have a record of successful in- ._ service performance. B. Source Limitations for Signs: Obtain each sign type indicated from one source from a single manufacturer. C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable provisions in ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines and ICC/ANSI A 117.1. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS Vow A. Field Measurements: Verify recess openings by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate placement of anchorage devices with templates for installing signs. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Acrylic Sheet: ASTM D 4802, Category A-1 (cell-cast sheet),Type UVA(UV absorbing). 2.2 PANEL SIGNS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering �. products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the ... following: 1. ASI-Modulex,Inc. 2. Best Sign Systems Inc. 3. Gemini Incorporated. 4. Innerface Sign Systems, Inc. 5. Mohawk Sign Systems. tam Not Approved: 1. Grimco, Inc. C. Tactile and Braille Sign: Manufacturer's standard process for producing text and symbols complying with ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines and with ICC/ANSI Al 17.1. Text shall be accompanied by Grade 2 Braille. Produce precisely formed characters with square-cut edges free from burrs and cut marks; Braille dots with domed or rounded shape. SIGNAGE 101400-2 PROJECT#14004.00 D. Subsurface Engraved Acrylic Sheet: Reverse-engrave back face of clear acrylic sheet. Fill resulting copy with enamel. Apply opaque background color coating over enamel-filled copy. E. Colored Coatings for Acrylic Sheet: For copy and background colors,provide colored coatings, including inks, dyes, and paints, that are recommended by acrylic manufacturers for optimum adherence to acrylic surface and are UV and water resistant for three years for application intended. ,.� 1. Custom Paint Colors: Match existing signs. F. Panel Sign Schedule: 1. Sign Type with Braille&International Symbols: a. Sign Size: 6 by 8 inches. b. Message Panel Material: i. MEN(handicap and male symbol). Existing to be reinstalled. ii. WOMEN(handicap and female symbol). Existing to be reinstalled. iii. RESTROOM(handicap and male and female symbols). New. iv. Family Maker's Corner(verify wording). New. -.. c. Message Panel Finish/Color: Match existing. d. Background Finish/Color: Match existing. e. Character Size: Match existing. f. Character Finish/Color: Match existing. g. Location: As indicated. h. Quantity: 1 each. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Anchors and Inserts: Provide nonferrous-metal or hot-dip galvanized anchors and inserts for exterior installations and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Use toothed steel or lead expansion-bolt devices for drilled-in-place anchors. Furnish inserts, as required, to be set -ter into concrete or masonry work. 2.4 FABRICATION A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard signs of configurations indicated. 1. Welded Connections: Comply with AWS standards for recommended practices in shop welding. Provide welds behind finished surfaces without distortion or discoloration of exposed side. Clean exposed welded surfaces of welding flux and dress exposed and contact surfaces. 2. Mill joints to tight, hairline fit. Form joints exposed to weather to exclude water penetration. 3. Preassemble signs in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble signs only as ""j necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and installation, in location not exposed to view after final assembly. 4. Conceal fasteners if possible; otherwise, locate fasteners where they will be inconspicuous. SIGNAGE 101400-3 '` PROJECT#14004.00 2.5 FINISHES,GENERAL _.. A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. C. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are War acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. 2.6 ACRYLIC SHEET FINISHES A. Colored Coatings for Acrylic Sheet: For copy and background colors, provide colored coatings, including inks, dyes, and paints, that are recommended by acrylic manufacturers for optimum adherence to acrylic surface and that are UV and water resistant for three years for application intended. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION 6— A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work. L.. B. Verify that items, including anchor inserts,are sized and located to accommodate signs. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. `-- 3.2 INSTALLATION �-- i A. Locate signs and accessories where indicated, using mounting methods of types described and complying with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Install signs level, plumb, and at heights indicated, with sign surfaces free of distortion and other defects in appearance. 2. Interior Wall Signs: Install signs on walls adjacent to latch side of door where applicable. Where not indicated or possible, such as double doors, install signs on nearest adjacent walls. Locate to allow approach within 3 inches of sign without encountering protruding objects or standing within swing of door. '" SIGNAGE 101400-4 PROJECT#14004.00 B. Wall-Mounted Signs: Comply with sign manufacturer's written instructions except where more stringent requirements apply. 1. Two-Face Tape: VHB with clear silicone caulk at perimeter. 2. Silicone-Adhesive Mounting: Attach signs to irregular, porous, or vinyl-covered surfaces. 3. Shim Plate Mounting: Provide 1/8-inch- thick, concealed aluminum shim plates with predrilled and countersunk holes, at locations indicated, and where other mounting methods are not practicable. Attach plate with fasteners and anchors suitable for secure attachment to substrate. Attach panel signs to plate using method specified above. 4. Mechanical Fasteners: Use nonremovable mechanical fasteners placed through predrilled 7holes. Attach signs with fasteners and anchors suitable for secure attachment to substrate as recommended in writing by sign manufacturer. 5. Signs Mounted on Glass: Provide matching opaque plate on opposite side of glass to conceal mounting materials. 3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION 1 A. After installation, clean soiled sign surfaces according to manufacturer's written instructions. Protect signs from damage until acceptance by Owner. 1 END OF SECTION 101400 1 i 1 Ill I —w mank 1 1 art 1 SIGNAGE 101400-5 PROJECT#14004.00 SECTION 102113.19-PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS 102113.19 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Solid-plastic toilet compartments configured as toilet enclosures and urinal screens. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for toilet compartments. B. Shop Drawings: For toilet compartments. 1 1. Include plans,elevations, sections,details,and attachment details. 2. Show locations of cutouts for compartment-mounted toilet accessories. ..� 3. Show locations of centerlines of toilet fixtures. 4. Show locations of floor drains. 5. Show overhead support or bracing locations. C. Samples for Verification: For the following products, in manufacturer's standard sizes unless otherwise indicated: •-t 1. Each type of material, color, and finish required for toilet compartments, prepared on 6- inch-square Samples of same thickness and material indicated for Work. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For toilet compartments to include in maintenance manuals. 1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS -1 A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents and source. 1. Door Hinges: One hinge(s)with associated fasteners. 2. Latch and Keeper: One latch(es)and keeper(s)with associated fasteners. 3. Door Bumper: One bumper(s)with associated fasteners. 4. Door Pull: One door pull(s)with associated fasteners. 5. Fasteners: Ten fasteners of each size and type. PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS 102113.19- 1 PROJECT#14004.00 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of toilet fixtures, walls, columns, ceilings, and other construction contiguous with toilet compartments by field measurements before fabrication. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 SOLID-PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS A. Copy this article and re-edit for each product. B. Insert drawing designation.Use these designations on Drawings to identify each product. C. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Accurate Partitions Corp.; ASI Group. 2. Ampco Products,LLC. 3. Bradley Corporation. 4. Columbia Lockers; Partition Systems International of South Carolina. 5. General Partitions Mfg. Corp. 6. Global Partitions;ASI Group. 7. Hadrian Manufacturing Inc. 8. Knickerbocker Partition Corporation. 9. Marlite. 10. Metpar Corp. 11. Scranton Products. D. Toilet-Enclosure Style: Overhead braced. Floor anchored E. Urinal-Screen Style: Wall hung.F. Door, Panel, and Pilaster Construction: Solid, high-density polyethylene (HDPE) panel material, not less than 1 inch thick, seamless,with eased edges, and with homogenous color and .. pattern throughout thickness of material. 1. Integral Hinges: Configure doors and pilasters to receive integral hinges. 2. Heat-Sink Strip: Manufacturer's standard continuous, extruded-aluminum strip fastened to exposed bottom edges of solid-plastic components to hinder malicious combustion. 3. Color and Pattern: One or Two colors patterns in each room as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. G. Pilaster Shoes: Manufacturer's standard design; stainless steel. H. Brackets(Fittings): 1. Full-Height (Continuous) Type: Manufacturer's standard design; double ear extruded aluminum. PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS 102113.19 -2 PROJECT#14004.00 1 1 2.2 HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES A. Hardware and Accessories:Manufacturer's heavy-duty operating hardware and accessories. 1. Hinges: Manufacturer's minimum 0.062-inch- thick stainless-steel paired, self-closing type that can be adjusted to hold doors open at any angle up to 90 degrees, allowing emergency access by lifting door. Mount with through-bolts. 2. Latch and Keeper: Manufacturer's heavy-duty surface-mounted cast-stainless-steel latch unit designed to resist damage due to slamming, with combination rubber-faced door strike and keeper, and with provision for emergency access. Provide units that comply with regulatory requirements for accessibility at compartments designated as accessible. Mount with through-bolts. 3. Coat Hook: Manufacturer's heavy-duty combination cast-stainless-steel hook and rubber- , tipped bumper, sized to prevent in-swinging door from hitting compartment-mounted accessories. Mount with through-bolts. --� 4. Door Bumper: Manufacturer's heavy-duty rubber-tipped cast-stainless-steel bumper at out-swinging doors. Mount with through-bolts. 5. Door Pull: Manufacturer's heavy-duty cast-stainless-steel pull at out-swinging doors that complies with regulatory requirements for accessibility. Provide units on both sides of doors at compartments designated as accessible. Mount with through-bolts. B. Overhead Bracing: Manufacturer's standard continuous, extruded-aluminum head rail with antigrip profile and in manufacturer's standard finish. C. Anchorages and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard exposed fasteners of stainless steel, finished to match the items they are securing, with theft-resistant-type heads. Provide sex-type bolts for through-bolt applications. For concealed anchors, use stainless-steel, hot-dip galvanized-steel, or other rust-resistant,protective-coated steel compatible with related materials. 2.3 MATERIALS A. Aluminum Castings: ASTM B 26. B. Aluminum Extrusions:ASTM B 221. C. Stainless-Steel Sheet:ASTM A 666,Type 304, stretcher-leveled standard of flatness. D. Stainless-Steel Castings: ASTM A 743. E. Zamac: ASTM B 86,commercial zinc-alloy die castings. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Fabrication, General: Fabricate toilet compartment components to sizes indicated. Coordinate requirements and provide cutouts for through-partition toilet accessories where required for attachment of toilet accessories. B. Overhead-Braced Units: Provide manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant supports, leveling mechanism, and anchors at pilasters to suit floor conditions. Provide shoes at pilasters to conceal supports and leveling mechanism. C. Door Size and Swings: Unless otherwise indicated, provide 24-inch- wide, in-swinging doors for standard toilet compartments and 36-inch- wide, out-swinging doors with a minimum 32- inch-wide, clear opening for compartments designated as accessible. PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS 102113.19 -3 PROJECT#14004.00 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for fastening, support, alignment, operating clearances, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Confirm location and adequacy of blocking and supports required for installation. t � B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions. Install units rigid, straight, level,and plumb. Secure units in position with manufacturer's recommended anchoring _ devices. 1. Maximum Clearances: a. Pilasters and Panels: 1/2 inch. b. Panels and Walls: 1 inch. 2. Full-Height (Continuous) Brackets: Secure panels to walls and to pilasters with full- height brackets. a. Locate bracket fasteners so holes for wall anchors occur in masonry or tile joints. b. Align brackets at pilasters with brackets at walls. B. Overhead-Braced Units: Secure pilasters to floor and level, plumb, and tighten. Set pilasters with anchors penetrating not less than 1-3/4 inches into structural floor unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written instructions. Secure continuous head rail to each pilaster with no fewer than two fasteners. Hang doors to align tops of doors with tops of panels, and adjust so tops of doors are parallel with overhead brace when doors are in closed position. C. Urinal Screens: Attach with anchoring devices to suit supporting structure. Set units level and plumb,rigid,and secured to resist lateral impact. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Hardware Adjustment: Adjust and lubricate hardware according to hardware manufacturer's written instructions for proper operation. Set hinges on in-swinging doors to hold doors open approximately 30 degrees from closed position when unlatched. Set hinges on out-swinging doors to return doors to fully closed position. END OF SECTION 102113.19 PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS 102113.19 -4 PROJECT#14004.00 102800-TOILET,BATH,AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 102800 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary -� Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY 1 A. This Section includes the following: 1. Public-use washroom accessories. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include the following: 1. Construction details and dimensions. 2. Anchoring and mounting requirements, including requirements for cutouts in other work and substrate preparation. 3. Material and finish descriptions. 4. Features that will be included for Project. 5. Manufacturer's warranty. B. Product Schedule: Indicating types, quantities, sizes, and installation locations by room of each accessory required. 1. Identify products using designations indicated on Drawings. C. Maintenance Data: For toilet and bath accessories to include in maintenance manuals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: For products listed together in the same articles in Part 2, provide products of same manufacturer unless otherwise approved by Architect. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. 1.5 COORDINATION r A. Coordinate accessory locations with other work to prevent interference with clearances required for access by people with disabilities, and for proper installation, adjustment, operation, cleaning, and servicing of accessories. B. Deliver inserts and anchoring devices set into concrete or masonry as required to prevent delaying the Work. TOILET,BATH,AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 102800 - 1 PROJECT#14004.00 1.6 WARRANTY A. Warranty Period: 1 year from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 304, 0.0312-inch minimum nominal thickness, unless otherwise indicated. B. Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008, Designation CS (cold rolled, commercial steel), 0.0359-inch minimum nominal thickness. C. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653,with G60 hot-dip zinc coating. D. Galvanized Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM A 153,hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. E. Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit and tamper-and- theft resistant where exposed, and of galvanized steel where concealed. F. Chrome Plating: ASTM B 456, Service Condition Number SC 2(moderate service). G. Mirrors: ASTM C 1503,Mirror Glazing Quality, clear-glass mirrors,nominal 6.0 mm thick. 6. 2.2 MANUFACTURERS AND PRODUCT NUMBERS A. Basis-of-Design Product: The design for accessories is based on products indicated. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the named product or a comparable product by one of the following: 1. American Specialties,Inc. (ASI) 2. Bobrick Washroom Equipment,Inc. 3. Bradley Corporation. B. Toilet Tissue(Roll)Dispenser: 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Surface Mounted=ASI-0264-1 (Plan designation"TPH"). 2. Description: Heavy-duty cast aluminum, satin matte silver-gray finish. Internal mechanism levers shall be fabricated of molded high-impact plastic. Rollers shall be of molded high-impact resistant plastic with integral stainless steel pins. Two (2) rollers shall be supplied. •. 3. Mounting: Centerline of roll to be 18"above finish floor(A.F.F.). C. Soap Dispenser 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Surface mounted=ASI 9343 (Plan designation"SD"). 2. Description: Unit shall be fabricated of 18-8, type 304 stainless steel, 22 gauge material. Structural assembly of all components shall be of welded construction with concealed ... fasteners and hinged filler top for vandal resistance. It will be capable of dispensing liquid and lotion soaps, synthetic detergents and antibacterial soaps containing PCMX and/or Triclosan capacity 48 fluid ounces. All exposed surfaces shall be No. 4 satin finish. 3. Mounting: 73"A.F.F. to top of unit. TOILET,BATH,AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 102800 - 2 PROJECT#14004.00 D. Grab Bar 1. Basis-of-Design Product: ASI 3800 (Plan designation "36"GB" for 36" length and "42"GB"for 42"length horizontal,and 18""GB"for 18" length vertical. 2. Description: Grab bars shall be fabricated of 18-8, type 304 stainless steel with flanges for concealed mounting. Tubing shall be 1 'A" dia. X 18 gauge. Flanges shall be heliarc welded to tubing with a continuous concealed bead and shall be 11 gauge. Three tamper resistance stainless steel hex socket set screws shall be supplied for each flange. Mounting tenon plates shall be fabricated of case hardened cadmium plated 13 gauge steel. All exposed surfaces shall be No. 4 satin finish and a peened non-slip surface on the bar. 3. Mounting: 33" to 36" A.F.F. to centerline of tube. (In situations where preschool age children will use bars,height shall be 19". E. Sanitary-Napkin Disposal Unit—Partition Mounted Dual Compartments -44 1. Basis-of-Design Product: ASI 0472-1 (Plan designation"SND-2") 2. Description: These units are to be mounted in toilet partitions of'Y2 " to 1 '/4" thickness, centered in opening provided by partition manufacturer. Disposal shall be constricted of ...1 22 gauge, type 304 stainless steel, welded construction. All exposed surfaces shall have No. 4 satin finish. Flanges shall be drawn and beveled, of one-piece seamless construction. Door shall be spring loaded, self closing panel, secured to cabinet with full length stainless steel piano hinge. International graphic symbol identifies the disposal. Receptacle shall be removable for servicing and shall have a capacity of 1.5 gallons. 3. Mounting: 33" from finish floor to top of opening in panel. Centerline of opening 39 1/4" from back wall. F. Mirror Unit 1. Basis-of-Design Product: ASI 0600 24 x 36 (Plan designation "MOL"), ASI 0600 70 x 36(Plan designation"CMOL"). Note: "B"suffix indicates tempered glass. 2. Description: Frame shall be 3/4" x 5/8" roll formed, 18 gauge type 304 stainless steel angles. Corners shall be heliarc welded, ground and polished smooth to a uniform satin finish. Mirror is installed on concealed"H"bracket provided with all mounting fasteners. Glass shall be standard 'A"thick plate glass, silver coated and hermetically sealed with a uniform copper coating, warranted against silver spoilage for 15 years. Filler shall be expanded polyethylene microcell foam sheet material, 1/8"thick and water resistant. 3. Mounting MOL & CMOL: The bottom of the 36" high mirror glass is to be 40" A.F.F. or 3"above sink rim,whichever is lower. G. Coat Hooks 1. Basis-of-Design Product: ASI 0740Z(Plan designation"CH") 2. Description: Unit is fabricated of triple chrome plated rust proof Zamak. One stainless steel hex socket set screw shall be provided along base of flange for anchoring to stainless steel wall bracket. 3. Mounting: 61" to top of unit. At least 10% of hooks but not less than 1 hook shall be 55"to top of unit. H. Baby Changing Station 1. Basis-of-Design Product: KB200-00. 2. Description: Horizontal, Wall-mounted, Polyethylene cabinet and bed as manufactured by Koala Kare Products. 3. Mounting: Per manufacturers recommendations. TOILET,BATH,AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 102800 - 3 PROJECT#14004.00 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories according to manufacturers' written instructions, using fasteners appropriate to substrate indicated and recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units level, plumb, and firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated. B. Grab Bars: Install to withstand a downward load of at least 250 lbf, when tested according to method in ASTM F 446. 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust accessories for unencumbered, smooth operation. Replace damaged or defective items. B. Remove temporary labels and protective coatings. C. Clean and polish exposed surfaces according to manufacturer's written recommendations. END OF SECTION 102800 TOILET,BATH,AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 102800 - 4 PROJECT#14004.00